Vol. XXIX
JANUARY. 1953
No. 1
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Published by fbe
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with
THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
CONTENTS
VAN DYKE MEMORIAL ISSUE 59
ESSIG — Aphid miscellany 1
FISHER — New Cerambycid beetles belonging to the tribe Rhinotragini.... 14
ESSIG — The orchard grass aphid, Hyalopteroides humilis (Walker) 17
DAY — A new mayfly genus from California 19
MARTIN — Intraspecific variation of taxonomic characters in Coleomyia
and two new species 25
HELPER — Two new Hippomelas 34
WEHRLE — A host index of some Arizona fleas 37
GILBERT — Sexual dimorphism and synonymy in Anthonomus
(Anthonomorphus) 41
TOHM — Some Siphoiiaptera from Pima County, Arizona 42
HOTTES — Seasonal variations in Myzocallis californicus Baker 43
KHALAF — Culicoides spinosus in Oklahoma 46
SELANDER — A new species of Calospasta from Utah 47
REINHARD — New muscoid diptera from the western United States.... 49
RYCKMAN — Diptera reared from barn owl nests 60
RYCKMAN & AMES — Adoxomyia claripennis collected from wood rat
nests in Arizona 60
Book Notice 18
Proceedings — Pacific Coast Entomological Society 61
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1953
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., H. B. Leech R. L. Usinger
E. S. Ross Co-Editors E. C. Van Dyke
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to H. B. Leech at the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park. San
Francisco 18, Calif., or to P. D. Hurd. Jr., at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of
California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers,
changes of address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications
should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco 18, Calif.
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $4.00 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, $1.00. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”
Memoirs Series ...
“THE SUCKING LICE”
By G. F. Ferris
A 300 page book which summarizes knowledge on the Anoplura of the
world. Chapters cover such subjects as History, Growth and Development,
Morphology, Host Relations, Classification, Biogeography. Complete syste-
matic treatment is given including keys, synonymy and descriptions. The
illustrations are in the well-known style that has earned the author his
reputation as “one of the very foremost of entomological artists.” The 125
full pages of figures include morphological details, and full illustrations of
the type species of each genus and of all of the species which are associated
with man and domesticated animals.
Published as the first volume of its new “Memoirs Series” by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society on the occasion of its Semicentennial Anniver-
sary, September, 1951.
Pnoc ••••••••••• ^6*00
Send orders to: Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the post office at
San Francisco, under act of August 24, 1912.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXIX January, 1953
No. 1
APHID MISCELLANY^
E. 0. Essig
University of California, Berkeley
In the middle of my junior year at Pomona College in 1908,
Professor C. F. Baker suggested, as a special research problem, a
study of the family Aphidae. The reason for this selection was the
need for a better knowledge of these important injurious insects.
The assignment at once aroused my interest because as a boy, raised
on a ranch in Humboldt County, I was familiar with the ravages
of the green and rosy apple aphids and the woolly apple aphid on
our apple trees. I also knew the destructiveness of the cabbage
aphid.
The collecting, mounting, drawing and otherwise studying these
insects under the microscope was a revelation that I have enjoyed
even to the present time. I doubt if one could have selected a prob-
lem more intricate and fascinating. And now after 45 years of
almost continuous collecting and studying, I begin to feel that I
am getting a good start. The rather phenomenal life histories of
many species and the difficulties in the taxonomy of the group have
caused me many an uneasy time.
And yet at the time when I began much had been written about
aphids. Years before, Johann Leonard Frisch had published de-
scriptions of aphids in 1720—1738. A. R. Reaumur had given a
great deal of life history information in his Memoires (1734—1742) .
Carl Linneaus had published his Fauna Svecica in 1746, 1761,
Systema Naturae 1758, 1766—7 ; E. L. Gelfroy his Histoire Abregee
des Insectes 1762; Carl de Geer Memoires and other papers 1773—
1780; Johann C. Fabricius the Systema Entomologica 1774, Genera
Insectorum 1776, Systema Rhyngotorum 1803, Entomologica Sys-
tematica 1792—4, and Species Insectorum, 1701; and works of other
less important earlier pioneers in this field.
A. Leuwenhoek, in 1690,^ proved by dissection, that aphids
contained within their bodies numerous immature young in various
stages of development, some of which were ready for birth. A. R.
Reaumur (1738) described such common species as the rose aphid,
^ Presidential address before the annual meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomolo-
gical Society at California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, December 6, 1952.
2 The dates following the name refer to years of publication.
2
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
sycamore poplar aphid, the willow aphid and others, and discussed
the pseudogalls formed on the leaves by several species. The dis-
covery of parthenogenesis in aphids by Charles Bonnet in 1745,
added greatly to the interest in these insects and at once raised
them to an important place in entomology and biology.
C. deGeer (1755), discovered the mating of male and female
which proved sexual reproduction. He also noted that: (1) ovi-
parous forms never produced living young; (2) viviparous females
never deposited eggs; (3), viviparous females produced sexual
males and females and the females laid the overwintering eggs
that hatched the following spring — the egg surviving the winter;
(4) if cold weather did not intervene no sexual forms were pro-
duced and he speculated that aphids living in the tropics might be
entirely viviparous.
F. von Paula Schrank (1801) described some 60 species of
aphids using relative lengths of the antennae, color, and compara-
tive lengths of the cauda and cornicles to distinguish them. T.
Hartig (1841, 1856) used also the wing veins in describing 33
species. Charles Morren (1836) described the internal organs of
the green peach aphid, Myzus persicae (Sulzer). J. H. Kaltenbach
(1843) also employed wing venation as a basic character in classi-
fication. His was the first great work on these insects. John Curtis
(1828—1860) made many observations on aphids injurious to
crops. C. L. Koch (1857) followed closely in the steps of Kalten-
bach and described 213 species which were depicted in color.
Succeeding these pioneers were a host of entomologists who have
continued to discover new and remarkable characters and habits
and the importance of these most interesting insects.
Aphidologists who made large contributions, especially in the
systematics of aphids, and who followed the above mentioned
founders were: P. F. Gmelin, 1785, C. H. G. von Heyden, 1837, and
G. B. Buckton, 1876—1883, in England; Boyer de Fonscolombe,
1841, V. A. Signoret, 1867—1869, and J. Lichtenstein, 1874^-1886,
in France; G. Passerini, 1851-1865, and P. M. Ferrari, 1872 in
Italy; and C. S. Rafinesque, 1817—1818; T. W. Harris, 1841—1862;
Asa Fitch, 1851—1867, in the United States.
Closely following these pioneers were a host of systematic and
economic entomologists who devoted a large part of their time to
the study of aphids. The more important ones are arranged by
continents as follows :
JANUARY, 1953] ESSIG ^APHID MISCELLANY
3
AFRICA
F. V. Theobald, 1906-1929; W. J. Hall, 1926-1932; L. B. Soliman, 1927-
1938; J. Mimeur, 1931-1943.
ASIA
China — S. Teng and C. C. Tao, 1947;
India — B. Das, 1918; B. Krishnamurthy, 1928;
Korea — H. Okamoto and R. Takahashi, 1908; R. Takahashi, 1933;
Formosa — R. Takahashi, 1921—1934;
Japan — C. Sasaki, 1890—; G. Okajima; 1908; T. Matsumura, 1917—
1931; G. Shinji, 1917—1952; R. Takahashi, 1918—; K. Monzen, 1923—; T.
Uye, 1923—; M, Hori and K. Oshima, 1924; M. Hori, 1926—; M. Moritsu,
1949-.
AUSTRALIA
E. H. Zeck, 1928—; C. H. Hardy, 1931—.
NEW ZEALAND
W. Cottier, 1935—
EUROPE
Belgium — N. Schouteden, 1900—1912; J. Leclercq, 1945.
Great Britain — J. Davidson, 1913—1929; M. D. Haviland, 1918—1921;
F. Laing, 1919- ; D. J. Jackson, 1918-1922; F. V. Theobald, 1902-1929;
F. H. Jacob, 1940—; 1. Thomas, 1940; J. Davidson, 1914-1945; H. G. L.
Stroyan, 1950—.
France — P. Marchal, 1911—1933; A. Gaumont, 1913—1935.
Germany — H, F. Kessler, 1878—1882; C. Borner, 1904— ; 0. Niisslin,
1909— 1910; F. Schumacher, 1916—; Kurt Heinze, 1939.
Italy — L. Macchiati, 1881—1885; G. del Guercio, 1895—; F. Silvestri,
1911—1940; D. Robert!, 1938—; M. Martelli.
Latvia (Lettlands) — J. Zirnits, 1927—.
Netherlands — P. van der Goot, 1911—1918 W. Roepke, 1927—; D. Hille
Ris Lambers, 1931—; H. J. De Fluiter, 1931—.
Roumania — W. K. Knetchel and C, Manolanche, 1945—.
Russia— N. Cholodkovsky, 1888—1922; A. Mordvilko, 1894—1935.
Sv^eden — ^A. Tullgren, 1909—1925.
Switzerland — 0. Werder, 1929—
The two most outstanding working aphidologists today in Europe are
Carl Borner, Germany, (Russian Zone), and D. Hille Ris Lambers, Nether-
lands.
NORTH AMERICA - UNITED STATES
C. N. Ainsley, 1909-1915; P. N. Annand, 1924-1928; W. H. Ashmead,
1880-1882; A. C. Baker, 1915-1926; F. L. Bissell, 1928- ; W. E. Britton,
1910- 1933; W. T. Clarke, 1903-1907; T. D. A. Cockerell, 1901-1906; W. M.
Davidson, 1909—1920; J. J. Davis, 1908—; T. H. Frison and H. H. Ross,
1933; D. T. Fullaway, 1910-1912; C. P. Gillette, 1907-1934; S. S. Haldemann,
1844-1850; J. L. Horsfall, 1923-1925; F. C. Hottes, 1926- ; S. J. Hunter,
1910; C. F. Jackson, 1908; G. W. Kirkaldy, 1904-1910; G. F. Knowlton,
1925—; M. D. Leonard, 1931—; P. W. Mason, 1923—; A. C. Maxson, 1915—
1934; F. W. Miller, 1932- ; J. T. Monell, 1877-1882; 0. W. Oestlund, 1886-
4
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
1942; H. J. Pack, 1929- ; M. A. Palmer, 1926- ; E. M. Patch, 1907-1938;
Theo. Pergande, 1895-1912; C. S. Rafinesque, 1817-1819; C. V. Riley, 1869-
1888; C. E. Sanborn, 1904-1906; E. D. Sanderson, 1900—1908; H. Shimer,
1867—1869; R. H. Smith, 1918—1923; L. B. Soliman, 1927— L. G. Strom,
1934-; A. F. Swain, 1918-1921; A. N. Tissot, 1927-; B. D. Walsh, 1862-
1869; C. M. Weed, 1888-1893; T. A. Williams, 1891-1910; H. F. Wilson,
1908-1923; G. N. Wolcott, 1921-.
CANADA
R. N. Cyrstal, 1916—1925; A. P. McDougall, 1926; R. Glendenning,
1924-1929; F. W. Miller, 1933; W. A. Ross, 1915-1918.
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil — C. Moreira, 1925—; A. de Costa Lima, 1946—.
Argentina — E. E. Blanchard, 1922— (The most outstanding South
American aphidologist. )
The brief introductory sketch is intended to call attention to the
situation in aphidology, when I first ventured into the field in 1907
to the present time. There has always been competent help available,
but most of the active systematists were in a sense beginners them-
selves and most were burdened with so many other entomological
problems that they could spare but little time to determine species,
provide literature, and otherwise aid the large group that was
entering this field.
After getting a fair start my interest in aphids was distracted
and almost obliviated by the secretarial work with the California
State Horticultural Commission at Sacramento (1911—1914) and
my coming to the University of California in August, 1914. How-
ever, I never completely lost my interest in these insects. All of my
specimens were preserved and additions of new ones were made
from time to time.
Unusual opportunities for collecting aphids were afforded on
the Berkeley Campus and adjacent natural and cultivated areas in
the San Francisco Bay Region, and especially on the University
Summer School field trips to various parts of the State. Throughout
the years I continued to collect and to solicit and trade specimens
with aphidologists throughout the world. A year of sabbatical leave
in Europe was for this purpose and afforded opportunities to col-
lect extensively in England, Scotland and Wales; Belgium and less
effectively in Switzerland, France, Germany, and Holland. Some
six months of this time was spent mounting and studying speci-
mens at the British Museum of Natural History in London and
three months at the Belgian Congo Museum at Tervueren, the
Museum of Natural History and the University of Brussels, at
JANUARY, 1953]
ESSIG APHID MISCELLANY
5
Brussels, Belgium. This visit also gave me an apportunity to secure
from second-hand book dealers, a large quantity of important liter-
ature on the Aphidae which has been of great value in determining
specimens. Since then many entomologists have sent me quantities
of aphid material in alcohol for determination.
A specialty of this kind grows like a snowball and the numbers
of specimens amassed for determination pyramid until at times it
seems that you cannot possibly continue because you know full
well that the material will continue to increase in a geometrical
ratio and you will spend the rest of your life determining specimens
for other entomologists. Your all compelling urge to keep on in
continually increasing your own collection and the gradual acquisi-
tion of missing links of species and genera, sexual forms and other
missing stages never dreamed of, and in publishing a paper now
and then. Once started on a line like this it is hard to turn to other
matters that may seem to be of greater interest to your entomologi-
cal associates and you gradually become an isolated figure.
To appreciate the difficulties in working out aphid life histories
one need only attempt to follow through a complete season with
any single species. Perhaps the simplest type is that of the cotton
aphid. Aphis gossypii Glover. This aphid is one of the most widely
distributed and cosmopolitan species in the world. It occurs almost
everywhere excepting in the colder temperate and frigid zones, and
in the hotter tropical regions in both the Northern and Southern
hemisphere. It is more abundant in the Northern than in the South-
ern hemisphere because there is more suitable temperate land areas
there. Twenty years ago we would have believed it to be a perfectly
normal species, but now we have an uneasy feeling from the evi-
dence at hand, that it is most unusual, because of the scarcity of
sexuals in its life history. Among the hundreds of specimens in my
collection are representatives of all parts of North America, South
America, Europe, Asia, many of the Pacific Islands, Africa, Mada-
gascar, Australia, New Zealand, and Tasmania. I have not yet col-
lected a single male. Patch (1925), has observed wingless males
on Sedum purpureum in Maine.
IMPORTANCE OF APHIDS
Aphids, like most other insects are both destructive and bene-
ficial to mankind. They appear to be destructive only to plant life
upon which they feed. They extract the juices of the plants causing
6
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
Stunting, deformation, and death. The devastations of the so-called
greenbug, Toxoptera graminum (Rondani), to growing wheat is a
good example. Deformation of young fruit and foliage of apple by
the rosy apple aphid, Sappaphis mali (Ferrari), (Aphis sorhi
Kalt., A. rosea Baker), is well known both in Europe and North
America. The transmission of virus diseases is the most destructive
type of aphid damage to plants. Many kinds of viruses are involved
and the numbers are increasing rapidly as investigators pursue the
meticulous studies necessary in this intricate field of research. Of all
the species of insect vectors known the green peach aphid, Myzus
persicae (Sulzer), is the most important. This may be due in part
to the fact that this aphid is one of the most abundant species and
also has perhaps the greatest host range. In last summer’s trapping
investigations in the Yakima Valley, Washington, E. W. Davis
caught thousands of aphids representing some thirty species and
at least 95% of the individuals taken were of this single species.
At least one species, Melaphis chinensis (Bell) {Schlechten-
dahlia) , produces a gall on Rhus spp. that , is an article of com-
merce. The host plants are carefully raised and pruned so as to
produce a growth that is enticing to the aphids and results in the
greatest possible number of galls. In 1939 I received specimens of
these galls, still containing dried aphids, in a lot of several hundred
pounds imported into San Francisco from China. This species also
occurs in Japan and in Formosa where it may have been introduced.
A related species, Melaphis rhois (Fitch), produces similar galls
on Rhus glabra (Linn.), in the New England States. Although the
American Indians and the emigrant Europeans made a refreshing
drink from the berries, apparently no use was made of the aphid
galls.
Aphids furnish an abundant source of food for many birds and
other small animals. The large quantities of honeydew excreted by
aphids was early collected by most, if not all, aboriginal peoples as
a delicacy. Before cane and beet sugars were available among the
many kinds of sweets that were sought by savage and civilized man,
honeydew was an important one. In the early history of California
this sweet was called “Indian Honey” because the Indians collected
and used it. The honeybee, wild bees, ants, and other insects are
very fond of it and protect aphids in order to insure a supply. The
so-called earthen “cow sheds” surrounding an aphid colony are
evidence of the high regard with which they are held by certain
JANUARY, 1953] ESSIG APHID MISCELLANY
7
species of ants. One species of aphid, Dysaulacorthum pseudosolani
(Theobald) (Myzus), has a very efficient way of removing drops
of honeydew from the anus by flipping it away with the tarsi of
the hind legs. This is done deliberately and accurately. I have
noticed this feat only in this particular species.
Aphids are also heavily preyed upon by ladybird beetles, family,
Coccinallidae ; the leather-winged beetles of the family Cantharidae
(Podabridae) ; aphid lions of the family Chrysopidae; the dip-
terous fanlilies Cecidomyidae and Syrphidae; by members of the
hymenopterous families Incubidae (Aphidiidae) the Aphelinidae
and many other insects. Fungi and bacteria also destroy many of
them.
DISTRIBUTION
The movements and distribution of aphids is almost cosmopoli-
tan. Except for certain restricted areas in the tropics and the polar
regions, aphids are to be found living on almost the entire surfaces
of the earth where plant life is possible.
However, they are predominantly a temperate group of insects
and apparently reach their highest development and greatest num-
bers in the milder temperate regions. They meet, in a remarkable
manner, all of the varied conditions of climate and host range
throughout their habitat. Areas where aphids have been collected
on their host plants include much of Asia, Europe, Africa, North
and South America, Australia, and most of the islands of the
temperate and tropical world. In fact, they appear to inhabit
practically all regions where plants grow, excepting only the tun-
dras of the polar regions, portions of the deserts, and perhaps
certain of the tropical rain forests. I hesitate to make this last
exception because even there certain aphids most likely occur, but
have been overlooked.
One of the most remarkable phenomena in biology is the adap-
tations of aphids to their environment. Because of their great num-
bers and easy manner in which the untold numbers of alate par-
thenogenetic females are carried long distances by air currents,
aphids are constantly being borne to all the possible favorable
environments on the earth as well as to many where survival is not
at all possible. The numbers of these insects that perish on land and
water during their dispersal and migratory flights must reach
staggering figures.
Living aphids reared in the coniferous forests of northern
8
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
Europe have been observed alive on the snowfields of Spitzenburg
whence they have been carried some 600 miles by the wind. How-
ver, the constant movements insure the regular and continuous
survival of these most delicate and vulnerable members of the
insect kingdom. The great movements of aphids appear to be more
in the nature of undirected dispersal due to air currents rather than
by purposeful migration. Often these flights may be caused by the
drying up of vegetation by a drought, a temporary or permanent
hot spell or other causes that may destroy the host plants.
The casual movements that occur almost continuously through-
out the spring, summer and fall are as frequent and continuous as
air movements and aphids may be trapped in great numbers daily
— even on quiet days. At times the air seems to be alive with these
insects and their movements may be most indiscriminate. Appar-
ently, there are so many aphids in the air that practically every
host is infested — perhaps many times throughout a day or a season.
Traps very clearly show these continuous movements day after day
when the weather is warm and especially when warm and clear.
On cold days very few aphids are captured. Francis Walker, the
eminent English aphidologist, observed crowds of “aphids heaped
along the seashore” in Southern England. This phenomena has
never been noted elsewhere.
LIFE HISTORIES
An adequate discussion of the life histories of aphids would
require several lectures and still be quite incomplete. As a matter of
fact, I venture to say that the complete seasonal life histories of
but few species are actually known. Thorough as such work may
be and simple as the life cycle may appear the fact is that there are
so many unexpected complications continually arising which seem
to be unnecessary and unexpected that they are easily overlooked
by the most meticulous investigator. In the case where thorough
and, what appear to be wholly complete life histories have been
made over a period of years, the results have been almost unbeliev-
able.
It is not within the scope of this paper to detail any one of
these complex life histories, but some remarks may be desirable,
to indicate the extent of the order of complexity. Aphids reproduce
parthenogenetically and sexually. Most species in the temperate
regions combine both of these methods. A generation may start
with hatching of the overwintering eggs in the spring. Such eggs
JANUARY, 1953]
ESSIG — ^APHID MISCELLANY
9
are normally laid by the sexual female on the branches of peren-
nial deciduous or evergreen trees, depending upon the species. The
aphids hatching from the eggs are usually wingless and when
mature, or nearly so, they begin, without fertilization because there
are no males at this season, to give birth to young of their own
kind. These young mature rapidly and some remain apterous while
others acquire wings. The exact factors that determine these two
kinds are not fully understood but there has been much speculation
on this phenomenon. However, the acquiring of flight appears to
enable the dissemination of the species and to relieve overcrowd-
ing. The colonies multiply rapidly and vast numbers are produced
— so many that no one has been able to adequately make a census
for any given female that hatched from an overwintering egg and
lived a normal life out-of-doors. Aphids may become so abundant
that the dispersal flights may literally fill the air and many thou-
sands of alates may be captured during a single day. The apterous
forms, however, are very limited in their movements.
In a common type of life history the sexual males and females
appear in late summer or fall, mate and the female lays 1, 2, or
more egsg on the winter and spring host plant. All the living forms
of such species then perish. In the early spring, sometimes even
before the buds of the host trees begin to open, few or many eggs
may hatch and by some means unknown to man these delicate
minute young manage to survive quite cold weather until the
foliage becomes available when the remaining eggs hatch. A single
family may give rise to thousands of progeny during the year.
In climates like the lowlands of California, second instar young
of the black peach aphid, as well as the adults and many stages of
developing young of the cabbage aphid, apple-grain aphid, green
peach aphid, potato aphid, and literally countless other species,
survive our winters and begin reproducing young as soon as the
weather is sufficiently warm to make this possible.
In contrast to these hibernating forms are the aestivating
dimorphs of the maple aphids belonging to the genus Periphyllus.
These almost microscopic first instar young remain appressed so
closely to the leaf that they are scarcely visible to the unaided eye.
They occur on either or both sides of the leaves and apparently
take only enough food to sustain life and in California do not visibly
grow from the middle of March until about the middle of September
when they suddenly develop so that within fifteen days or there-
10
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
abouts, reach maturity and give birth to intermediates which also
mature quickly and produce the sexuals. The latter mate and the
females lay the overwintering eggs on the twigs of the maple trees.
All living forms then perish.
During the almost seven months of summer following the birth
of the dimorphs, the parthenogenetic alate and apterous forms of
these maple aphids bring forth at least four generations of their
own kind that disperse widely, but do not appear to have any part
in the perpetuation of the species.
The alterations of host plants is another remarkable adaptation
of aphids to their environment. There are many examples: the
mealy plum aphid, Hyalopteras puni Geoffroy [_{H. arundinis
(Fab.)] which overwinters on Prunus spp., transfers in summer
also to Arundo, Phalaris, Phragmites, Poa, Scirpus, and Typha
species where the sexual males and the sexuparae are born, which
migrate back to Prunus spp. to give rise to the sexual apterous
females which, after mating, lay the overwintering eggs.
Summer generations after generations of alate and apterous
females may continue to develop on the Prunus. In Berkeley, I had
a prune tree that remained continuously infested with great num-
bers until December frosts and storms removed all of the leaves
and the aphids. Since life histories of only a few species are ac-
curately known, perhaps even greater complications may be re-
vealed in the future.
COLLECTING
In determining aphids most systematists are assured of a fair
start if host plant data is available. Therefore, it is somewhat dis-
appointing to receive specimens without this important starting
point. This means, of course, that aphidologists must be well
trained in botany and especially in floriculture and horticulture,
if they are working in economic entomology. An aphid without the
name of its host plant is something like having a watch without
hands. However, years of experience in systematic aphidology
breaks down these barriers and the host plant nightmare may be
greatly lessened or even obliterated completely.
Nevertheless, host plant data is essential not only to the sys-
tematist but to everyone who is concerned with the actual damage
to crops caused by aphids and the numerous plant virus diseases
carried and transmitted by these small and otherwise harmless
insects. Consequently, any method of collecting that does not in-
JANUARY, 1953] ESSIG APHID MISCELLANY
11
elude the name of the host is still a barrier to almost all aphidolo-
gists. However, a new day in collecting these particular insects now
makes it necessary to get accurate determinations without host plant
data. Even so this is not different than is the case in determining
species in most other groups of insects. The early coleopterists,
dipterists, lepidopterists, and others apparently made little or no
use of host plant data with the result that hundreds and even
thousands of insects crowd our collections without our knowing
very much about their exact food habits. Therefore, host plant data,
important as it is, should not block the progress of systematic
aphidology.
The recent use of aphid traps necessitates this reform. It has
been known for many years that aphids could be collected on the
surface of water barrels, in pans, and other similar containers.
These specimens, if removed every two or three days could be
mounted perfectly, but the lack of host plant data made this method
of collecting objectionable. In recent years a great deal of progress
has been made in insect trapping to study flight and dispersal,
numbers and variety. Yellow sticky boards were used extensively
in connection with the investigations on the control and eradication
of a related insect, the pear psylla, in the State of Washington a
few years ago. Sticky shields of various kinds have also been
employed in determining the species of aphids that might be
involved in transmitting virus diseases to various crops. During
the last two years I made a great many determinations of them
taken in the lettuce fields of the Salinas Valley. In England, sticky
bands were used by L. Broadbent and T. W. Tinsley (1951), to
prevent apterous aphids from reaching potted plants.
Yellow water pans appear to have been first used as aphid traps
by Von V. Moericke in Germany, in 1951, and his suggestions were
extensively employed by B. J. Landis and E. W. Davis, U. S. Bureau
of Entomology at Yakima, Washington, during 1952 with very
effective results. Experimental trap pans were placed at five differ-
ent levels on a 20-foot tower. Very large numbers, attaining hun-
dreds and even thousands of the green peach aphid, Myzus persicae
(Sulzer) , were taken in a single pan during a period of two or three
days. These pans were maintained from spring until the rainy sea-
son and this year they were still effective in November, when the
alate males of many species were captured along with the alate
parthenogenetic sexuparae.
12
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
Upon returning to Berkeley from inspecting Davis’ work in
October, I immediately set up nine yellow pans in a vacant lot and
in my garden on Creston Road which is on the crest of the Berkeley
hills, at 1,000 ft. elevation. Two shades of yellow were compared:
Dutch Boy “‘Lemon Yellow,” a true lemon yellow color, and Glid-
den’s “Carnival Yellow” which is more of an orange color. The
catches, of course, depend a great deal upon the condition of the
weather here in this coastal region. On foggy, dull days very few
specimens were taken, but on bright, sunny days as many as 250
were captured. The results were truly interesting. Although I have
been collecting aphids in this region for thirty-five years, I caught
a few species 1 have never seen here before, as well as alate males
of a large number of species captured for the first time.
What appears to be a rather unusual capture was a single alate
female with sexual tibial sensoria. A number of these were also
taken in the water pans at Yakima, Washington.
LITERATURE ON APHIDS
The amount of literature published on aphids is far beyond
and out of the reach of most of us who are delving into the mys-
teries of these insects. No one has as yet attempted to get together
even the references to all the writings that have appeared.
H. A. Hagen (1863) in his Sack Register: “Bibliotheca Ento-
mologica” under the title (13) APHIDAE (p. 449) lists 88 authors
who published papers included in his great work. E. M. Patch
(1938) lists 319 authors. In my own file there are listed approxi-
mately 2,500 separate articles having to do chiefly with the tax-
onomy and biology of aphids. These last mentioned articles have
appeared in innumerable books, journals, separates and other
publications. It has been possible to procure a great many of these
and to have access to many more, but I doubt if any aphidologist
has in his private collection, more than half of them. It is fortunate
that most of these are accessible in University and Museum
libraries. The lack of literature, or the neglect to use it, is respon-
sible for much confusion in the taxonomy of these and all other
insects.
COLLECTIONS
Fortunately, except for the earlier workers, aphids have been
mounted in Canada balsam or some other similar medium, on glass
slides and have been fairly well preserved. I have examined speci-
mens mounted by Francis Walker (1846-1873), some of which
JANUARY, 1953] ESSIG ^APHID MISCELLANY
13
^vere over one hundred years old and, although the rather crude
balsam used was quite dark, the specimens could be fairly readily
examined under the microscope with proper lighting. Newer syn-
thetic media such as “Euparal,” “Diaphane,” and other equally
good preservatives are now being used. However, in spite of
different types of more or less permanent mounting, there appear
to be few well preserved old aphid collections in the world.
The best institutional ones I have seen are in the British Museum
of Natural History, London, and the United States Bureau of En-
tomology and Plant Quarantine, Washington, D.C. In North
America there are now a great many more recent collections
possessed by Museums, Universities, and Agricultural Colleges and
Experiment Stations. There are even more that may be regarded
as private collections. Among the private and institutional collec-
tions that may be mentioned are those of R. Glendenning and Alice
P. Macdougall at the Patterson British Columbia Museum of
Natural History, Agassiz, B.C.; collections of L. C. Bragg, C. P.
Gillette and M, A. Palmer, at Colorado State College, Fort Collins;
collections made by Grace Griswold, C. R. Crosby and M. D.
Leonard at Cornell University, Ithaca, New York; A. N. Tissot,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida; S. A. Forbes, F. C.
Hottes and T. H. Frison, Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana,
Illinois; C. E. Sanborn at the University of Kansas, Lawrence;
E. M. Patch, University of Maine, Orono; 0. W. Oestlund, Uni-
versity of Minnesota, Minneapolis; T. A. Williams, University of
Nebraska, Lincoln; collections of Isabel McCracken, A. F. Swain,
Wm. Davidson from Stanford University; the E. 0. Essig and
S. A. Kuwana collection of Japanese Aphidae, and the A. E. Michel-
bacher and E. S. Rose collection of South American Aphidae at the
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; and others not
definitely located at this time.
14
THE PAN-PACIFIG ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO- 1
NEW CERAMBYCID BEETLES
BELONGING TO THE TRIBE RHINOTRAGINI
(Coleoptera)
W. S. Fisher
This paper is a result of a study of the cerambycid beetles
belonging to the tribe Rhinotragini received from Dr. E. Gorton
Linsley and the California Academy of Sciences. Three species
are described as new.
Odontocera meridianus Fisher, new species
Male: Elongate, slender, opaque except vitreous area of elytra; head
and pronotum black; antennae brownish yellow (except basal segments
which are hlack) ; elytra pale yellow vitreous, with lateral and sutural mar-
gins and narrow basal vitta on each elytron black; body beneath brownish
black ; anterior and middle legs reddish or brownish black ; posterior femora
brownish black with hasal halves yellow, tihiae and tarsi brownish yellow.
Head prolonged into a very short, hroad rostrum, longitudinally cari-
nate or grooved, glabrous, rather densely, irregularly punctate; eyes large,
deeply emarginate, separated in front hy about the diameter of first antennal
segment. Antennae extending to apex of first abdominal sternite, slender,
cylindrical, slightly expanded and serrate toward apices, sparsely ciliate
beneath on basal segments.
Pronotum subcylindrical, subequal in width and length, slightly wider
at apex than at base, widest in front of middle; sides broadly rounded at
apical thirds, then obliquely narrowed to bases; disk feebly convex, with
two broad, longitudinal depressions, and a narrow, median, longitudinal
Carina ; surface finely, confluently punctate, rather densely clothed with
short, erect and recumbent, inconspicuous hairs. Scutellum densely clothed
with recumbent, black and yellow hairs.
Elytra at base slightly wider than pronotum at apical third, extending
to middle of fourth abdominal sternite, dehiscent along sutural margins; each
elytron narrow and equal in width behind middle, broadly rounded at apex ;
surface indistinctly punctate on vitreous areas, coarsely, densely punctate at
bases and along lateral margins, clothed with a few indistinct hairs.
Abdomen cylindrical, beneath sparsely, finely punctate, and densely,
finely reticulate, densely clothed with short, recumhent black hairs, with a
few long, erect hairs intermixed, the hairs at middle of first sternite whitish ;
last sternite broadly, arcuately depressed, with sides of depression elevated.
Prosternum densely punctate, densely clothed with long, erect black hairs.
Anterior and middle legs rather short; femora strongly, abruptly clavate.
Posterior legs long and slender, femora gradually clavate toward apices,
tibiae . cylindrical, slightly expanded towards apices; all legs densely clothed
with short, recumbent hairs. Length 13.5 mm., width at base of elytra 2.7 mm.
Type Locality: Tablillas, Salta Province, Argentine Republic.
Type: In the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
JANUARY, 1953] FISHER RHINOTRAGINI
15
Described from a unique male collected at the type locality by
W. C. Harrington.
This species is allied to Odontocera petiolata Bates, but it dif-
fers from that species in having the antenna longer and more
slender, each elytron much narrower and equal in width behind
the middle, with the lateral and sutural margins and a small narrow
vitta at base black, and the legs reddish or brownish black, with the
tibiae, tarsi, and basal halves of femora of the posterior legs
brownish-yellow.
Odontocera planitibialis Fisher, new species
Female: Form similar to that of 0. darlingtoni Fisher. Head yellow,
with elongate spot between eyes and broad transverse fascia on occiput
black; pronotum yellow, with lateral and posterior margins, and a broad,
irregular, median fascia black; antennae reddish brown, with upper surface
of first segments black; scutellum yellow; elytra pale yellow, vitreous, with
the lateral and sutural margins narrowly reddish brown, and each with an
arcuate black fascia extending from humeral region backward to sutural
margin a short distance behind scutellum; body beneath brownish yellow,
with two transverse fasciae on prosternum, sternum in part, and posterior
margins of posterior coxae black; legs brownish or reddish yellow, with
posterior tibiae brownish black.
Head prolonged into a very short, broad rostrum, longitudinally grooved
between eyes, glabrous, nearly impunctate in front, densely punctate on
occiput; eyes large, deeply emarginate, separated in front by about twice
the diameter of first antennal segment. Antennae extending to base of first
abdominal sternite, slender, serrate toward apices, sparsely ciliate beneath.
Pronotum subcylindrical, slightly wider than long, subequal in width
at base and apex, widest at middle; sides broadly rounded at middles; disk
uniformly convex; surface coarsely, confluently occellate-punctate, glabrous.
Scutellum elongate-triangular, nearly glabrous.
Elytra at base slightly wider than pronotum at middle, extending to
middle of fourth abdominal sternite, dehiscent along sutural margins behind
middles; lateral margins gradually narrowed from bases to apices, which are
obliquely truncate; surface impunctate on vitreous areas, densely, coarsely
punctate at bases, with a few erect, inconspicuous hairs.
Abdomen broadly elongate, beneath finely, indistinctly punctate, sparsely
clothed posteriorly with short recumbent hairs; last sternite broadly rounded
at apex. Prosternum nearly glabrous, finely, irregularly punctate. Legs
rather short, sparsely clothed with short hairs; femora strongly, abruptly
clavate; posterior tibiae broadly flattened on apical two-thirds, and densely
clothed with long, semierect reddish hairs. Length 10.5—11.5 mm., width at
base of elytra 2.5--3 mm.
Type Locality: Pumahuasi, Huanuco Dept., Central Peru.
Type and paratypes: In the E. G. Linsley Collection, California
Academy of Sciences.
16
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
Paratype: In the United States National Museum.
Described from 10 females (one type) all collected at the type
locality at an elevation of 4000 feet, May 13—17, 1939, by F. Woyt-
kowski.
This species resembles darlingtoni Fisher but it differs from
that species in having the transverse median black fascia on the
pronotum much broader, and the sternum in part black, and also
from it and all other described species of Odontocera in having the
posterior tibiae very broadly flattened.
Epimelitta (?) aureopilis Fisher, new species
Male: Very elongate and slender, moderately shining; head, pronotum
and sternum black; antennae, elytra (except lateral and sutural margins
which are black), and abdomen brownish yellow; legs brownish yellow, with
upper surface of anterior and middle tibiae, and basal halves of posterior
femora brownish black.
Head prolonged into a rather long, broad, rostrum, densely, finely punc-
tate, with an indistinct longitudinal smooth carina on occiput, densely clothed
in front with short, recumbent yellow hairs; eyes very large, deeply emargi-
nate, separated in front by about one-half the diameter of first antennal
segment. Antennae extending to apex of first abdominal sternite, slender,
cylindrical basally, strongly serrate towards apices, sparsely ciliate beneath.
Pronotum distinctly longer than wide, subequal in width at base and
apex, widest at middle; sides feebly rounded at middles, slightly constricted
at apices and bases; disk strongly convex at middle, broadly, transversely
concave along anterior and posterior margins, with a triangular depression in
front of scutellum ; surface coarsely, confluently punctate, very densely
clothed with short, recumbent yellow hairs in concave depressions along
anterior and posterior margins, along lateral margins, and triangular depres-
sion in front of scutellum, sparsely clothed with long, erect blackish hairs on
convex median area. Scutellum elongate, broadly rounded at apex, densely
clothed with short, recumbent yellow hairs.
Elytra at base as wide as pronotum at middle, short, elongate-triangular,
extending to base of first abdominal sternite, strongly dehiscent along
sutural margins behind middle, narrowly rounded at apices ; surface coarsely,
sparsely punctate on median part, more densely punctate along lateral mar-
gins, sparsely clothed with long, erect hairs.
Abdomen very long, cylindrical, slightly expanded towards apex, beneath
densely, rather coarsely punctate, sparsely clothed along middle with short,
erect yellow hairs; last sternite broadly, longitudinally concave, transversely
truncate at apex. Metasternum very brodd. Anterior and middle legs short;
femora strongly, abruptly clavate. Posterior legs very long; femora very long
and slender, cylindrical, slightly expanded toward apices; tibiae long, slender,
cylindrical, very densely clothed on all sides with long, erect reddish yellow
hairs, forming tufts on apical halves. Length 18.5—21 mm., width 2.5—3 mm.
Type Locality: Tolome, Veracruz Province, Mexico.
JANUARY, 1953] ESSIG ORCHARD GRASS APHID
17
Type and paratypes: In the E. G. Linsley Collection, California
Academy of Sciences.
Paratype: In the United States National Museum.
Described from 13 males (one type) all collected at the type
locality, July 4, 1941, by C. H. Seevers.
This species differs from the other described species of Epime-
litta in being very long and slender. It seems to be out of place in
the genus Epimelitta, but since the genera are so badly confused,
it does not seem advisable to erect a new genus for these males until
a revisional study can be made of the tribe Rhinotragini.
THE ORCHARD GRASS APHID, HYALOPTEROIDES
HUMILIS (WALKER)
( Hemiptera-Aphidae)
E. 0. Essig
University of California, Berkeley
Since writing an article on this aphid (Pan-Pacific Entomolo-
gist, 21(3) :119-120. 1945), I have obtained additional specimens
which enable me to determine more definitely its true identity.
The recent discovery of a large infestation on the blades of orchard
grass on the campus of the University of California, Berkeley, by
Frank Bold, a student in entomology, has furnished an abundance
of apterous and winged specimens. To date the species is repre-
sented in my collection as follows:
(1) . Sweeping grasses at Reigate, Surry, England, May 20, 1937. Col-
lected by the author; 10 slides and many specimens — all apterae.
(2) . On bush muhly or mesquite grass, Muhlenhergia porteri Scribn.,
Seattle, Washington, April 14,' 1944, by M. J. Forsell; 3 slides — 24 apterae.
(3) . On orchard grass, Dactylis glomerata L., in greenhouse, campus,
Oregon State College, Corvallis, Oregon, Feb. 24 and April 12, 1945. Col-
lected by D. C. Mote and H. E. Morrison; 8 slides — 40 apterae and 1 alate.
( 4 ) . On wild cane ( ? ) , Duchesne, Utah, August 17, 1940. Collected by
R, H. B. ( ? ) ; 2 slides — 9 alatae.
(5) . On grass, Dactylis glomerata L., Spring Mill, Pennsylvania, May 3,
1947. Collected by J. 0. Pepper and G. B. Sleesman — 2 slides, 6 alates and
2 apterae.
Specimens of this species, described by Hayhurst (1909) as
Hyalopterus dactylidis, were collected as follows:
On orchard grass, Ft. Myer, Virginia; Washington, D.C., March
27, 1908; on red-top, Tricuspis seslerioides Torr. by C. N. Ainslie;
18
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
on orchard grass, Tennallytown, D.C., March 30, 1908; and on
orchard grass. Forest Hills, Massachusetts, September, October to
November 30, 1908, and on same host, April 8, 1909. The speci-
mens which I have examined appear to be identical with those
that I collected by sweeping grasses along the highway at Reigate,
Surry, England, May 20, 1937, and which were determined by
Mr. Frederick Laing, then of the British Museum of Natural His-
tory, as Hyalopteroides pallida Theobald (Entom. 49:51-2, 1916;
Plant Lice or Aphididae of Great Britain, 1:224-5, Fig. 123, 1926) .
This species has recently been defined by Carl Borner (1952, pp.
115-6) as follows:
Gen. Hyalopteroides Theob. 1916. T. a H. pallida Theob r= humilis
Walk. (Syn. Hayhurstia Mordv. 1921 T. a. Hyalopterus dactylidis Hayb.
non d. Gu. 1913.
H. humilis (Walk. 1852). (Syn Aphis humilis Walk. 1852, Hayalop-
ter aides pallida Tbeob. 1916, Hyalopterus dactylidis Hayb. 1909, Hayhurstia
dactylidis Mordv. 1921).
Reference
Borner, Carl
1952. Europae centralis Aphides die Blattlause Mitteleuropas. Namen,
Synonyme, Wirtapflanzen, Generationszyklen. Druck: Wei marer
Druckund Verlagsanstalt Gebr. Knabe K. G. Weimar. Ausgabe:
Tburingiscbe Botan. Gesel. (Jena) und Biol. Zentrl. f Land-u.
Forstw. (Zweigstelle Naumburg/Saale. — Nicbt im Bucbbandl —
259 pp.
Book Notice
The Grasshoppers and Locusts rAcRiooiDEAj of Australia. Volume 1:
Families Tetri gidae and Eumastacidae — by James A. G. Rebn. Com-
monwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization, Australia.
Melbourne, October, 1952. 326 pp., 21 plates.
This is the first volume of a series intended to cover the entire Acrido-
idea fauna of Australia. If each volume continues in the style of the present
one, the coverage will be very complete indeed. Mr. Rehn’s descriptions of
species and other categories appear to be very detailed and the line draw-
ings and photographs supplement these. Although the economic importance
of grasshoppers motivates the publishing of this series, the work is strictly
academic and should thus provide a sound basis for applied studies.
It is to be hoped that funds will be forthcoming to enable Mr. Rehn to
do a similar series on the American grasshopper fauna. — E. S. Ross.
JANUARY, 1953]
DAY MAYFLIES
19
A NEW MAYFLY GENUS FROM CALIFORNIA
( Ephemeroptera )
W. C. Day
1021 Hubert Road, Oakland, California
On July 4, 1945, Harry P. Chandler, on a University of Cali-
fornia field trip, collected a single nymph on Willow Creek, Madera
County, California, that resembled in a general way the large
nymphs of the Siphlonurus of this region, yet showed important
morphological differences from any known species of this genus.
Further collecting on Willow Creek by the writer and his wife dur-
ing July and August of 1951 resulted in the rearing of adults from
nymphs of this new species. In the author’s opinion, this species
cannot be included in any known genus of the Ephemeroptera.
In now erecting a new genus for the Willow Creek specimens
above referred to, I take pleasure in naming it Edmundsius, in
honor of Dr. George F. Edmunds, Jr.
Genus Edmundsius Day, new genus
Adult: Large mayflies, male adult of genotype having body 16.5, forewing
16.0, tails 20.0 and foreleg 11.2 mm. long; female adult of same size, with
foreleg 8.0 mm. in length. Eyes of male contiguous, not divided, with lower
portion darker; eyes of female separated by one and one-half times their
diameter. Nasal Carina very high, thin, and prominent. Posterior margin of
head straight. Lengths of segments of foreleg of male genotype are : coxa plus
trochanter 1.2, femur 2.6, tibia 2.2, and tarsus 5.2 mm., the tarsus being
divided as follows: first tarsus 1.4, second tarsus 1.4, third tarsus 1.2, fourth
tarsus .9, and fifth tarsus .5 mm. Claws similar on all legs, sharply pointed
and hooked at tips. Lengths of segments of hind leg of male genotype are:
femur 2.2, tibia 1.5, and tarsus 2.0 mm. ; first tarsal segments of middle and
hind legs completely fused with tibiae. The genotype has a compact group of
30 to 40 small spines in proximal half of fore femur of male adult, these being
situated on the anterior surface; all tibiae of both sexes bear scattered small
spines on margins, and coarser spines on all tarsi. Venation of wings as in
figures 1 and 2, Plate IX. Styliger plate of male adult with a deep median
V-shaped cleft on posterior margin, fully half as deep as wide. Forceps of
male adult four-segmented; first segment short, ring-like, and partly fused
with second segment which is over one and one-half times as long as third
and fourth segments combined. Penes made up of overlying paired ventral
and dorsal portions much as in numerous species of Siphlonurus. Ovipositor
of female large, with heavy, raised lip. Two tails; vestigial median tail about
.75 mm. in length.
Nymph: The large nymph, from 15 to 17 mm. in length, is perfectly
streamlined. Head hypognathous and frontal margin deeply cut away on each
side so that almost entire mandible is exposed; from the posterior margin to
clypeus, median portion of head is somewhat elevated, presenting the appear-
20
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
ance of a low, longitudinal ridge as wide as the distance between the eyes.
Posterior margin of head straight. Labrum deeply excavated in central por-
tion; one-half as long as wide. Mandibles wide and strong, with heavy
teeth on each. Maxillae somewhat conical at apex, with a few hairs on inner
and upper margins at tip, and with four strong spines in same area on inner
margin; palpi with three segments and one-third longer than the galea-
lacinia; third segment of palpi quite dark. Labium as in figure 6, Plate IX;
the three-segmented palpi with second and third segments completely fused,
third segment being dark, very wide, and semi-truncate. Anterior margin of
prothorax slightly concave and that of posterior margin straight. Pronotum
slightly wider than head, and three times as wide as long. Mesonotum short
and wide. A sharply ridged tubercle on scutelli of both mesonotum and
metanotum. Legs of equal length and approximately three-tenths the length of
the body. Claws long, slender, and without pectinations. In a typical specimen,
the femur of the foreleg is 1,7, tibia 1.2, tarsus 1.4, and claw .65 mm. in length.
On the middle and hind legs, the claw is twice as long as that of the foreleg,
and slightly longer than the tarsus. Length of segments of hind leg are:
femur 2.0, tibia 1.0, tarsus 1.2, and claw 1.3 mm. The thin, flattened lateral
margins of the abdominal segments bear prominent and fine-pointed postero-
lateral spines. Large, regularly oval gills are borne on segments 1—7, and are
double on segments one and two; gills on segments six and seven about 15
per cent smaller than preceding gills; dorsal lamella of each double gill
similar in form to, and about half again as large as ventral lamella; tracheae
abundant, pinnate, dark, and easily seen. Tails, three of equal length, about
two-fifths as long as the body; middle tail heavily fringed with long hairs
on each side, and outer tails heavily fringed in inside.
Type of the genus, Edmundsius agilis Day, n. sp.
Remarks : The new genus Edmundsius can be placed in the sub-
family Siphlonurinae as defined by Traver in “The Biology of
Mayflies,” 1935, page 443, but falls outside the limits of the genus
SiphlonuTUs, to which it seems closest, in a number of important
particulars. In Siphlonurus, the foreleg of male adult is at least as
long as the body; in Edmundsius, it is only two-thirds as long.
Compared to Siphlonurus, the new genus has hindwings relatively
somewhat narrower and of slightly different shape. The long for-
ceps base of the male adult of Siphlonurus is produced, straight,
or very slightly convex in the various species, but in Edmundsius
the apical margin is deeply and sharply cleft. The claws of the
middle and hind legs of the nymph of Edmundsius are twice as long
as those of any species of Siphlonurus. In all known Siphlonurus
nymphs with double gills on the first and second abdominal seg-
gills are smoothly oval in form. Comparisons between the mouth-
ments, the dorsal and ventral lamellae of any pair are of equal size
and have retuse distal margins ; in Edmundsius, the ventral lamella
JANUARY, 1953]
DAY MAYFLIES
21
Plate IX. Edmundsius agilis
Fig. 1. Forewing, male imago. Fig. 2. Hindwing, male imago. Fig. 3.
Genitalia of male imago, dorsal aspect. Fig. 4. Penes of male imago, dorsal
aspect. Fig. 5. Labrum of nymph. Fig. 6. Labium of nymph.
22
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
is about two-thirds as large as the dorsal lamella of the pair, and the
parts of Siphlonurus and Edmundsius show the following distinctive
features in the latter: the maxillary palp is 50 per cent longer;
instead of being three-segmented and pointed apically, the labial
palp has second and third segments entirely fused, and the third
segment is very wide and semi-truncate; instead of being straight
or slightly emarginate, the frontal margin of the labrum is deeply
and widely excavated. Of particular interest, it is noted that the
maxillary palp of Edmundsius is, in fact, very similar to that of a
Japanese genus, Dipteromimus.
Edmundsius agilis Day, new species
(Plates IX and X, figures 1—13, incl.)
The morphological details of this species, the type of the new genus
Edmundsius, have been given in the description above. Details that might
be expected to be of a specific nature are as follows:
Adult: Vertex of head dark brown; clypeo-frontal area pale with wide,
dark transverse hand across median carina; ocelli milky white ringed with
black at base. Pronotum dark brown with black posterior margin. Mesonotum
medium brown, darker in anterior area; scutellum paler brown with lateral
and posterior margins black; a wide, pale, transverse band anterior to
scutellum. Pleura dark brown, membranous areas milky white ; a black stripe
below forewing and another anterior to forecoxa. Mesosternum dark brown.
Prosternum and metasternum white. Coxae brown with irregular lighter areas.
Trochanters white, each with a single dark brown band on outside. Forelegs
pale brown, proximal halves of femora and all tarsi slightly paler; ventral
margins of femora narrowly edged with dark brown; a narrow, dark brown
band partly around leg at proximal ends of femora and tibiae; claws same
shade as tarsi. Middle and hind legs little paler than forelegs and marked in
a like manner. Longitudinal veins of forewing dark chocolate brown; cross-
veins medium brown in basal portion, paling apically; crossveins of the
costal strip dark only where attached to subcosta. In the hindwings, longi-
tudinal veins dark brown; crossveins lighter in tone and paling apically.
Abdominal tergites 2—9 light brown marked with fuscous as follows: a narrow
band across posterior margins and small postero-lateral triangles; a short,
oblique dash on each side of median line, arising one-third caudad of anterior
margin; laterad of submedian dashes, a wide longitudinal band extending
almost from anterior to posterior margins in basal segments, and becoming
progressively shorter in apical segments. First tergite solid dark brown and
tenth tergite dark brown with pale areas in antero-lateral corners. Sternites
1—8 pale brown with dark brown semicircular area on each; diameter of
semicircle lies on posterior margins, being two-thirds as long as width of
sternite on which situated; each sternite with dark brown oval ganglionic
mark. Sternite nine solid dark brown. Styliger plate, forceps, and penes of
male a concolorous tone of dark brown. Tails dark brown at base, paling
distally.
Holotype: Male imago, reared from nymph; collected by Helen
JANUARY, 1953]
DAY MAYFLIES
23
Plate X. Edmundsius agilis
Fig. 7. Double gill of nymph, from first segment. Fig. 8. Gill of nymph,
from third segment. Fig. 9. Maxilla of nymph. Fig. 10. Hypopharynx of
nymph. Fig. 11 and 12, Mandibles of nymph. Fig. 13. Hind leg of nymph.
24
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
L. Day and W. C. Day at 7600 ft. elevation on Willow Creek,
Madera County, California, about six miles northeast of the
Alexander McGilvray ranch, July 20, 1951; in collection of Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences. Allotype: Reared female imago; same
data; in collection of California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes:
All topotypical; Ic? (imperfect), 1 $, in Canadian National Col-
lection, Ottawa; 1 cT (imperfect), 1 $, in Cornell University col-
lection; 1 cT (imperfect), 1 $, in collection of G. F. Edmunds, Jr.;
1 cT, 1 $, in author’s collection. Forty-eight nymphs, 8 male sub-
imagos, 10 female subimagos, and 27 nymphal cases in author’s
collection; nymphs have been sent with the above paratypes.
Nymph: Medium gray-brown in general tone. Head gray-brown with dark
transverse band across face; occiputal area with darker mottling. Notum
brown with irregular pale areas on mesonotum. Tergites 2—8 gray-brown with
prominent clear white spots, one on each side, halfway between median line
and lateral margin; mesad of white spots, a short, dark submedian dash
arising from point close to anterior margin; laterad of white spots and under
dorsal edge of gill, a wide, dark longitudinal stripe. A wide dark mark on
segments eight and nine along median line, based on posterior margins and
approximating anterior margins. Tenth tergite paler, with a pair of dark
submedian stripes paralleling median line. Sternites 1—9 paler than tergites
and with indications in the fully mature nymph of the dark semicircular
areas seen in the adult. Legs pale brown, proximal halves of femora lighter;
dark bands partly around proximal ends of tibiae; joints of tarsi finely but
strongly marked with dark hrown. Claws pale brown. Tails pale brown,
darker at base and tips.
Biology: The nymph shows strong preference for quiet but well-
aerated water, and rests close to the^hady edges of pools on sand
or fine gravel bottoms; the pools of Willow Creek at the type loca-
tion are quiet portions of a cool, fresh, small stream of high
gradient. In late July the nymphs were found at elevations of 7400-
7900 ft. in water not over 60° F. maximum. In rearing cages the
nymphs emerged between sunset and sunrise, and the subimagos
transformed about two hours before sunset. For three weeks a care-
ful watch was kept during the daylight hours for swarming adults
or for specimens at rest on shrubbery or on trees, but none were
seen. Low temperature after sunset, makes collecting at light un-
productive. In captivity, the nymphs experienced little difficulty
in transforming into the first winged stage, but the subimagos failed
in four out of five instances, to pass into the final adult form.
References
Needham, J. G., J. R. Traver and Y. Hsu.
1935. The Biology of Mayflies. Comstock Publishing Co., Ithaca, N. Y.
JANUARY, 1953]
MARTIN ASILIDAE
25
INTRASPECIFIC VARIATION OF TAXONOMIC
CHARACTERS IN COLEOMYIA AND TWO NEW SPECIES
(Diptera: Asilidae)
Charles H. Martin^
Oregon State College
The genus Coleomyia Wilcox & Martin (Bull. Brooklyn Ent.
Soc.) was erected in 1935 to receive Metapogon setiger Cole the
genotype, and three other species there described. During the past
five years the writer and his wife have collected nearly 700 speci-
mens of this genus. Also, a smaller collection, which includes para-
types of the species described by Wilcox & Martin, was assembled
a number of years ago. Thanks are due my friend Mr. Joseph
Wilcox for the series of C. crumborum from California. The types
of C. alticola James and C. setiger (Cole) have not been seen, but
there has been no difficulty in identifying the two species. The
holotypes and allotypes of the three species described by Wilcox &
Martin, C. sculleni, hinei, and rainieri, are at hand. Descriptions
of two new species, a revised key, and a discussion of the intra-
specific variation of the taxonomic characters used for the identifi-
cation of the species of Coleomyia are presented. Holotypes and
allotypes mentioned in this paper will be deposited on a permanent
loan basis at the California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes, meta-
types, and topotypes are in the writer’s collection.
Coleomyia crumborum Martin, new species
Male: Length 6—7 mm. Head black; face, front, vertex, light yellowish
or brassy, brown pollinose ; occiput gray pollinose ; palpi, proboscis, antennae,
and all bristles, black. Ocellar bristles in 3 rows, arranged 4—2—2, outside
anterior and posterior pairs weaker ; 6 strong bristles on either side of occiput
with other weaker bristles. Pale hair begins among occipital bristles and
extends down and covers the lower occiput; pale hair on proboscis and
palpi. Antennal proportions similar to other species of the genus. Holotype
with pair of strong bristles on both first and second antennal segments, some
paratypes with only a single strong bristle on these segments.
Thorax black, entirely gray pollinose with indistinct overcast pattern
of light brown, median geminate dorsal stripe indistinct. Neck with pale
hair, pronotum with pale hair and 2 weak pale bristles on either side oppo-
site first spiracle. Bristle pattern similar to other species, 7 dorsocentral
bristles. Pleura gray pollinose with slight tinge of yellow in some lights,
mesosternum pollinose below with polished black spot covering about the
anterior third of the sclerite; metasternum gray pollinose, pleura gray polli-
^ Grant-in-aid Funds from Oregon State College contributed to the financing
of these studies.
26
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
nose with 6 white hypopleural bristles. Dorsum of scutellum and margin
gray pollinose with 3 strong marginal bristles and 4 short, weak bristles.
Abdomen black with short, pale appressed hairs and silvery gray polli-
nose markings on segments 1 to 5, segment 5 light brown on some paratypes,
segments 6 and 7 brown pollinose. First segment pollinose on lateral margins,
with 4 pale weak lateral bristles surrounded by pale hair as long as bristles ;
second segment pollinose on lateral margins with broad pollinose dorsal band
as wide as anterior black dorsal area which is triangle-shaped posteriorly
with the point extended as an indistinct, narrow line which almost separates
the pollinose band, this line more distinct on some paratypes and less on
others. Pollinose bands on segments 3 and 4 with anterior and posterior
narrow dark crescents, and small posterior crescent on segment 5; a median
line of thin pollen almost separates each band, more distinct on segment 3
on holotype, not so distinct on segments 3 to 5 on some paratypes and more
distinct on others. Venter segments 1 to 4 gray pollinose, 5 and 6 brown
pollinose, segment 7 polished brownish black; hypopygium brownish dor-
sally and brown and black ventrally, with black hairs.
Legs black; bristles black except posterior row pale bristles on anterior
4 tibiae; coxae gray pollinose with white pile.
Wings fumose; anterior crossvein usually distinctly before middle of
discal cell. Halteres on holotype with brown base and yellow knob, some
paratypes with orange-yellow knobs.
Female: Length 7—8 mm. Similar to male with these exceptions. Face,
front, vertex usually darker than in male; posteriorly ocellar tubercle with
brown pollinose triangle. Thorax, dark central brown stripe bisected by nar-
row, setulose, grayish brown pollinose line and separated from lateral golden
pollinose markings by grayish brown pollinose line, humerus and lateral
margin of meso- and metathorax gray to brown pollinose. Pleura gray polli-
nose, mesosternum gray pollinose below and posterior to anterior polished
black spot, 5 black and 1 white hypopleural bristles on allotype, some para-
types with all white or all black hypopleural bristles, others with mixtures.
Two strong, black median scutellar bristles with 2 weaker bristles. Abdomen
black with short, pale, appressed hair; lateral margin first abdominal Seg-
ment with most of lateral pollinose areas covered with white hair, 1 pale
bristle on one side of allotype and 4 on other; anterior angle of second
segment gray pollinose. Abdominal segments 2 to 5 with narrow posterior
gray pollinose bands broadly interrupted in middle, segments 6 to 8 shining
black; venter polished brown, posterior angles of segments 2 to 4 gray polli-
nose. Leg, bristles, and hairs on legs hlack.
Holotype: Male. San Bernardino Co., Barton Flat, 6300 ft.,
California, July 12, 1947 (J. Wilcox, Coll.)
Allotype: Female, August 9, 1942, same locality and collector.
Paratypes: Same locality and collector as holotype, 21 c? cf?
August 7-12, 1947 ; 1 cf, August 9, 1942; 2 cT cT, San Bernardino,
County, Jenks Lake, Calif., July 18, 1943 (C. H. Martin, Coll.).
Same locality and collector as holotype, 19 $ August 7-12, 1947 ;
JANUARY, 1953]
MARTIN — ASILIDAE
27
29 $, August 9, 1942; 1 9? San Bernardino County, Jenks Lake,
Calif., July 18, 1943 (C. H. Martin, Coll.) .
Named for my friends Marion Pohlman Crumb, S. E. Crumb,
Sr., and S. E. Crumb, Jr. (deceased) .
Coleomyia rubida Martin, new species
Male: Length 6.5 mm. Face, front, vertex, occiput, grayish brown polli-
nose; proboscis, palpi, antennae, all bristles, black; 5 weak lateral frontal
bristles, 4 strong and 4 weak ocellar bristles, about 16 weak black occipital
bristles on each side of occiput, sparse pale hair on lower occiput, proboscis
and palpi; 1 strong bristle on first antennal segment and 2 short weak ones
on either side, 1 long and 1 somewhat shorter bristle on second antennal
segment. Sparse pale hair on neck, even more spare pale hair on pronotum,
one strong black bristle with 3 very short weak black bristles at base on each
side of pronotum. Thoracic dorsum with dark brown central stripe narrowly
separated by gray pollinose setulose stripe; reddish brown spot around base
of first dorsocentral bristle and extending posteriorly as a line beside the
central stripe and along the line formed by the dorsocentral bristles; a
grayish brown pollinose line originating at the gray humerus and extending
posteriorly around the margin of the reddish-brown spot to the second
dorsocentral bristle where it continues parallel to the reddish brown line;
lateral margins of dorsum same color as central stripe; transverse suture
brownish pollinose. Pleura grayish brown pollinose, mesosternum gray
pollinose above and posterior to the anterior polished black spot; metaster-
num and pleura gray pollinose, 2 black hypopleural bristles; scutellum
dorsum brownish gray pollinose with margin broadly black, two scutellai
bristles.
Abdomen black: lateral margins of first abdominal segment silvery polli
nose with 4 pale bristles on posterior angle and pale hair anteriorly, small
pollinose spot on anterior angle of second abdominal segment, narrow, widely
interrupted silvery pollinose bands on posterior margin of segments 2 to 5,
narrow, interrupted band on posterior margin of segment 6 golden brown
pollinose, seventh segment with small lateral spot of golden brown pollinose
on lateral margins; pygidium mostly dark reddish-brown with black hairs;
venter with short, black appressed hairs, first segment brownish tan, narrow
black line on posterior margin, second segment with narrow anterior and
posterior tan bands, broad middle black band covered with white pruinosity,
third and fourth segments black, narrow anterior and broad posterior bands
joined medianly by transverse pollinose wedge, posterior margin same color
as first segment, fifth and sixth segment polished black with narrow silvery
pollinose band on posterior margin, seventh segment polished black.
Fore coxae black, thin gray pollinose, some sparse short white hair,
posterior four coxae red, thin gray pollinose, middle coxae with fewer hairs
than anterior coxae, posterior coxae without hair, rather short, weak, pale
bristles on apices of all coxae, rest of leg black, femora with basal and apical
red bands approximately the width of the second posterior cell in the wing,
approximately basal third of tibiae red, bristles black. Claws black, pulvilli
dark.
28
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL, XXIX, NO. 1
Halteres at base light brown, stem and knob yellowish brown. Basal
three-eighths of wings thinly white, second basal cell almost totally white,
hyaline band across discal cell, apex of wing lightly infuscated, discal cross
vein at middle of discal cell.
Female: Length 10 mm. Similar to male. Abdominal segment five with
a more broadly interrupted posterior narrow silvery pollinose band than
other bands, sixth and seventh segments black. Black spot on mesosternum.
Legs more reddish than those of male. Wings very lightly fumose, Pulvilli
lighter than in male.
Holotype: Male. Mt. Hood, Still Creek Forest Camp, Ore-
gon, August 10, 1947. Charles H. Martin, Coll.
Allotype: Female, Crater Lake, Oregon, August 8, 1947. Doro-
thy Martin, Coll.
Paratypes: One cf, Deschutes Co., Paulina Lake, Oregon, Au-
gust 9, 1946; one cT, Mt. Hood, Parkdale, Oregon, July 19, 1947;
two cf cT 5 Crater Lake, Oregon, August 8, 1947, August 30, 1949,
The Martins, Coll. Four $ Crater Lake, Oregon, August 8, 1930;
three ? Mt. Hood, Parkdale, Oregon, July 19, 1947 ; one $, Des-
chutes Co., Paulina Lake, Oregon, August 9, 1946, The Martins,
Key to the Species of Coleomyia
Males
1. Basal portion of wing distinctly white, infuscated apically 2
_ Basal portion of wing base not white, partially hyaline or totally in-
fuscated 6
2. Dorsocentral bristles absent; pollinose wedge on hind angle of abdomi-
_ nal segment 2 barely perceptible or lacking, increasing in extent on 3
and 4, about equal in extent on segments 4 to 6. Length 6.5—9 mm.
(Oregon; Idaho) hinei W. & M.
_ Strong dorsocentral bristles 3
3. Small pollinose wedges on posterior angle of abdominal segments in-
creasing in extent from 2 to 6, frequently lacking on segment 2. Length
5.5—7 mm. (Colorado; New Mexico) alticola James
_ Either white, or brownish pollinose bands, or both, on posterior margins
of abdominal segments, bands either interrupted, or complete, or both.... 4
4. Basal one-fifth of wing white, tip lightly infuscated; white pollinose
bands on posterior margins of abdominal segments; knobs of halteres
yellow. Length 7.5 mm. (Washington) j-ainieri W. & M.
_ Basal two-fifths of wing white, tip infuscated- — 5
5. Posterior abdominal fasciae widely interrupted; 4 posterior coxae red,
white pollinose; femora black with prominent red band basally and
apically, base of tibiae reddish, black apically. Length 5.5-6 mm.
(Oregon) rubida n. sp.
_ Abdominal fasciae on posterior margin of abdominal segments entire;
all coxae black, white pollinose; legs black except very narrow red in-
conspicuous bands on femora and tibiae. Length 6—8.5 mm. (Oregon;
Washington) setiger (Cole)
JANUARY, 1953]
MARTIN ^ASILIDAE
29
6. Knobs of halteres claret red ; 3 to 6 dorsocentral bristles ; anterior lateral
margin of at least abdominal segments 2 to 4 black, segments 5 to 8 may
be totally white pollinose or with lateral anterior black areas. Length
6.5-8 mm. (Oregon) sculleni W. & M.
Knobs of halteres vary orange, yellow, light brown; 7 to 9 dorsocentral
bristles; laterial margins of abdominal segments 1 to 5 entirely white
pollinose, 6 to 8 brownish pollinose. Length 6—7 mm. (California).
- crumborum n. sp.
Females
1. Dorsocentral bristles absent; abdominal segments 1 to 5 with small,
silver pollinose wedges on posterior angles. Length 7—9 mm. (Oregon;
Idaho) — - - hinei W. & M.
Dorsocentral bristles present 2
2. Abdomen black ; abdominal segments 2 to 5 with small wedges of silver
pollen on posterior angles, 6 and 7 without pollen. Length 7—8.5 mm.
(Colorado; New Mexico) alticola James
Pollinose fasciae on posterior margin of abdominal segments entire or
interrupted, or both — 3
3. Wings hyaline; face, front, vertex, gray silver pollinose. Length 7 — 8
mm. (Washington) rainieri W. & M.
Wings fumose; face, front, vertex, golden silvery or brownish polli-
nose 4
4. Posterior 4 coxae red, white pollinose; hind femora black with basal
and apical red band; basal half or more of hind tibiae red, less red on
anterior tibiae, apical portion black. Length 7—9.5 mm. (Oregon)
- — - rubida n, sp.
All coxae black; legs black except very narrow red band basally and
apically on femora 5
5. Narrow silvery pollinose band on posterior margins of abdominal seg-
ments broader in middle than on sides of abdomen; knobs of halteres
claret red; usually one strong white bristle on pronotum. Length 7—9.5
mm. (Oregon) sculleni W. & M.
Narrow posterior silvery pollinose bands on abdominal segments uniform
in width; halteres not claret red 6
6. Usually one strong, black bristle on pronotum; bristles on lateral mar-
gins of first abdominal segment usually tan or dirty white; polished area
on lower portion of mesosternum extends from anterior to posterior
margins. Length 6.5-10 mm. (Oregon; Washington) setiger (Cole)
Usually two or more weak, pale bristles on pronotum; bristles on lateral
margins of first abdominal segment pale white; mesosternum gray polli-
nose below and posterior to anterior polished black spot. Length 7—8
mm. (California) crumborum n. sp.
Intraspecific Variation
The shape of the antennae, the extent of the pollinosity or prui-
nosity, and the color and number of hairs or bristles present on
the various parts of the body of Asilidae are commonly used as
characters to separate species. The writer has often wondered how
30
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
stable these and other characters would prove to be when a fairly
long series was studied. This study of Coleomyia shows that such
characters in this genus do have a rather wide range within the
species.
Antennae — The shape of the antennae of all species of Coho-
myia is not quite as dependable as implied by Wilcox & Martin,
(1. c. p. 212). James (Kansas Ent. Soc. 1941) indirectly calls
attention to this when he states that the figure of the antennae pub-
lished for C. sculleni would serve for C. alticola James. A series of
alticola collected by the writer confirms this observation. The
variation found in the seven species at hand indicates that this
character is not always dependable.
Pronotal Bristles — The bristles on the pronotum which are
opposite the mesothoracic spiracle have been used in the key to
separate the females of setiger from crumborum. Sometimes a
strong pale bristle rather than the usual black one is found on
setiger; on some specimens the bristle is found on only one side.
There are usually several pale, weak bristles on crumhorum but
one specimen bears only a single weak bristle. In both species the
bristles are associated with long, white pile.
Genitalia — No differences were found in the male genitalia of
Coleomyia which would readily separate one species from another.
In all other genera of Asilidae studied by the writer, there are some
structures of the genitalia which are of specific value.
VARIATIONS OF COLEOMYIA SETIGER
The writer has studied 335 specimens of Coleomyia setiger
(Cole) from Mt. Hood, Santiam Pass, Corvallis, Washington
County, and Mary’s Peak, Oregon, and from Olympia, Puyallup,
and Tacoma, Washington. The great variability in this species
seems to be of no specific or subspecific value.
Color — The coloration of the pollinosity on the dorsum of
both thorax and abdomen consists of two basic colors in setiger.
Bluish-gray predominates on the thorax of the male, and brown
on the female. In some specimens the brown markings are almost
obscured by the bluish-gray pollinosity, while this color is ob-
scured by the brown in other specimens. The males always have
some brown present, but on some of the females the blue gray
is completely replaced by brown shades.
The same variation in color is true for the pollinose stripes on
the posterior margin of the abdominal segments. On some males
JANUARY, 1953]
MARTIN ^ASIIJDAE
31
the brown overcast almost obscures the gray beneath, while in
others the gray obliterates the brown on most of the segments.
ScUTELLUM — Both sexes of setiger could be divided into two
distinct groups by the color of the margin of the scutellum. Sixty-
five per cent of 320 specimens had the margin black, while the rest
had pollinose margins. In a few specimens there was a graduation
from pollinosity to black, but usually the character was sharp.
The number of bristles on the margin of the scutellum varied
from two to six. When more than two bristles were present, the
additional ones were sometimes short and sometimes as long as
the median two. The female specimens from Mary’s Peak, Oregon,
shows a sharp tendency to have three or more bristles; 36 speci-
mens had two bristles, while 41 had three to six bristles. In con-
trast, 45 specimens from Corvallis, Oregon, had two bristles, while
only seven had three to six bristles.
Abdomen — The most surprising variability in Coleomyia is
that the dorsum of the mid-segments of the abdomen is totally
pollinose in some specimens of setiger and sculleni, while in other
specimens of the same species the pollinosity is restricted to the
posterior margin. With this character the 135 males of setiger at
hand can be divided into these three distinct groups:
Group I — Pollinosity on posterior margin of fourth abdominal segment may
extend as a distinct or indistinct median wedge toward or to the anterior
margin; fifth abdominal segment totally pollinose.
Group II — Pollinosity on posterior margin of the fifth abdominal segment
may extend as a distinct or indistinct median wedge toward or to the
anterior margin. The anterior lateral angles may be either black or
gray pollinose. Cole’s type specimen with the anterior lateral angle
black traces to this group.
Group III — The pollinosity on the fifth abdominal segment sharply confined
to the posterior half of the segment; anterior half black.
Groups II and III share the common character of having the
pollinosity of the fourth abdominal segment confined to the poste-
rior half. Group II could be subdivided because the anterior lat-
eral angle of the fifth segment is either lack or pollinose; the
segment is never totally pollinose as in Group I.
A taxonomist with only a few specimens of the three distinct
patterns would feel tempted to describe either species or sub-
species. However, the series at hand leads the writer to consider
these patterns in setiger as only variations within the species. Also
other characters break the three groups into other major groups
32
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
v/hich in turn are only variations within the species. The two
groups based on the margin of the scutellum being either black or
pollinose has been discussed.
The degree of pollinosity on the first abdominal segment breaks
the males of setiger into two groups and the females into three.
According to Cole’s description of Metapogon setigerum (noW C.
setiger) (Proc. Calif. Acad. 4th ser. 9(7) :235-236. 1919) the pru-
inosity of the first abdominal segment is confined to the lateral mar-
gins. There are many male specimens at hand which agree, but
many others have the first segment entirely pollinose except for a
posterior black, median crescent of variable widths. This posterior
crescent is occasionally found on other segments of the abdomen.
The pollinosity of the first abdominal segment of 89 per cent
of 198 females was generally confined to the lateral margins; 10
per cent had the pollinosity narrowly interrupted; 1 per cent were
with the first abdominal segment totally pollinose.
The bristles on the lateral margin of the first abdominal segment
were variable in color on 198 specimens. Five per cent of the
female specimens of setiger had only black bristles; 80 per cent
had light tan or sordid white bristles; 15 per cent had both black
and pale bristles. The number of bristles ranged from two to six,
and the number varied from one side to the other of the same
specimen. There was a similar variability of number and color in
the hypopleural bristles.
Venter — The venter of the males of some specimens of setiger
was totally pollinose, on other specimens there were posterior and
anterior pollinose bands on each segment, while in a third group
these bands were connected by a median cross mark of pollen.
Halteres — ^The color of the knobs of the halteres of setiger
IS highly variable. On many specimens they are some shade of
yellow, but on others the knobs are light brown, or some shade of
pink. Most of the latter were collected at higher elevations in com-
pany with sculleni.
VARIATIONS OF COLEOMYIA SCULLENI
Two hundred forty specimens of Coleomyia sculleni W. & M.
have been collected by the writer and his wife from Cloud Cap
Road and Still Creek Forest Camp, Mt. Hood, Santiam Pass, Pau-
lina Lake, and Crater Lake, Oregon, during July and August. The
variability in this species is similar to that in setiger.
Scutellum — Both sexes of sculleni could be divided into two
jANUAifY, 1953]
MARTIN ^ASILIDAE
33
distinct groups by the color of the margin of the scutellum. Seven-
ty-eight per cent of 85 specimens from Crater Lake, 34 per cent of
70 specimens from Santiam Pass, and 96 per cent of 85 specimens
from Mt. Hood had the margin pollinose. The margin was black
io the rest.
The number of bristles on the margin of the scutellum varied
from two to five. Forty per cent of the 85 specimens from Mt.
Hood had three or more bristles, while 25 per cent of the 155
specimens from other localities had more than two bristles. The
length of the bristles varied as in setiger.
Abdomen — Coleomyia sculleni shows a variability in the polli-
nose pattern on the abdominal segments which is similar to that in
the three groups of setiger. In sculleni the males can be divided
into two distinct groups :
Group I — The posterior, uninterrupted, silvery pollinose band of adominal
segments three to six wider' on the dorsum than on the lateral margin,
leaving a black, anterior angle. The holotype specimen falls in this group.
Group II — The posterior, silvery pollinose bands of segments three to five
similar to Group I except segment five has a smaller black, anterior
angle. Segment six is completely pollinose.
There are other male specimens whose pollinose pattern rep-
resents a transition between Groups I and H. No other characters
were found which would separate the specimens into the above
two groups. Group II is represented by 50 males collected in an
hour in an area of 100 square feet on Mt. Hood at Timberline
Lodge. The abdominal pollinose pattern of two male specimens
ill the Timberline series resembled the typical sculleni of Group 1.
The holotype male of sculleni bears posterior abdominal polli-
nose bands with a black triangular area on the posterior margin
of the segments so that pollinose chevrons are formed. On most
males of sculleni the bands are only slightly denuded posteriorly
so as to form a very thin crescent. Of all the males collected, only
two closely resembled the type specimen in possessing chevron-
shaped pollinose bands. These specimens, which were collected
at Crater Lake, August 30, 1948 by Dorothy Martin and by Chas.
H. Martin, are designated metatypes. Also two females. Crater
Lake, August 30, 1949, by the same collectors, are designated
metatypes. Eighty-five other specimens with the same data as the
metatypes are designated as topotypes. The number of lateral
bristles on the first abdominal segment of sculleni varied from two
34
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
to six. The color ranged from black to pale brown to white. Fre-
quently both black and pale bristles were on the same specimen.
Stable characters — Two characters of sculleni were more
stable than others. All specimens had the knob of the halteres
claret red. Usually there was a white, stout bristle on the pronotum
opposite the first spiracle on the mesonotum. This bristle was black
on a few specimens including the allotype.
ScuTELLAR BRISTLES IN OTHER SPECIES — The number of bristles
on the margin of the scutellum has been discussed for setiger and
sculleni. A series of 42 Coleomyia alticola James from Taos-Col-
fax County Line, Highway 64, New Mexico, July 30, 1948, Mar-
tins, Coll., had only two bristles on the scutellum of all specimens.
In C. rainieri W. & M. the number varied from two to six. The
maximum number of scutellar bristles on C. hinei W. & M. was
two, while 14 per cent of 62 specimens had only one bristle. Ap-
parently there is a tendency toward reduction of scutellar bristles
in hinei. C. crumborum Martin shows the opposite tendency; all
of the 48 specimens had three to six bristles; none had two.
TWO NEW HIPPOMELAS
( Coleoptera— Buprestidae )
Jarques R. Helper
Mendocino, California
In the California Academy of Sciences collection there are two
Hippomelas from islands in the Gulf of California, currently con-
sidered as “varieties” of H. planicosta (LeConte), which appear to
require separation. The two new forms are apparently elosely re-
lated to each other, but they differ appreciably from H. planicosta.
Hippomelas insularis Heifer, new species
Male: elongate oval, shining black with some punctures bluish or brassy,
and with a yellowish efflorescence over the surface, more brassy beneath.
Head brassy, becoming blue at occiput. Front broad, coarsely, closely seto-
punctate and with small irregular impunctate areas, the setae silvery and
moderately long; antennae 11 segmented, reaching to hind angles of pro-
notum, inserted in rather small round cavities under sharp, prominent supra-
antennal ridges which are set at about 20° angles and which are almost
connected across the front by a transverse carina which is separated from
JANUARY, 1953]
HELFER HIPPOMELAS
35
the clypeal margin by coarse punctures; scape of antenna long, second seg-
ment less than half as long as third, segments four through eleven expanded,
outer eight segments each with a little transverse subterminal pit in which
are some antennal pores, and with pores disseminated thickly over the outer
portions of both faces, terminal segment with a small quadrate appendix;
eyes a little more broadly rounded beneath than above; clypeus shallowly
emarginate medially, then broadly rounded at each side, becoming distinctly
sinuate laterally; mentum testaceous; mandibles black, coarsely setopunc-
tate basally; submentum black, coarsely setopunctate. Pronotum somewhat
transverse, shining black with greenish brassy punctures; with a fringe of
faintly yellowish hairs along the anterior margin which is feebly bisinuate;
side margins sharp and clearly defined near base, fading out at middle and
obsolete anteriorly. Viewed from above the pronotum is broadly rounded
from the anterior angles to middle, then sinuate to posterior angles which
are acutely rounded ; disc sparsely coarsply irregularly punctate, more
densely near front and at sides, with irregular smooth areas which form no
distinct median line; basal margin smooth, entire, raised, distinctly trisin-
uate; pubescence inconspicuous. Scutellum transverse, rounded behind. Elytra
broadest at base, narrowing evenly to posterior third, then more rapidly to
apices which are emarginate and bidentate; feebly longitudinally costate,
punctures weak, irregular, tending to form lines in feeble but definite striae;
side margins feebly serrate near apices. Viewed from the side each elytron
exhibits a distinct sublateral costa which persists nearly to the apex; efflor-
escence conspicuous, especially basally; pubescence inconspicuous. Pros-
ternum sparsely setopunctate medially, more densely anteriorly and laterally;
prosternal process not impressed medially, trilobate apically, the lateral
lobes more narrowly rounded, with a deep submarginal stria which is
strongest between the coxae and which fades out before the tip, with a row
of long setae arising from the strial punctures; tip of process not touching
metasternum. Mesoternum divided into halves; meso-metasternal suture dis-
tinct. Metasternum distinctly medially longitudinally grooved; metacoxal
plates distinctly broader internally, cut off externally by a projection of the
abdomen; posterior margin not straight. Legs coarsely moderately seto-
punctate and with whitish efflorescence; anterior tibiae distinctly internally
subapically multidenticulate ; tarsi slender, not as long as tibiae; claws
simple; coxae small, subglobular. Abdominal sternites rather sparsely only
moderately coarsely setopunctate, with efflorescence at the sides; first and
second sternites with their dividing suture distinct for its entire length, the
first not impressed medially, the second, third, and fourth with their posterior
margins' modified laterally into irregular teeth ; tip broadly emarginate, with
a little rough-margined subapical plate.
Female similar to male excepting the tip of the last sternite broadly
rounded, and the anterior tibiae simple.
The holotype male, allotype female, and 39 paratypes all bear
the same data: Marcus Island, Gulf of California, VI-19-21,
E. P. Van Duzee collector (California Academy of Sciences).
36
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
Very little variation was noted in the series. The largest female
is 22.5'mm. long, 8.5 mm. wide, and the smallest male is 14.5 mm.
long, 4.5 mm. wide.
To judge from general appearance this species is closely re-
lated to H. planicosta but differs from that species in having much
less slender and elongate male genitalia, no smooth median line on
the pronotum, (common on H. planicosta) and the surface of the
elytra feebly costate, with more distinct albeit incomplete striae.
H. planicosta has the elytra more strongly costate and the striae
still less developed than H. insularis.
Hippomelas insularis castanea Heifer, new species
This form is very similar to the preceding structurally. It dif-
fers from typical H. insularis in the following respects :
H. INSULARIS
Ground color of elytra black
Transverse Carina connecting supra-
antennal. ridges separated from
clypeal margin by a punctate area
Anterior trochanter with tooth less
developed, inconspicuous
Scutellum a little larger, more trans-
verse, depressed anteriorly to ac-
commodate pronotum in both sexes
Male genitalia a little broader at
middle, side pieces a little blunter
at tips ai^d with no dark' pigment
at tips
The male holotype, labeled Angel de la Guardia Isd., Pond
Island Bay, Gulf of Calif., VI-30-21, E. P. Van Duzee (Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences), measures 16.5 mm. long by 6 mm.
wide. The female allotype, a little deeper brown in color, same data
but collected July 1, measures 17.5 mm. long by 6.75 mm. wide.
The male paratype, same data as holotype measures 15.5 mm. long
by 5.75 mm. wide. All three specimens were taken on Larrea
mexicana. This subspecies is very distinctive in appearance but
seems very closely allied to H. insularis.
Types, allotypes, and paratypes in collection of California
Academy of Sciences.
H. INSULARIS CASTANEA
Ground color of elytra chestnut
brown
Transverse carina connecting supra-
antennal ridges connected to cly-
peal margin by a broad impunctate
area
Anterior trochanter with tooth more
strongly developed, conspicuous
Scutellum smaller, male with scutel-
lum transversely depressed anteri-
orly, female with surface subequal
Male genitalia a little narrower at
middle, side pieces more acute at
tips and with tips distinctly darker
JANUARY, 1953]
WEHRLE ARIZONA FLEAS
37
A HOST INDEX OF SOME ARIZONA FLEAS"
(Siphonaptera)
Lawrence Paul Wehrle^
University of Arizona, Tucson
In Dr. C. A. Hubbard’s “Fleas of Western North America,”
published in 1947, are listed 42 species of fleas recorded from
Arizona. These records are augmented by the following host index
of 23 species and subspecies of fleas included in a collection assem-
bled by the author at the University of Arizona. Most specimens
are from Tucson and from nearby mountains in Pima County,
although some fleas were collected in other parts of Arizona. One
Mexican record is included. The first four species listed are com-
mon pests not native to the state ; the last 19 are native to Arizona.
The scientific names of the fleas in the following list are pre-
ceded by the corresponding reference numbers used by Hubbard
in his “Fleas of Western North America,” except for one i^ub-
species described since the appearance of that work in 1947.
1. Echidnophaga gallinacea (Westwood), 1875, commonly
called the tropical hen flea. This introduced fowl flea is now
at home on many wild birds and animals. It is here reported
off:
Bubo V. pallescens (horned owl). Tucson, Dec. 30, 1933: Tortillita
Mts., Nov. 25, 1938.
Cryptoglaux acadica (saw-whet owl), Tucson, Jan. 27, 1940.
Sitta c. nelsoni (Rocky Mt. nuthatch). Ft. Lowell, Dec. 17, 1939.
Cassidix mexicanus ( great- tailed grackle), Chihuahua, Mexico, April
26, 1940.
Geococcyx californianus (road runner), Tucson, Jan. 25, 1939.
Colapter c. collaris (red-shafted flicker), Tucson, Jan. 28, 1939.
Neotoma albigula (pack rat), Tucson, April 1930, Dec. 29, 1930,
Jan. 1, 1931, May 23, 1933, Sept. 28, 1939.
Citellus harrisi (Harris ground squirrel), Tucson, March 28, 1927,
March 13, 1938.
' «
Citellus g. grammuTus (Colorado rock squirrel), Tucson, March 25,
1938.
Citellus tereticaudus (round-tailed ground squirrel), Tucson, March
28, 1929.
1 The author wishes to thank Dr. C. A. Hubbard of Vanport College, Portland,
Oregon, internationally known student of western fleas, who determined the fleas
listed herewith and aided in the preparation of the manuscript.
* Died October 23, 1950.
38
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
Dipodomys sp. (kangaroo rat), Tucson, 1932.
Sylvilagus a. arizonae (Arizona cottontail), Pinal Mts., Gila, Co.,
1932; Tucson, April 8, 1938.
Taxidea t. berlandieri (badger), Rincon Mts., March 30, 1933.
Bassariscus a. flavus (ring-tailed cat), Tucson, Aug. 23, 1933. This
flea was taken in and under a house at Tucson, June 4, 1932.
4. Pulex irritans Linnaeus, 1758, the human flea, is a barnyard
and city pest widely spread in North America. It is reported
off:
Urocyon c. scotti (gray fox), Santa Rita Mts., Feb. 12, 1932, Feb.
21, 1933; Huachuca Mts., Cochise Co., Jan. 11, 1935.
Canis mearnsi (Mearns’ coyote), Tucson, April 2, 1938.
Cards familiaris (dog), Tucson, March 31, 1930, June 4, 1932, March
26, 1940.
Lynx baileyi (bobcat), Sierrita Mts., Dec. 13, 1942.
Taxidea t. berlandieri (badger), Rincon Mts., March 30, 1933.
Bassariscus a. flavus (ring-tailed cat), Tucson, Aug. 23, 1933.
Mephites estor (skunk), Tucson, Jan. 12, 1931; Pinal Mts., Gila Co.,
Oct. 12, 1931.
Lepus c. eremicus ( jackrabbit) , Santa Rita Mts., April 19, 1932.
Citellus g. grammurus (Colorado rock squirrel), Tucson, March 25,
1938.
Dipodomys sp. (kangaroo rat), Tucson, 1932.
Vulpes m. neomexicana (New Mexico desert fox), Tucson, Dec. 27,
1937. This flea was taken at Tucson in and under a house June
3, 4, 1932; in a greenhouse June 11, 1940; in an auditorium
May 13, 22, 1940.
6. Ctenocephalides felis (Bouche) 1835, the common cat flea,
becomes a house and yard pest during the summer months.
It is reported off:
Bubo V. pallescens (horned owl), Tucson, Dec. 30, 1933.
Felis domesticus (house cat), Tucson, Oct. 17, 1931, June 14 and
Aug. 29, 1932, May 16, 1934, April 18, 1937, April 13, 1940.
Canis familiaris (dog), Tucson, Feb. 3, 1940. This flea was taken
at Tucson in a house basement Aug. 31, 1942, and in a house yard
April 13, 1940 and Sept. 20, 1941.
7. Ctenocephalides canis (Curtis) 1826, the common dog flea,
seems less common than the cat flea. It is reported off:
Canis familiaris (dog) Tucson, March 1934, Sept. 10, 1938, March
1940. This flea was taken in a house at Wickenburg, Maricopa
Co., May 16, 1946.
13. Hoplopsyllus affinis (Baker) 1904, is the small common
rabbit flea of Arizona which does not bear genal teeth. It
is reported off:
Lepus c. eremicus (Jack rabbit), Santa Rita Mts., Tucson, April
21, 1931.
JANUARY, 1953] WEHRLE ARIZONA FLEAS
39
Sylvilagus nuttalli (cotton-tail), Pinal Mts., Gila Co., 1932; Alpine,
Apache Co., March 7, 1935; White Mts., Apache Co., Oct. 26,
1934; Santa Rita Mts., March 31, 1943.
14. Hoplopsyllus anomalus (Baker) 1904, is a widely-spread
southwest ground squirrel flea. It is here reported off:
Citellus g. grammurus (Colorado rock squirrel), Tucson, March 25,
1938 ; Rincon Mts., April 3, 1938.
15. Cediopsylla inaequalis inaequalis (Baker) 1895, is the small
wild rabbit flea of the southwest which has black genal teeth.
It is reported off:
Sylvilagus nuttalli (cotton-tail), Pinal Mts., Gila Co., 1932; White
Mts., Apache Co., Oct. 26, 1934.
17. Anomiopsyllus nudatus (Baker) 1898, one of the more com-
mon of the southwest wood rat fleas. It is reported off:
Neotoma albigula (pack rat), Santa Rita Mts., April and May 1930,
March 6, 1933, June 27, 1936.
Neotoma m. bullata (wood rat), Santa Catalina Mts., June 5, 1934.
Sigmodon hispidus (cotton rat), Santa Rita Mts., March 22, 1932.
29. Orchopeas sexdentatus schisintus (Jordan) 1929, a com-
mon wood rat flea of Arizona south of the Grand Canyon,
is reported off:
Neotoma albigula (pack rat), Tucson, May 23, 1933, Jan. 15, 1935,
Feb. 4, 18, April 1, 1938, March 6, April 10, 1940.
Sigmodon hispidus (cotton rat), Tucson, April 10, 1940.
30. Orchopeas sexdentatus neotomae (Auguston) 1943 is -also a
flea of common occurrence in Arizona south of the Grand
Canyon. It is reported off:
Neotoma m. bullata (wood rat), Santa Catalina Mts., June 5, 9,
July 13, 1934.
Neotoma albigula (pack rat), Santa Catalina Mts., Jan. 15, 1935.
38. Orchopeas howardi (Baker) 1895, is an eastern tree squirrel
flea reported off:
Sciurus a. huachuca (tree squirrel), Santa Rita Mts., Feb. 22, 1932.
46. Opisodasys rohustus (Jordan) 1925, is a southwestern flea
found on true tree squirrels. It is reported off:
Sciurus a. catalina (Catalina gray squirrel), Santa Catalina Mts.,
Oct. 22, 1938.
60. Thrassis a. arizonensis (Baker) 1898, is a common ground
squirrel flea of the southwest. It is reported off:
Citellus harrisi (Harris ground squirrel), Tucson, March 28, 1927,
Feb. 20, 1934, Feb. 11, 1937, Feb. 4, March 13, 1938, March 13,
1940; Santa Rita Mts., May 10, 1932.
Citellus tereticaudus (round-tailed ground squirrel), Tucson, March
28, 1929, Feb. 4, March 15, 1938, March 13, April 13, 1940, March
40
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
14, 21, April 27, 1942; Santa Rita Mts., April 7, 1930, Feb. 29,
March 14, 1932.
Sylvilagus a. arizonae (Arizona cotton-tail), Tucson, April 8, 1938,
March 6, 1939.
Sigmodon hispidis (cotton rat), Tucson, March 6, 1940.
63. Thrassis pansus (Jordan) 1925 is reported off:
Citellus g. grammurus (Colorado rock squirrel), Rincon Mts., April
3, 1938.
Citellus harrisi (Harris ground squirrel), Tucson, Feb. 4, 25, 1938.
64. Thrassis setosis {Prince) 1944 has been taken off :
Citellus harrisi (Harris ground squirrel), Tucson, March 28, 1927,
Feb. 11, 1937.
Citellus tereticaudus (round-tailed ground squirrel), Tucson, March
14, 1942.
Citellus leucurus (antelope ground squirrel), Navajo Mts., June 13,
1933.
69. Diamanus montanus (Baker) 1895, a very common western
ground squirrel flea is reported off:
Citellus g. grammurus (Colorado rock squirrel), Tucson, March 25,
1938; Rincon Mts., April 3, 1938.
Citellus (round-tailed ground squirrel), Tucson, April
22, 1938.
76. Opisocrostis hirsutiis (Baker) 1895, the southwest prairie
dog flea, is reported off:
Cynomys gunnisoni (Prairie dog), Red Lake, Coconino Co., June
13, 1933.
89a. Foxella ignota omissa (Prince) 1945 has been taken off:
Thomomys sp. (pocket gopher), no locality mentioned, May 1913.
( — ) . Monopsyllus wagneri hylei (Hubbard) 1949 is reported by
the describer as being the southern variation of this north-
ern species. It has been taken off:
Peromyscus m. sonoriensis (deer mouse), Santa Catalina Mts., June
28, 1934.
133. Ceratophyllus celsus (Jordan) 1926 is reported off:
Sitta p. metanotis (black-eared nuthatch). Flagstaff, Sept. 1, 1934.
150. Odontopsyllus dentatus (Baker) 1904 is a common large
rabbit flea found everywhere through the Rocky Mountains
and west to the Pacific Ocean. It is a true rabbit flea but can
also be found on the carnivores which feed on rabbits. It is
here reported off:
Lynx rufus (bobcat), Tucson, Feb. 18, 1939.
I8l. Stenistomera alpina (Baker) 1895 is another of the Rocky
Mountain and southwestern wood rat fleas. It is here re-
ported off:
JANUARY, 1953]
GILBERT ^ANTHONOMUS
41
Neotoma m. pinetorum (wood rat), White Mts., Apache Co., Oct.
26, 1934.
232. MyodopsyUa collinsi (Kohls) 1937 was described from the
Santa Rita Mountains, south of Tucson, off cave bat. It is
here reported off:
Myotis V. velifer (cave bat), Tucson Mts., April 2, 20, 1938.
SEXUAL DIMORPHISM AND SYNONYMY IN
ANTHONOMUS (ANTHONOMORPHUS)
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae)
Edward E. Gilbert
University of California, Berkeley
The subgenus ArUhonomorphus was proposed by Dietz^ and
Anthonomus fidvus LeConte was designated as the type. Two addi-
tional species were described in this same work, A. peninsularis,
from a male specimen, and A. pervilis, from a female specimen,
both from Lower California (Ulke Collection) . A distinguishing
feature of these two “species” was said to be the “strikingly dif-
ferent coloration,” A. peninsularis being pitch black, A. pervilis
ferruginous. In addition, the head in the latter “species” was de-
scribed as not constricted behind the eyes and a transverse inden-
tation was stated to be present above the eyes. These distinctions
are misleading, and the use of these characters has led to a con-
fusion in identification. The males of this group are black, and
the eyes are large and bulbous with their posterior margin meeting
the head at a slight constriction. These features give the eyes a
more prominent appearance and accentuate the constriction of the
head. The females are ferruginous and the eyes are smaller and
only slightly convex, not attaining the constriction of the head.
This character provides the impression that there is no constriction
immediately behind the eyes, but merely a transverse indentation
some distance above the eyes. However, an occasional male inter-
grade is found. Since these characters represent sexual dimorphism
and since A. peninsularis has line precedence, it is proposed that
A. pervilis be regarded as a synonym of A. peninsularis.
In California, A . peninsularis has been found east of the Sierra
Nevada Mountains in Inyo County, and at Pinon Flat, in the Santa
Rosa Mountains, Riverside County. The only host recorded has
been furnished by Dr. E. C. Linsley, who found this species on
Sphaeralcea ambigua at Pinon Flat.
1 Dietz, W. G. 1891. Revision of the genera and species of Anthonomini in-
habiting North America. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 18, pp. 177-276.
42
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
SOME SIPHONAPTERA FROM PIMA COUNTY, ARIZONA
Gordon LaVerne Tohm
Walla Walla College, College Place, W ashington
While on a collecting trip through Arizona and into Mexico,
several days in February 1951 were spent in Pima County, Ari-
zona.
Many mammals were collected from this county. Most of them
were taken from the area of the Lower Sabino Canyon Park, east
of Tucson. Some, however, were collected just off Highway 86,
twenty miles west of Tucson.
The mammals were caught in number four rat traps, in number
two steel jaw traps, and several were shot with a .410 gauge shot-
gun. Each mammal collected was carefully placed in a paper bag
containing cyanogas and the bag was tightly closed. Twenty min-
utes later the animal was removed and examined for ectoparasites.
The Siphonaptera that were found were preserved in vials contain-
ing a 70 per cent alcohol solution. Study skins were made of the
mammal hides. These were positively identified by Dr. E. S. Booth,
Professor of Biological Science of Walla Walla College, College
Place, Washington, and were placed in the Museum of Natural
History of the biology department of Walla Walla College.
A sampling of the mammals that were caught and the fleas
found on them are as follows:
Host No. Hosts Fleas No. Fleas
Citellus harrisii 1
Citellus variegatus 1
Citellus tereticaudus* 1
Citellus tereticaudus 1
Neotoma alhigula 1
Urocyon cineroargenteus* 1
Conepatus mesoleucus 1
Thrassis arizonensis 7
T hrassis setosis 3
Hoplopsyllus anomalus 7
Thrassis arizonensis 13
Echidnophaga gallinacea 3
T hrassis arizonensis 3
Orchopeas sexdentata 11
Thrassis arizonensis 7
Echidnophaga gallinacea 4
Pulex irritans 6
Pulex irritans 24
Echidnophaga gallinacea 4
* Collected 20 miles west of Tucson.
I wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr. C. Andersen
Hubbard for his identification of the above mentioned fleas.
Reference
Hubbard, C. A.
1947. Fleas of Western North America
Ames, Iowa.
The Iowa State College Press,
JANUARY, 1953] HOTTES MYZOCALLIS
43
SEASONAL VARIATIONS IN MYZOCALLIS
CALIFORNICUS BAKER
( Aphididae)
F. C. Hottes
Grand Junction, Colorado
In a previous paper I gave as my opinion that Myzocallis
maureri Swain was probably not a synonym of Myzocallis califor-
nicus Baker. Since that time, through the kindness of Professor
E. 0. Essig I have had the opportunity to study the type and
several cotypes of M. maureri now in his collection, and a long
series of slides also from his collection, determined either as cali-
fornicus or maureri. I have also seen the type slide of M. cali-
fornicus Baker which is now in the U. S. National Museum.
Aphid workers may find of interest the data which leads me to
believe that we are dealing with a single species which produces
seasonal variations.
What the factors are that produce these seasonal changes and
their manner of action must await experimentation. One quite
naturally suspects temperature and moisture as being primary, but
whether they act alone, or associated, direct or indirectly through
the host, will have to be determined.
M. californicus was described from material collected by
Davidson at Walnut Creek, California, April 6, 1916, The type and
cotype material of M. maureri was coUected by Swain at Berkeley,
California, during June and July, 1915. If one were to base an
opinion on a study of the type material alone, he would have to
conclude that the two forms are distinct. One would reach a simi-
lar conclusion from a study of material collected in the vicinity of
Berkeley before the middle of April or after the middle of June.
The form from which californicus' was described is characteristic
of specimens taken in early spring. It differs from the form
maureri which is characteristic of specimens taken in summer.
In the vicinity of Berkeley specimens characteristic of the
species described as californicus by Baker may be taken up to the
latter part of April in most years. Such specimens differ from the
summer form maureri in having a larger number of secondary
sensoria on the third antennal segment, a longer anal vein, in the
shape of the radial sector, the length of the radial sector, and in
the angle by which the radial sector meets the margin of the wing.
44
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
The transition from the forms characteristic of spring to the
forms characteristic of summer is not abrupt, but is marked by the
advent of intermediate forms. Taken alone these intermediate
forms are difficult to place specifically, and it is not surprising
that in the past some of these have been determined as californicus
while others have been determined as maureri. The intermediate
forms as a rule have fewer secondary sensoria than the spring
forms but more than the summer forms, their anal veins are inter-
mediate and the shape and length of the radial sector and the angle
by which it meets the margin of the wing is also intermediate.
There is a surprising correlation between the number of secondary
sensoria and the length of the radial sector, the shorter the radial
sector the fewer the secondary sensoria.
In the vicinity of Berkeley intermediate forms appear the latter
part of April and continue present until the fore part of June. It
is interesting to note the influence of altitude, which most likely
plays a part because it influences other factors, which in turn
bring about the seasonal variations. By chance the specimens on
three slides were collected in Yosemite National Park, California.
In Yosemite the type characteristic of spring was taken on May
15th, the intermediate form on July 6th, and the summer form on
Figures I - X. Variations in wing veins of Myzocallis calif ornica Baker.
In each case the line under the radial sector represents the relative length
of the anal vein. All drawings were projected, hence are to the same scale.
It should be noted that while all specimens fit the ^general scheme that not
all were taken in the same locality or year, hence are strictly speaking not
as desirable from the standpoint of comparison as they might be.
Fig. I. Specimen taken at Berkeley April 6, 1916, six to eight sensoria.
Typical of early spring form. Fig. II. Specimen taken at Berkeley May 3,
1916. Six sensoria. An intermediate form. Fig. III. Specimen taken at
San Francisco, May 4, 1930. Six to seven sensoria. A spring form. Fig. IV.
Specimen taken at Berkeley April 14, 1916. Seven sensoria. An intermedi-
ate form. Fig. V. Cotype of maureri Berkeley, June 8, 1915. Five sensoria.
A summer form. Fig. VI. Specimen taken at Berkeley June 21, 1916. Three
sensoria. An extreme form. Fig. VII. Specimen taken from type slide of
maureri, Berkeley, July 24, 1915. A summer form. Four sensoria. Fig. VIII.
Specimen taken at Yosemite National Park June 9, 1928. A spring form.
Six to eight sensoria. Fig. IX. Specimen taken at Yosemite National Park
July 6, 1939. (Reasearch Reserve). Seven to nine sensoria. An intermedi-
ate form. Fig. X. Specimen taken at- Yosemite National Park July 15, 1939.
(Miguel Meadow). A summer form. Head absent.
JANUARY, 1953]
HOTTES— MYZOCALLIS
45
July 15 th, roughly a month later in each case than corresponding
forms were taken in Berkeley.
It would appear that the name maureri should be retained for
a seasonal form of Myzocallis calif ornicus Baker.
Myzocallis tonkawa Hottes is a related species.. It is known
only from Colorado. It does not produce seasonal variations. If
its sexual forms did not differ from those of californicus it might
be considered a variety of that species, and come into the seasonal
variations ahead of the spring forms of californicus, for it has a
longer anal vein, a longer radial sector, and more secondary sen-
soria than does that species.
3r
X
46
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
Bibliography
Baker, A. C.
1917. Eastern aphids, new or little known, Part II.
Journal of Economic Entomology, 10 (4) : 420—433.
Hottes, F. C.
1949. A new species belonging to the Genus Myzocallis (Aphididae).
Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. 62:105-106.
Swain, A. F.
1918. New Aphididae from California. Transactions of the American
Entomological Society, (1) : 1—23.
CULICOIDES SPINOSUS IN OKLAHOMA
(Dipl era: Heleidae)
Kamel T. Khalaf
University of Oklahoma, Norman
Culicoides spinosus was originally described by Root and Hoff-
man^ from males taken at lights at Baltimore, Maryland. In that
locality it was taken with C. piliferus Root and Hoffman, a species
which was said to be closely similar to C. spinosus and, therefore,
prevented the differentiation of females of the two species.
C. spinosus was isolated by the present writer at Shattuck, Okla-
homa, from light trap collections (1948) . The male genitalia differs
from the diagram presented by Root and Hoffman in that the tip
of the aedeagus is shorter and more truncate ; the stem of harpes is
almost the same width throughout; the bulb, at the base, is usually
not distinct; and, usually, the inner processes of the side piece do
not look that approximate in the whole view of the genitalia.
The accompanying female is superficially similar to C. simu-
lans Root and Hoffman. Both are of about the same size and gen-
eral appearance. The mesonotum of C. spinosus is brownish, with
a grayish pubescence present in the form of two submedian stripes
and two areas on each side, one in front and one behind. However,
the mesonotum in general falls definitely among those without a
distinct mesonotal pattern. The scutellum is brownish-gray; the
halteres are whitish. The eyes are separate; the frons is brown;
the antennae are lighter ; the proboscis is well developed. The legs
are brownish, and the knees are dark with light bands above and
below.
iRoot, F. M., and W. A. Hoffman. The North American species of culicoides.
American Journal of Hygiene, 25 (1) :150-176, 1937.
JANUARY, 1953]
SELANDER CALOSPASTA
47
In the wing, the second radial cell is included in a dark spot,
the light spots not being very distinct. There is a light spot beyond
the second radial cell, and another large one on the cross vein, the
spot being continuous with a narrow streak in front of vein Cu.
A large light spot is present in cell Cui. The base of this cell is
gray. A large spot is present at the tip of the anal cell, another
one at the base, while the middle of this cell is gray. There is a
small, faint light spot at the tip of cell Mg, and vein Mi, with faint
light borders. There is no light spot at the tip of cell R 5 or the
tip of cell Ml.
The last five segments of the antennal flagellum are more than
one-third longer than the first eight. Of the palpi, the third seg-
ment is longer than the second and well swollen with moderate
pit; the last two segments are subequal.
There are two large oval spermatbecae, each about 60 micra
long. The base of the duct is sclerotized only for a short distance.
A rudimentary spermatheca is present, but no distinct ring.
Allotype: female, Shattuck, Oklahoma, May 26, 1948; with 5
paraneoallotypes, Shattuck, Oklahoma, 1948. All are desposited in
the University of Oklahoma Museum, except one paraneoallotype
which is in the U. S. National Museum.
Two examples of C. spinosus, a male and a female, were col-
lected in Norman, Oklahoma, in 1948. Superficially these speci-
mens more closely resemble C. piliferus than those collected in
Shattuck, in that light spots are present at the tip of cell R 5 and
at the tip and base of cell Mi.
A NEW SPECIES OF CALOSPASTA FROM UTAH
(Coleoptera: Meloidae)
Richard B. Selander
University of Utah, Salt Lake City
The following new species, which represents the first record of
the genus Calospasta for the state, was discovered during the
course of a study of the Meloidae of Utah. I am indebted to Dr.
George F. Knowlton, of the Utah State Agricultural College, for
making the specimen available to me, and to Dr. Edwin C. Van
Dyke, of the California Academy of Sciences, for comparing the
specimen with described species and concurring in the opinion that
48
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
it represents a hitherto undescribed form. I take pleasure in naming
the species for Dr. George F. Edmunds, Jr., of the University of
Utah.
Calospasta edmundsi Selander, new species
Female: Moderately shining. Color of head and pronotum aeneous blue-
green; antennae and eyes dark brown; mouthparts in greater part piceous;
elytra pale fulvous ; rest of thorax, abdomen, and femora metallic blue-black ;
apices of femora; entire tibiae and tarsi tan to rufous, the tarsi darker.
Pubescence pale yellow, more or less erect and rather dense on head and
pronotum, partially obscuring surface; equally dense, but recumbent on
elytra, sparse and subrecumbent on rest of tborax and abdomen.
Head one and one-tenth times as broad as pronotum, subquadrate; dis-
tance from vertex to apex of clypeus slightly less than distance across
tempora; occiput truncate; frons flat, feebly and irregularly impressed
medianly; surface coarsely and rather densely punctate; antennae short,
filiform, moderately compressed, closely articulated, surpassing occiput by
one segment, first segment robust, clavate, second half as long as first, third
one and one-third times as long as second, fourth to tenth broader than long,
fourth to seventh subequal in length, about three-fifths as long as third,
eighth to tenth slightly longer than seventh, eleventh one and three-fifths
times as long as tenth; eyes large, scarcely emarginate. Thorax, except pro-
notum, finely and sparsely punctate; pronotum broader than long, sides well
rounded at humeral angles, scarcely divergent to a point almost even with
apex, then abruptly and strongly convergent, surface evenly, coarsely, and
rather densely punctate, disk with basal two-thirds moderately bulged, shal-
lowly impressed before middle and basally on midline, with a large, deep,
obliquely oval fovea on each side just behind middle; elytra rugulose, finely
and densely punctate. Legs with posterior tibial spurs subequally slender,
spiniform ; tooth of tarsal claws long, slender, parallel to upper blade. Abdo-
men finely and sparsely punctate; sixth sternite truncate. Length 9 mm.
Holotype female: Johnson, Kane Co., Utah, on Helianthus
sp., June 22, 1950 (G. F. Knowlton and G. E. Bohart) ; deposited
in California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
This species belongs near C. viridis Horn. Both species have
the body robust, antennae short and compact, and the tooth of the
tarsal claws nearly attaining the apex of the upper blade. In addi-
tion to differences of color, edmundsi is distinguished from viridis
in having the antennae slightly shorter, pronotum smaller and less
transverse, with the disk moderately bulged basally and less dis-
tinctly impressed on the midline, and with distinct lateral foveae,
sixth abdominal sternite truncate, and the head, pronotum, and
elytra more densely punctate and pubescent. The pubescence is
also coarser in edmundsi, and because of this and its greater den-
sity, as mentioned, it affects the general color to a greater degree
than in viridis.
JANUARY, 1953] REINHARD MUSCOID DIPTERA
49
NEW MUSCOID DIPTERA FROM THE WESTERN
UNITED STATES^
H. J. Reinhard
College Station, Texas
The current activities of the California Insect Survey have
brought to light a goodly number of interesting muscoid flies,
hitherto unknown from the state or new to science. The new species
described below are based in part upon this material; the remain-
der constitute related forms, all western in distribution, received
from several different sources as indicated under the descriptions.
Euphyto ruficeps Reinhard, new species
Female — Head subquadrate in profile, silvery pollinose on pale or reddish
background; front at vertex 0.48 and at antennal base 0.42 of head width;
parafrontals beset with a few small scattered hairs outside of frontal rows;
latter converging downward and stopping at antennal base; outer vertical
vestigial; one proclinate and one reclinate orbital, both small and set far
back near upper edge of eye; ocellars well developed, proclinate; frontal
vitta widening toward vertex, overlaid with dense pollen except along median
line which is reddish-yellow from antennal base almost to triangle, clypeus
moderately sunk on upper half, sloping forward from middle to the moder-
ately prominent epistoma; latter short and slightly narrowed from clypeus;
vibrissa hardly differentiated, on oral margin; facial ridge bare; parafacial
bare, wider than clypeus; antenna short, barely reaching below mid face,
second segment reddish with inner apical margin overlapping base of black
third segment which appears unusually short in a direct frontal view; arista
very short, bare, thickened basal two-thirds blackish, tip pale or whitish,
proximal segments small ; haustellum moderately slender, about one-half head
height; palpus blackish; cheek very sparsely setose, one-fourth eye height;
eye bare, reaching almost to vibrissal level; back of head with a sparse
vestiture of black hairs.
Thorax and scutellum black with dense pale gray pollen, notum not
vittate and weakly bristled; acrostichals not differentiated; dorsocentral 1, 3;
notopleural 2; presutural 1 (opter) ; postalar 2; sternopleural 2 (with one or
two intermediate hairs) ; scutellum with 1 lateral near base and 1 decussate
subapical pair; post scutellum not developed; postnotal slope and pro-
pleuron bare. Legs moderately long and slender, black with tarsi more or
less reddish in ground color, weakly bristled; fore tarsal segments ordinary;
claws and pulvilli shorter than apical tarsal segment. Wing hyaline, veins
pale yellow; costal spine not developed; first vein bare, third with three or
four hairs extending from base nearly halfway to small cross vein; first
posterior cell closed at costa far before wing tip ; cubitulus obtusely angulate,
usually without stump or fold; last section of fifth vein fully three-fourths
length of preceding section; epaulet red; calypter opaque white. Abdomen
1 Contribution No. 1515, from Department of Entomology, Texas Argicultural
Experiment Station,
50
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
black, largely gray pollinose above with hind margins of last three segments
shining and a narrow medium dark vitta visible in most views, weakly
bristled; basal segments without median marginals; third and fourth seg-
ments each with a marginal row of small depressed bristles; sternites ex-
posed; genitalia blackish, retracted within tip of abdomen. Length, 5 mm.
Male unknown.
Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : 6 miles west of Indio,
Riverside County, California, on flowers of Melilotus, April 30,
1949 (E. G. Linsley, J. W. MacSwain, R. F. Smith) . Paratype: 1 $,
same data as type.
The species is distinguished by the color of the head, shorter
antennae and aristae, nearly bare parafrontals, etc. It differs from
E. subopaca Coquillett (genotype), in having the second antennal
segment reddish, and the first posterior wing cell closed at the
costa or nqn-petiolate. The only other known allied species is
E. pollinaris Reinhard, which is readily distinguished by its larger
build and wholly gray non-fasciate abdomen.
Eumacronychia scitula Reinhard, new species
Male — Front at vertex 0.38 and at antennal base 0.32 of head width;
parafrontal, parafacial, cheek and posterior orbit silvery white pollinose;
frontal vitta pale yellow, widening gradually from anterior extremity to ver-
tex and much wider than parafrontal on upper half ; frontal bristles extend-
ing to base of antenna; two proclinate and one reclinate fronto orbitals;
ocellars moderately large, proclinate; outer vertical bristle well developed
but shorter than inner one; clypeus deeply sunk and about equal parafacial
width ; facial ridge bare except two or- three bristly hairs next to vibrissa ;
latter near oral margin ; parafacial moderately broad, clothed with short pale
inconspicuous hairs on upper half and intermixed with coarser black ones
below; antenna wholly reddish-yellow, third segment rather slender and
about three times length of second ; arista blackish, bare, thickened to slightly
beyond middle; palpus reddish-yellow, slender with tip slightly thickened;
proboscis short; cheek one-fifth eye height, beset with black hairs on lower
half; eye bare.
Thorax gray pollinose with three to five black dorsal vittae which extend
to scutellum in most views; acrostichals absent except hindmost pair; three
post dorsocentrals and two sternopleurals ; scutellum black with two stout
lateral, one small decussate apical and two pairs of discals behind middle;
infrascutellum recessive; prosternum, propleuron and postnotal slope bare.
Legs black; mid tibia with one anterodorsal bristle; claws and pulvilli
exceeding length of apical tarsal segment. Wing hyaline with a slight gray-
ish tinge; first posterior cell open far^ before wing tip; hind cross vein
strongly oblique to fourth which it joins over two-thirds distance from small
cross vein to cubitulus ; latter angular and usually bearing a short fold ;
third vein setulose almost halfway to small cross vein; costal spine vestigial;
calypter opaque white. Abdomen elongate conical extending well beyond
wing tip, black with fourth segment including genitalia wholly reddish
JANUARY, 1953] REINHARD MUSCOID DIPTERA
51
yellow; last three segments with sharply defined silvery pollen bands on
broad basal margin terminating abruptly at the side of each ; second segment
with one pair of median marginals; third and fourth each with a complete
marginal row; genital segments prominent in repose, devoid of any bristles
but the second segment bearing a vestiture of short black hairs above; for-
ceps in profile rather slender, tapering to acute tips and in rear view sep-
arated and slightly bowed inward at tips; accessory process as long as
forceps, moderately wide at base, tapering distally and curved rearward
beyond middle, tip subacute; lobes of fifth sternite not prominent, reddish-
yellow, clothed with black hairs on inner margin.
Female — Front at vertex 0.42 and at antennal base 0.42 of head width;
third antennal segment often slightly infuscated on outer side; abdomen
wider and more extensively pollinose than in male; median marginals on
second segment weak and sometimes absent; first genital segment pruinose,
bearing a marginal row of about ten good-sized bristles, the second segment
retracted within first, anal orifice slitlike; claws and pulvilli shorter than
apical tarsal segment. Length, 7—9.5 mm.
Holotype male and allotype female (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) :
Tanbark Flat, Los Angeles Co., California, July 8, 1950 (A. T.
McClay). Paratypes: 4 c? cT and 12 $ $, same locality as type,
June 21 to July 28, 1950 (A. T, McClay, P. D. Hurd, J. W. Mac-
Swain, M. J. Stebbins, K. G. Whitesell and J. C. Hall); 1 cf.
Crystal Lake, Los Angeles Co., Calif., June 29, 1950 (P. D. Hurd) ;
1 cT, Big Dalton Dam, Los Angeles Co., Calif., June 25, 1950
(J. W. MacSwain) and 1 cT, Pinon Flat, Calif., San Jacinto Mts.,
May 24, 1939 (B. Brookman).
The species is allied to E. montana Allen, which differs in hav-
ing practically bare parafacials, a narrower front, and the male
genital forceps divergent not bowed inward at the tips as in scitula.
Fabriciella invelata Reinhard, new species
Male — Front at vertex 0.22 of head width (four measured: 0.22; 0.22;
0.23; 0.21); parafrontal with pale yellowish- gray pollen becoming thinner
and darker or blackish near vertex; frontal vitta deep red, wider than para-
frontal on entire length; vertical bristles two pairs, fronto orbitals absent;
ocellars proclinate; frontal rows widely divergent anteriorly, usually three
bristles beneath antennal base ; parafacial with dense satiny yellowish pollen,
sparsely clothed with black hairs and distinctly parrower than length of
second antennal segment; clypeus nearly flush, facial ridges flattened,
strongly divergent downward, with three smallish bristles on lower extrem-
ity; epistoma broad, strongly bowed forward from clypeal plane; vibrissae
stout, decussate, well above front edge of oral margin; antenna reddish-
yellow, third segment blackish, broadly ovate and a trifle shorter than second;
arista black, micropubescent, thickened on basal three-fifths thence evenly
tapered to a fine tip, proximal segment barely longer than wide, second elon-
gated, about one-fourth length of third; cheek slightly over one-third eye
52
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
height, with yellowish- gray pollen and a sparse vestiture of black hairs
intermixed with finer pale ones on lower edge; eye bare; palpus reddish-
yellow, moderately slender to tip and nearly as long as the rather short shin-
ing brown haustellum ; back of head with a dense ruff of pale yellowish-
white pilose hairs.
Thorax black, humerus reddish-yellow, this color extending posteriorly
oii side of notum to include callus and scutellum, thinly gray pollinose.
Chaetotaxy: acrostichal 3, 3 or 4 (often irregularly spaced) ; dorsocentral
4, 4; intraalar 3; supraalar 3; humeral 6-8; posthumeral 2; presutural 2;
sternopleural 3; pteropleural 2 (about as strong as sternopleural) ; intra-
postalar weak; scutellum with 3 lateral, 1 strong decussate apical and 2
discal pairs, latter in a transverse row slightly behind middle of disc; pro-
pleuron black setose; prosternum and postnotal slope bare. Wing grayish
hyaline, tinged with yellow basally; first posterior cell open far before wing
tip; fourth vein strongly bowed inward beyond bend, latter with a distinct
fold; third vein setulose one-third way to small cross vein; last Section of
fifth vein fully one-third length of preceding section; costal spine vestigial;
epaulet infuscated; calypter white with a distinct yellow tinge. Legs shining
black basally, tibiae and tarsi reddish-yellow; fore claws unusually elon-
gated and but slightly shorter than combined length of last three tarsal seg-
ments; middle tibia with a row of five stout unequal bristles on outer front
side; pulvilli long, pale tawny. Abdomen reddish-yellow with a moderately
broad black median vitta extending from base to apex of third segment;
latter and preceding segment whitish pollinose on narrow basal margin;
pollen on anal segment tinged with yellow extending to middle or beyond
on sides; second segment with one pair of median marginals, third with a
marginal row and fourth with a marginal and two irregular discal rows be-
hind middle ; sternites exposed, beset with long slender bristly hairs ; genital
segments reddish-yellow, second with fine black hairs over entire surface and
a transverse median row of about ten moderately strong bristles; forceps
blackish, prominent and strongly arched in profile, united apex broadly
rounded as viewed from the rear, hind surface except the slightly concave
beak-like part clothed with fine black hairs which are longest and directed
laterally on the sides; accessory process terminating in a slender inwardly
bowed acute-tipped process ; fifth sternite reddish-yellow, deflexed and promi-
nent, median apical excision not extending ot middle; lobes broadly emar-
ginate on hind edge, beset with black hairs and bristles. Length, 10.5—13 mm.
Female unknown.
Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Tanbark Flat, Los An-
geles Co., California, July 8, 1950 (A. T. McClay). Paratypes:
48 cf cT, same locality as type, June 19 to July 20, 1950 (A. T.
McClay, W. 0. Marshall, K. G. Whitesell, J. C. Hall, M. J. Stebbins,
T. R. Haig, J. W. MacSwain, P. D. Hurd and J, D. Paschke).
In a restricted sense the species is congeneric with Larvae-
voropsis (type, Echinomyia dakotensis Townsend), and appears
closely related to Fabriciella longiunguis Tothill. However, a speci-
JANUARY, 1953] REINHARD MUSCOID DIPTERA
53
men compared with the type of the latter by Dr. G. E. Shewell,
showed a distinctly greater frontal head width ratio and wider
paraf acials in the present form ; also, the fore claws are perceptibly
shorter than the three apical tarsal segments and the male genital
forceps are more tapering apically and lack the dense vestiture of
heavy lateral spines present in F. longiunguis,
Fabriciella plumasana Reinhard, new species
Male — Similar to the preceding species except as follows: Front wider,
at vertex 0.30 of head width; parafrontal with pale yellow to golden pollen
which extends to vertex; sternopleuraEbristles variable ranging from three
to five in number; median abdominal vitta extending from base to apex;
sternites two and three each with a dense cluster of longish moderately strong
bristles ; fifth sternite black apically with a moderately broad U-shaped apical
excision, lobes prominent, sparsely black-haired; genitalia blackish, lower
lateral margin of second segment thickly beset with short spinose hairs;
forceps moderately compressed, strongly arched and prominent in profile,
median hind surface or beak very narrow, parallel-sided and concave to near
apex thence carinate to a slightly produced acute tip. Length, 12 mm.
Female unknown.
Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Quincy, 4 mi. W., Plumas
Co., California, June 30, 1949 (Evert I. Schlinger). Paratype:
1 (S , Canby, 6 mi. N., Modoc Co., Calif., July 19, 1950 (R. M.
Bohart) .
The species is closely allied to F. spinosa Tothill, from which
it differs in the items listed and in the structure of the male geni-
talia, In F. spinosa the forceps are not at all compressed and
obviously less prominent in profile, the concave beak-like portion
is distinctly wider and tapers more abruptly before the apex ; also,
the lateral margin of the second genital segment bears fewer
spinose hairs which are largely restricted to the lower anterior
margin.
Fabriciella evanida Reinhard, new species
Male — ^Vertex 0.28 of head width; parafrontal gray to almost golden
pollinose on blackish background, parafacial and cheek with paler yellowish-
gray to white pollen on yellow ground color; median vitta red, much wider
than parafrontal on entire length; verticals two pairs; ocellars long, procli-
nate; fronto orbitals absent; frontal bristles about 10 in a roA\r, lowermost
three or four beneath antennal base; antenna red, third segment largely
blackish, about two-thirds length of second; arista shorter than antenna,
thickened beyond middle and evenly tapered to tip, basal segment short,
second one- fifth length of third ; parafacial well over one-half clypeal width,
sparsely clothed with black hairs ; clypeus flush, with lateral ridges flattened
and bare except on lower extremity; epistoma strongly protruding between
vibrissae; latter well above oral margin; cheek slightly over one-third eye
54
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
height, sparsely black-haired; palpus reddish-yellow, slender to tip and about
equal to length of haustellum; occipitial hairs pale yellowish- white.
Thorax black, lateral margin of notum, posterior callus, scutellum and
sometimes humerus reddish in ground color, lightly dusted with white pollen
but the entire surface moderately shiny in most views; chaetotaxy as in
F. invelata; n. sp. (vide supra) propleuron setose. Wing as in F. invelata.
Legs black, tibiae reddish-yellow, tarsi less distinctly so ; fore claws and
pulvilli obviously shorter than combined length of last three tarsal segments.
Abdomen shining translucent yellow with a black median vitta which usually
widens distally to include a large part of upper surface of last two segments;
narrow basal margin of intermediate segments and basal third of last pale
pollinose; bristling as in F. invelata except discal row on anal segment is
near middle of latter; sternites exposed, beset mostly with long fine, black
hairs; genital segments largely blackish, second clothed with long black
bristly hairs above ; forceps arched but not very prominent in profile, viewed
from behind the flattened slightly concave beak-like portion is unusually
narrow and tapers rather sharply before apex thence gradually narrowing to
an acute delicate tip ; accessory process slender and bowed inward apically.
Female — Front at vertex 0.32 of head width; abdomen considerably
darker, often black on apical half or more of last three segments above;
otherwise similar to male except for sexual differences. Length, 9—13 mm.
Holotype male and allotype female, Lake City, Colorado,
8700 ft., August 8-15, 1936 (Chas. L. Fluke). Paratypes: 3 cf cT
and 1 9? same data as type; 1 Pingree Park, Colo., August 17,
1932; 1 9? Cameron Pass, Colo., 9500 ft., August 21, 1940 (R. K.
Fletcher) ; 1 cf? Maniton Park, Colo., August (F. H. Snow) ; 1 cf ,
Pleasant Grove, Utah, July 29, 1933 (G. F. Knowlton and L. L.
Hanson) ; 1 9? Allen Canyon, Utah, August 21, 1942 (G. F. Knowl-
ton and S. L. Wood) ; 1 cf, Logan, Utah, August 2, 1950 (Ken E.
Wolf) ; and 1 cT? S. Grand Canyon, Ariz., August 17, 1949 (P. R.
Fitzgerald) .
In build and general aspect, the present species is quite similar
to F. brevirostris Tothill, and like the latter has an uncommonly
short haustellum. However, the genitalic differences, as noted
above, appear distinctive.
Mericia hamilla Reinhard, new species
Similar to M. ampela Walker in general aspect but readily
distinguished by differences in structure of the male genitalia as
mentioned below.
Male — Vertex 0.21 of head width, front slightly narrower before ocelli;
frontal rows strongly divergent anteriorly, three bristles beneath antennal
base; no orbitals; inner verticals moderately long; ocellars long and slender;
parafrontal pale yellowish-gray pollinose becoming blackish near vertex ;
parafacial equibroad and well over one-half clypeal width, with satiny yellow-
JANUARY, 1953] REINHARD MUSCOID DIPTERA
55
ish-gray pollen; cheek black, lightly dusted with gray pollen, nearly two-
fifths eye height; eye thickly pilose; antenna black, first segment erect and
somewhat elongated, third segment moderately wide and but slightly longer
than second; Jfista bare, thickened on basal half tapering to a slender tip,
middle segment barely longer than wide; facial ridge bare except a few
bristles next to vibrissa; latter well above the lower front edge of the promi-
nent epistoma; proboscis shorter than head height, labella large and fleshy;
palpus yellow, beset with black hairs, back of head subshiny black, rather
thickly clothed with pale hairs.
Thorax black, thinly gray pollinose, mesonotum subshiny, but with four
broad dark vittae visible in a flat rear view; scutellum black, more or less
reddish apically; acrostichal 2, 3; dorsocentral 3, 4; sternopleural 3; scutel-
lum with 3 lateral, 1 decussate apical and 1 discal pair; postnotal slope
setose; propleuron bare. Wing gray hyaline, with a light brownish tinge on
costal margin near base ; third vein with 3 to 6 small hairs near base ; cubit-
ulus rectangular, without stump or fold; first posterior cell open far before
wing tip; calypter white. Legs black, tibiae obscurely reddish, moderately
long and slender; claws and pulvilli elongate or about equal to combined
length of last two tarsal segments. Abdomen black, genital segments red,
with gray pollen which extends thinly to the broadly arcuate hind margin
of last three segments above ; one pair of discals on each of latter, first with^
out median marginals; intermediate segments greatly narrowed on venter;
keel of forceps triangular, deeply divided and nearly twice as large as in
M. ampela; accessory process unusually wide at base, tapered gradually to-
wards tip, subequal to length of second genital segment; fifth sternite sub-
shiny black, with an apical U-shaped excision extending about to middle,
lobes beset with long black hairs.
Female — ^Vertex 0.28 of head width; parafrontal quite blackish in most
views, with two stout proclinate orbitals; outer verticals well developed;
antennal segments one and two wholly reddish; mesonotum blackish and
subshining as in male; fourth abdominal segment red; anal orifice large,
ovate; first genital segment retracted, hind margin bearing a fringe ol
closely set black bristly hairs on distal half or more ; apical sternites with a
broad shallow groove at middle. Length, 11-12 mm.
Holotype male, Mt. Rainier, Washington, Sunrise, 6380 ft.,
July 31, 1932 (J. Wilcox) . Allotype female, Puyallup, Washington,
June 1, 1933 (J. Wilcox). Paratype: 1 cf, Mt. Rainier, Washing-
ton, Shallow Lake, 6500 ft., August 15, 1932 (Chas. H. Martin).
Mericia cobala Reinhard, new species
Differs from the preceding species mainly as follows:
Male — ^Vertex 0.19 of head width; first and second antennal segments
with a reddish tinge on apex, third segment larger, and broadly bulged on
front edge; arista thickened well beyond middle; thorax moderately gray
pollinose, mesonotal vittae rather well defined, four before suture and five
behind; scutellum black with a barely perceptible reddish tinge at extreme
apex; abdomen including genital segments, fifth sternite, forceps and acces-
sory process black; carina of forceps moderately large, triangular, apex
56
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
slightly grooved behind; accessory process long, broad to middle thence
gradually narrowed to tip; fifth sternite prominent, with a deep median
V-shaped incision.
Female — Vertex 0.32 of head width; two pairs of strong proclinate orbi-
tals; outer verticals developed; ocellars stout, proclinate; first and second
antennal segments wholly reddish-yellow; fore tarsus distinctly flattened,
claws and pulvilli shorter than apical segment; abdomen wholly black;
fused sixth and seventh sternites with a wide deep groove which bears a
narrow slightly elevated median carina; eighth sternite broadly impressed
at middle, subtruncate on apex. Length, 12 mm.
Holotype male and allotype female (on same pin), Otero
County, New Mexico, 8000 ft., June 20 (E. M. and R. H. Painter).
Zenillia scolex Reinhard, new species
Female — Front at vertex 0.36 and at antennal base 0.52 of head width;
parafrontal pale grayish to brownish-yellow pollinose, distinctly wider than
the deep red median vitta; ocellars strong, proclinate; verticals two pairs;
frontals in two rows on lower half of front, the main row moderately diverg-
ent below and extending to level with base of third antennal segment; two
stout reclinate prevertical bristles and two proclinate orbitals; antenna red,
third segment slightly over twice length of second; arista brownish on thick-
ened basal two-fifths, micro pubescent, proximal segments short; parafacial
gray pollinose on reddish ground color, bare beneath lowermost frontals and
but slightly narrowed below; facial ridge reddish, beset with small hairs
and bristles on lower fifth or less; vibrissae descussate, bn oral margin; eye
hairy, reaching nearly to vibrissal level; cheek red in ground color, overlaid
with thin gray pollen and sparsely black-haired, one-fourth eye height ; pro-
boscis short; palpus reddish-yellow; back of head gray pollinose, clothed
with pale hairs. Thorax black, with o^jaque yellowish- gray pollen showing
a brownish tinge on notum, latter marked with four very narrow black vittae ;
scutellum and posterior callus reddish. Chaetotaxy: acrostichal 3, 3; dorso-
central 3, 4 ; intraalar 3 ; supraalar 3 ; presutural 2 ; postalar 3 ; intrapostalar
well developed sternopleural 3; scutellum with 3 strong lateral, 1 decussate
apical and 2 discal pairs behind middle of disc; prosternum setose; pro-
pleuron^ and postnotal slope bare. Legs wholly red ; mid tibia with three
anterodorsal bristles and one inner ventral; hind tibia subciliate; yellow
black-tipped claws nearly equal length of last tarsal segment, pulvilli slightly
shorter. Wing subhyaline with a distinct luteous tinge on basal half of
costal margin ; third vein with two bristly hairs near base ; first, posterior cell
open well before extreme wing tip ; costal spine not developed ; epaulet deep
red; calypter opaque white. Abdomen short and thick in profile, with dense
opaque ' yellowish-brown pollen on entire surface above becoming somewhat
grayer on venter; intermediate segments with discals (sometimes doubled on
one or both) ; first and second segments each with one pair of median mar-
ginals, third bearing a complete marginal row and fourth with a discal row
and numerous irregularly spaced bristles between the latter and apex of
segment; anal orifice slitlike, genitalia retracted. Length, 10-11 mm.
Male unknown.
JANUARY, 1953] REINHARD MUSCOID DIPTERA
57
Holotype (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Tanbark Flat, Los An-
geles Co., California, June 30, 1950 (K. G. Whitesell). Para-
types: 1 $, same locality as type, June 22, 1950 (P. D. Hurd) ;
1 $, Crystal Lake, Los Angeles Co., Calif., June 29, 1950 (W. 0.
Marshall) ; 1 $, West Hollywood Hills, Los Angeles Co., Calif.,
April 24, 1950 (R. G. Howell) ; and 1 Forest Home, Calif.,
June 17, 1950 (G. P. Taylor) .
The species apparently belongs to the chrysomasicera-^voup
of Zenillia, but differs from all forms assigned here in the wholly
red legs and antennae, bristling of mid tibiae and the non-golden,
patternless pollen on the abdomen.
Meledonus lindensis Reinhard, new species
Male — Head ancommonly long and subquadrate in profile, cinereous
pollinose; front at narrowest 0.37 and at vertex 0.42 of head width; frontal
vitta brownish, gradually widened upwards, at middle subequal parafrontal
width; inner vertical large, the outer vestigial, prevertical curved laterally;
orbitals absent; ocellars long, proclinate; frontal rows not strongly divergent
anteriorly and barely extending beneath antennal base; parafacial broad,
sparsely beset with fine black hairs; clypeus rather deeply impressed; epis-
toma noticeably swollen or inflated and moderately produced downward
beneath vibrissal level; facial ridge bare except a few bristles at lower
extremity; antenna black, third segment twice as long as second; arista
bare, short, thickened and tapering to distal third, basal segments small;
haustellum slender, about two-thirds head height; palpus reddish-yellow,
shorter than usual but well over one-half length of third antennal segment;
eye bare, rather small ; cheek one-third eye height ; back of head moderately
bulged on lower part, clothed with black hairs above and pale ones about the
neck and below.
Thorax and scutellum black, gray pollinose, not distinctly vittate above.
Chaetotaxy: acrostichal 1, 1; dorsocentral 3, 3; intraalar 2; supraalar 3;
notopleural 2; presutural 1 (outer) ; humeral 2; postalar 2; intrapostalar
differentiated ; sternopleural 3 ; pteropleural hairlike ; scutellum with 2 lateral
and 1 smaller decussate apipal pair; propleuron and postnotal slope bare.
Legs rather long, wholly black; mid tibia with two anterodorsal bristles;
claws and pulvilli distinctly elongated. Wing hyaline with yellow tinge at
base and along costal margin; first vein bare, third with about three small
hairs near base; cubitulus broadly rounded, without stump or fold; first
posterior cell open well before wing tip ; last section of fifth vein about one-
fifth preceding section; epaulet black; calypter pale yellowish-white. Abdo-
men rather narrow and elongate, last three segments gray pollinose on basal
three-fifths, remainder of each subshiny black; segments one and two each
with one pair of median marginals and a complete marginal row on segments
three and four, besides a discal row on last situated well behind the middle;
hypopygium moderately large and prominent, shining black; sternites nar-
rowly exposed at least apically.
Female — Front at vertex 0.43 of head width; parafrontal pale yellowish-
58
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
gray; ocellars and uppermost orbital divaricate, lower two orbitals procli-
nate; outer vertical diflEerentiated ; third antennal segment less than twice
as long as second which is tinged with red on extreme apex; last three
abdominal segments with heavier gray pollen extending to the apical third
or fourth on each; genitalia black, retracted within tip of abdomen; claws
and pulvilli shorter than last tarsal segment. Length, 7.5 mm,
Holotype male and allotype female, Lind, Washington, June 1
and 12, 1919 (R. W. Carlson).
The species is distinctly grayer and less shining in general
aspect than the genotype, M. latipennis Aldrich. The latter differs
further in having smaller, wholly black palpi, third antennal seg-
ment but little longer than second, back of head more distinctly
bulged or swollen, wings broader apically and no differentiated
preacrostichal bristles.
Erycia picata Reinhard, new species
Male — Front rather narrow, at vertex 0.20 of head width ; parafrontal
blackish above with tawny to spbgolden pollen before middle, extending
downward over parafacial; frontal vitta deep velvety red, narrower than
parafrontal on upper half; outer verticals and orbitals absent; ocellars long,
proclinate; frontal rows moderately divergent anteriorly, four or five bristles
beneath antennal base, two stoutish reclinate preverticals; antenna about
three-fourths length of face, basal segments more or less reddish, third black,
twice as long as second; arista micro pubescent, moderately thickened on
basal third, proximal segments small ; parafacial narrow, bare on lower half ;
clypeus gray pollinose, moderately impressed, facial ridge bristled on lowest
fourth; vibrissae stout, decussate, on oral margin; cheek gray pollinose,
beset with black hairs, one-sixth eye height; eye bare, reaching about to
vibrissal level; palpus reddish-yellow becoming darker basally; haustellum
very short; labella large and fleshy; back of head gray pollinose, moderately
clothed with pale or whitish hairs.
Thorax subshining black, lightly dusted with bluish white pollen, dorsal
vittae scarcely visible ; scutellum concolorous with thorax but with a reddish
tinge in ground color near apex. Chaetotaxy: acrostichal 3, 3; dorsocentral
3, 4; intraalar 3; supraalar 3; presutural 2; notopleural 2; humeral 4;
sternopleural 3; pteropleural 1 (smaller than sternopleural) ; postalar 3;
intrapostalar well diflEerentiated ; scutellum with 3 lateral, 1 decussate apical
and 1 discal pair; postnotal slope and propleuron bare. Legs black; claws
and pulvilli strongly elongated, latter almost equal combined length of last
two tarsal segments; mid tibia with two anterodorsal bristles. Wing subhya-
line with a brownish tinge costobasally ; first vein bare, third with two to four
hairs near base; cubitulus broadly rounded, without stump or fold; first
posterior cell narrowly open well before wing tip; last section of fifth vein
slightly over one-fourth length of preceding; costal spine vestigial; calypter
uniformly light brown; epaulet and subepaulet black. Abdomen black,
moderately shining, entire surface above thinly dusted with bluish white
pollen; hairs coarse and erect becoming bristly along niedian line of inter-
JANUARY, 1953] REINHARD MUSCOID DIPTERA
59
mediate segments, which hear usually two pairs of differentiated discals
often irregularly spaced ; basal segments each with one pair of median
marginals and a marginal row on segments three and four besides numerous
scattered discals on the latter above; hypopygium blackish, moderate promi-
nent; forceps unusually broad in profile, rounded on apex; accessory pro-
cess slightly exceeding length of forceps but much narrower and gently
bowed from base to bluntly rounded tip; fifth sternite black, with a deep
median excision, lobes beset with black hairs and bristles.
Female — Front at vertex 0.26 of head width; outer verticals differen-
tiated ; two pairs of proclinate orbitals present ; tibiae more or less reddish ;
claws and pulvilli shorter than apical tarsal segment ; calypter not so strongly
infuscated; hairs on abdomen above subappressed ; anal cerci reddish, short
and bluntly rounded apically, beset with fine brown hairs. Length, 9-10 mm.
Holotype male and allotype female, on same pin (Calif. Acad.
Sci., Ent.) : Berkeley, California, April 23, 1949 (P. D. Hurd).
Paratypes: 4 c? c?, same locality as type, March 29 to June 15,
1948-49 (P. D. Hurd and U. N. Lanham) ; and 4 c? c?, Monrovia
Canyon, Calif., May 31, 1931 (Dorothy Martin).
The species is readily distinguished from allied forms by the
narrower front, shorter antennae, infuscated calypters and the
thinner patternless pollen on the abdomen.
Erycia sectilis Reinhard, new species
Differs from the preceding species chiefly as follows:
Male — Front wider, at vertex 0.32 of head width; paraf rental grayish
pollinose to vertex, with a secondary row of frontals outside the main row
before middle; outer verticals differentiated; antenna reaching nearly to
oral margin, third segment three times longer than second; parafacial gray
pollinose; cheek one-fifth eye height; thorax more densely pollinose above
and marked with four distinct dark vittae; pulvilli hardly exceeding length
of apical tarsal segment; wing gray hyaline, at most with a slight yellowish
tinge near base and on costal margin; calypter opaque white; last three
abdominal segments with rather dense gray pollen on basal edge which ex-
tends thinly to about the middle of each, the broad hind margins shiny black
in direct view; forceps considerably narrower than in E. picata n. sp. (vide
supra) ; accessory process nearly as wide as forceps in profile. Length,
8—9 mm.
Female unknown.
Holotype male, Teton Pass, Wyoming, August 2, 1947 (F. A.
Cowan and M. R. Wheeler). Paratype: 1 c?, same data as type.
The Publications Committee regrets having to postpone the E. C. Van
Dyke Memorial number until the April issue of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
It proved impossible to have Dr. Van . Dyke’s posthumous papers and an
adequate obituary and bibliography ready in time for the present issue.
60
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
DIPTERA REARED FROM BARN OWL NESTS
Raymond E. Ryckman
Two nests of the barn owl (Tyto alba pratincola (Bonaparte),
located seven miles west of Riverside, California, were examined
and debris from the nests taken to the laboratory on April 18, 1952.
Nine young owls were capable of limited flight at this time. Para-
sites and those forms breeding in organic material of the nests
were most prevalent. The owls nested in abandoned rodent burrows
approximately seven feet from the top of a 35-foot precipitous
clay cliff.
The following Diptera were reared from nest material which
was placed in gallon jars and covered with bleached muslin to
exclude other flies or their larvae.
MUSCIDAE: Muscina stabulans (Fallen), 3 adults; MILICHIIDAE:
Leptometopa latipes (Meigen), 10 adults; HELEOMYZIDAE ; Neossos mary
landica (Malloch), 32 adults.
The author is indebted to Curtis W. Sabrosky for identification
of the above Diptera. Concerning N. marylandica, he states the
following, “So far as I know, it has not been recorded since it was
described from Maryland.” Specimens of each species has been
retained by the U. S. National Museum.
ADOXOMYIA CLARIPENNIS COLLECTED FROM WOOD
RAT NESTS IN ARIZONA
(Diptera: Stratiomyidae )
Raymond E. Ryckman^ and Charles T. Ames^
On December 27, 1952, wood rat nests were examined near
Mission Tucson, west of Tucson, Arizona. Two typical Stratiomyi-
dae larvae were collected from one rat nest which was built under
overhanging ledges of an embankment. The larvae were reared to
adults and pinned with the pupal cases: they were a male and fe-
male of Adoxomyia claripennis James. This material was identi-
fied by W. W. Wirth and retained by the U. S. National Museum.
The female of this species has not previously been collected.
1 Department of Entomology, School of Tropical and Preventive Medicine, Loma
Linda, California.
JANUARY, 1953] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
61
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
J. W. MacSwain
Vice-President
E. 0. Essie
President
D. D. Jensen
Secretary
Proceedings
Two Hundred and Twenty-second Meeting
The two hundred and twenty-second meeting of the Pacific Coast Ento-
mological Society was held at 7:30 p. m. on Friday, January 25, 1952, in
the Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, San Fran-
cisco, President Essig conducted the meeting. The following members were
present: D. D. Jensen, W. W. Middlekauff, A. E. Michelbacher, E. G. Lins-
ley, K. F. Innes, C. W. Hildebrand, H. H. Meyer, E. L. Kessel, Richard M.
Bohart, George E. Bohart, J. W. MacSwain, E. C. Van Dyke, G. F. Ferris,
E. S, Ross, J. W. Green, C. Don MacNeill, W. C. Bentinck, W. C. Day, R. F.
Smith, Benjamin Keh, F. E. Skinner, P. H. Arnaud, D. G. Denning, A. E.
Pritchard, Laura M. Henry, Walter Thomsen, Lee A. Wood, Jr., W. D.
Murray, J. G. Rozen, Jr., R. L. Doutt, H. B. Leech, P. D. Hurd, Jr., and
E. 0. Essig. The following visitors attended: Margaret Bohart, Helen L.
Day, Ruth Ogren, Frances Murray, Madeline Jacobi, and Barbara L. Rozen.
The minutes of the meeting held December 7, 1951, were read and
approved.
Professor Essig called for notes, remarks and exhibits and circulated
the Bulletin of the Oregon Entomological Society and a new book by Dr.
Curran entitled “Insects in Your Life.”
Dr. Michelbacher called attention to the publication of the latest issue
of Entoma.
Dr. Doutt displayed what he considered to be the best photographic
illustrations of the aeroscopic plate of parasitic hymenoptera. This plate,
which is peculiar to certain genera in the Encyrtidae, is an unusual section
of sculptoring on the chorion of the egg. After the larva hatches from the
egg it continues to utilize the aeroscopic plate as an air passage to the out-
side of the host. The photographs were made by Maurio Martignoni, a
visiting student at the University of California, from Switzerland.
Mr. Leech displayed a British book by G. J. Arrow entitled, “Horned
Beetles, A Study of the Fantastic in Nature.”
The President then introduced Dr. Paul D. Hurd, of the University of
California, who spoke on “Species formation in the spider-wasp genus
Pepsis.”
The genus Pepsis is an exclusively New World group of spider-wasps.
At present, the genus contains some 428 recognized species; however, the
actual number in nature probably approximates 150 since many of the de-
scribed species are represented by the unassociated sexes and a high per-
62
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
centage of the names are applied to non-population phenomena. Additional
reduction of names is anticipated following the further application of the
principles of polytypy.
Species formation in the genus appears to be the result of geographic
segregation occasioned largely through isolating mechanisms developed and
accentuated in areas of ecological distinctiveness. Examples to substantiate
this view were givbn and may be found in “Revision of the Nearctic species
of the Pompilid genus Pepsis,” Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 98; 257—334.
After a discussion of Dr. Hurd’s well-illustrated talk, the meeting was
adjourned. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Twenty-third Meeting
The two hundred and twenty-third meeting of the Pacific Coast Ento-
mological Society was held at 2:00 p. m. on Saturday, February 23, 1952,
in the Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco. President Essig conducted the meeting. The following members
were present: E. 0. Essig, P. H. Arnaud, J. P. Harville, W. L. Hoyt, V.
Stombler, E. C. Van Dyke, F. X. Williams, J. W. MacSwain, A. E. Michel-
bacher, E. G. Linsley, R. L. Usinger, A. E. Pritchard, W. D. Murray, W. C.
Day, P. D. Ashlock, W. C. Bentinck, J. G. Rozen, R. F. Smith, R. L. Doutt,
L. M. Henry, J. W. Tilden, C. W. Hildebrand, R. Morgan, D. D. Linsdale,
C. Downing, K. S. Hagen, M. Marquis, F. E. Skinner, J. I. Stage, R. R.
Snelling, Wm. Hazeltine, J. Raich, J. R. Walker, G. A. Marsh, D. P. Furman,
H. B. Leech, J. W. Green, H. H. Blakemore, B. Keh, J. F. Gustafson, K. F.
Innes, Jr., J. D. Lattin, D. D. Jensen, G. F. Ferris, E. S. Ross, J. A. Wood,
and C. P. Hoyt. Visitors were present as follows: C. E. Kaufeldt, J. J.
Marquis, Mr. and Mrs. Ned 0. Thompson, lola W. Barber, C. D. Gray, S. M.
Gon, Bert E. Traud, Jr., B. E. Traud, Barbara Prendergast, Helen Faulkner,
E. E. Gilbert, W. R. Kellen, and Ruth Ogren.
The minutes of the meeting held January 25, 1952 were read and
approved.
Peter Ashlock and Joseph Schuh were elected to membership in the
Society.
In response to a request for notes and exhibits, Dr. MacSwain reported
that during the 1951 University of California summer course in entomology,
held in the vicinity of Sonora Pass, he had caught several male and female
grylloblattids of a new species. Most of the specimens were sent to Dr.
Gurney but three were kept alive in a refrigerator at Berkeley for several
months. The single survivor was exhibited at the meeting. According to Dr.
Gurney, the life cycle of this insect extends over six or seven years.
Dr. Doutt displayed a recently-introduced coccinellid beetle which was
imported into California from Israel for olive scale control. The species,
Chilocorus bipustulatus (Linn.), was collected and shipped by Dr. Boyce
during his recent visit to that country.
Dr. Jensen suggested that each year a list could be published in the
JANUARY, 1953] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
63
Pan-Pacific Entomologist of insect species which had been recorded in Cali-
fornia for the first time during the previous year. This would include species
introduced for biological control as well as those which are not purposely
brought into the state,
Mr. Leech called attention to a carefully mounted and labeled collec-
tion of Mexican insects taken by Manuel and Joseph Marquis during 1951.
Professor Essig displayed the recently published book, “An Introduction
to Acarology” by Baker and Wharton and called on Dr. Pritchard who stated
that it was the only comprehensive work done on the group in our generation.
Dr. Don Murray displayed color maps he prepares to record the abund-
ance of mosquitoes and made the following comments regarding their
problem :
“In mosquito control work there have been several cases in the world
where complete eradication of a species was obtained, but our mosquito
districts in the San Joaquin Valley do not dare talk in such terms because
of public misunderstanding. However, we have sometimes obtained reduc-
tions in numbers to the extent that the pest problem has been reduced to a
minimum.
“Aedes nigromaculis, the field mosquito, is potentially the worst pest
mosquito in the San Joaquin Valley. Eggs are laid in moist soil, with per-
manent pastures as the preferred egg-laying fields. The eggs hatch on flood-
ing. However, only a certain percentage hatches at one time, the remainder
lying dormant until one or more successive floodings provide the hatching
stimulus. The larvae are readily visible in the water and can be recorded
as a given number per dip. Untreated, suitable areas usually have from 50
to several hundred larvae per dip.
“With repeated treatment of insecticide on each flooding, thus prevent-
ing any emergence of adults over a sufficient area, and with no significant
number of adults migrating in to reinfest the area, larval counts have been
gradually reduced to a very low point. We have adapted a method for pre-
senting our data which was developed by Robert Shotwell in grasshopper
control work. Using colors, specifically red, purple, yellow and green, to show
difllerent levels of population, we can picture the infestation at any given
time, we can interpret increases and decreases, and we can better plan our
control program.”
Mr. E, E. Gilbert reported that during a recent collecting trip to Im-
perial County, California, a female tiphiid, Brachycistis sp. near furtivus
(Mickel and Krombein), was dug from below a small shrub and represents
the twenty-sixth known female specimen of its subfamily. Adults of Ligyrus
gihbosus (De Geer) taken in the same ecological niche might suggest a pos-
sible host relationship. In addition, two species of mutillids were collected:
Dasymutilla phoenix (Fox), a new record for California, and Dasymutilla
paranocturna Barr and Hurd, the sixth known specimen of this species. The
• Hymenoptera were identified by Dr. P. D. Hurd.
Professor Essig introduced Professor G. F. Ferris and Mr. Charles Hoyt
of Stanford University for their discussion of “The Evolution of the Diptera.”
64
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
Introductory remarks on the principles of comparative morphology of
arthropods were given by Professor G. F. Ferris. Professor Ferris empha-
sized the necessity for the development of a set of definite principles as a
foundation for comparative morphological studies. These principles should
be congruent with the results and doctrines of modern biological investiga-
tions and thoughts.
Also included in these introductory remarks was the fact that suitably
preserved material of the less well-known groups of insects was extremely
difficult to obtain. This lack is keenly felt by students of comparative mor-
phology of insects.
Dr. Charles P. Hoyt followed Professor Ferris with an illustrated talk
on the evolution of the Diptera from the viewpoint of comparative mor-
phology. The following is an abstract of bis presentation:
Preparatory to an understanding of the changes which resulted in the
development of the structures of the Diptera, it is necessary to understand
the components of the generalized insect which presumably preceded these
changes. An example of such a generalized arrangement is found in the
mouthparts of the cockroach, Blatella germanica (Linnaeus). By compar-
ing the morphological features of the cockroach with those of certain of the
Neuroptera such as Chrysopa californica Coquillett and Stenorrhachus wal-
keri MacLachlan as well as the Mecopteran, Nannochorista dipteroides Till-
yard, the structural components of the Nematocerous mouthparts may be
understood and an idea of the extent and pathway of their evolution can be
gained.
In addition to a comparative morphological consideration of the mouth-
part structures, a study of the morphology of the thorax lends support to
the conclusions reached from mouthpart studies. It is not necessary, however,
to return to the cockroach for an example of a generalized thorax, as the
Mecopteran Nannochorista dipteroides has retained fairly well the general-
ized thoracic pattern. By comparing this arrangement with that of the
Nemopterid and the latter in turn with the generalized Dipterous thorax,
such as that of a Tipulid, the stages of evolutionary modification can be
clearly demonstrated.
It is concluded from these considerations that the Nemopterid Stenor-
rhdchus walkeri is, morphologically, the best living example of what the
ancestral stock of the Diptera must have resembled.
Following a discussion of the paper, the meeting was adjourned. —
D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Twenty-fourth Meeting
The two hundred and twenty-fourth meeting of the Pacific Coast Ento-
mological Society was held at 2:00 p. m. on Saturday, March 22, 1952, in
the Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, San Fran-
cisco. President E. 0. Essig conducted the meeting. The following members
were present: J. W. MacSwain, C. D. Grant, Thomas Lauret, E. C. Van
JANUARY, 1953 ] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
65
Dyke, A. E. Michelbacher, J. W. Green, H. B. Leech, E. G. Linsley, W. C.
Day, E. S. Ross, J. L. Gressitt, R. M. Bohart, K. F. Innes, Jr., E. E. Gilbert,
W. C. Bentinck, W. V. Garner, G. A. Marsh, C., A. Downing, P. D. Ashlock,
W, W. Middlekapff, T. Aarons, D. P. Furman, W. H. Lange, L. R. Gillogly,
P. H. Arnaud, J. R. Walker, E. O. Essig, and D. D. Jensen. The following
visitors were also present: E. I. Schlinger, G. Pronin, R. C. Bechtel, A. D.
Telford, Mary Telford, Margaret Bohart, Grace Bechtel, Mrs. L. R. Gillogly,
Alan Gillogly, James Gillogly, and Mr. and Mrs. S. Winnan.
The minutes of the meeting held February 23, 1952, were read and
approved.
Raymond E. Ryckman, Mrs. Velma Knox Mayo, R. C. Bechtel, and
Dr. Edwin P. Meiners were elected to membership in the Society.
President Essig appointed the following members to serve as a commit-
tee to make arrangements for the field meeting to be held May 25; Dr. Jen-
sen, Dr. Ross and Mr. Leech.
Dr. Gressitt reported briefly on the project with which he is associated
and which is sponsored by the National Research Council and the Pacific
Science Board. It involves a study of the insects of Micronesia and is financed
at present by the Office of Naval Research. Dr. Gressitt is arranging for
identification of the various insect groups by specialists.
President Essig introduced Dr. Richard M. Bohart, of the University of
California at Davis, who spoke on “Problems of Mosquito Speciation in the
Pacific Area.” A summary of Dr. Bohart’s address follows:
The Pacific mosquito fauna was very imperfectly known prior to World
War II, but the state of knowledge was .greatly improved by the many fine
collectors who went out as entomologists for the Army and Navy. In 1944
the U. S. National Museum, which boasts the finest collection in the world
of Philippine mosquitoes, had representatives of 128 of the 150 known
species. Today we know of at least 300 species from that area. This com-
pares with 41 species in California which covers an area of similar size. The
production of species through island isolation is found throughout the Pa-
cific area. Many endemic species occur on the larger island groups such as
New Guinea, the Dutch East Indies, and the Philippines, but only a few such
species occur in the more isolated mid-Pacific islands of Polynesia and
Micronesia. On the other hand, the percentage of endemic species is much
higher in the more remote areas.
The Ryukyus represent an intermediate “semi-remote” situation. On
this island chain 49 species are at present known, of which 16 appear to
be endemic. The non-endemic forms are mostly found also in China, some
400 miles to the west. This can be compared with the many mid-Pacific
islands of the Marianas, Carolines, and Marshalls, collectively known as
Micronesia, where out of 28 subspecies and species 20 are endemic. An-
other comparison can be made with the land area of China with 118 species
and only 7 apparently endemic. Two groups of mosquitoes which are found
only on Pacific islands and which illustrate the extent of island speciation
66
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
are the Aedes pandani group and the Aedes scutellaris group. The five
species of the former stretch over the Marianas and the 11 species of the
latter are scattered from Guam and Tahiti to New Guinea and Okinawa.
Although the differences between species from adjacent islands often appear
to be slight, there is no evidence of inter-breeding in nature when they are
brought together through the agency of man.
Colored slides were shown illustrating the types of habitats found in
the Marianas and the Ryukyus.
Dr. Bohart’s paper was followed by a discussion before the meeting
was adjourned. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Twenty-fifth Meeting
The annual field meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society
was held at Mt. Tamalpais, Marin County, California, May 25, 1952. Al-
though the weather was very pleasant, the attendance was smaller than at
other recent field meetings. Eight members and 19 friends attended. Some
collecting was done, but most of the time was spent in visiting.
— D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Twenty-sixth Meeting
The two hundred and twenty-sixth meeting of the Pacific Coast Ento-
mological Society was held at 2:00 p. m. on November 8, 1952, in the Morri-
son Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
President Essig conducted the meeting. The following members were pres-
ent: J. W. MacSwain, D. D. Jensen, E. G, Linsley, E. O. Essig, R. F. Smith,
R. L. Usinger, E. E. Gilbert, C. D. MacNeil, J. R. Heifer, L. R. Gillogly,
W. C.’ Day, J. G. Edwards, P. H. Arnaud, J. P. Harville, Laura Henry, G. F.
Ferris, K. S. Hagen, T. F. Leigh, A. E. Michelbacher, R. L. Doutt, E. S.
Ross, E, L. Kessel, J. W. Green, Paul Cook, H. B. Leech, Clarence Downing,
G. A. Marsh, John J. Drea, Robert Morgan, and Donald Linsdale. The
following visitors attended: John Smart, Alice Gray, James W. Chapman,
Mrs. Lorin Gillogly, Alan Gillogly, Jim Gillogly, S. E. Abul Nasr, Helen L.
Day, C. E. Kaufeldt, Herbert A. Dean, William Hovanitz, Robert Langston,
Robert Schuster, Dewey L. Shepherd, and Neil A. Walker.
The minutes of the field meeting held May 25, 1952, were read and
approved.
The following were elected to membership in the Society: Alice E. Gray,
John J, Drea, Paul P. Cook, and Carlos E. Kaufeldt.
President Essig appointed the following two committees to prepare re-
ports for presentation at the annual meeting in December. Nominating com-
mittee: A. E. Michelbacher, H. B. Leech, and J. G. Edwards. Auditing
committee: E. L. Kessel, D. D. Jensen, and E. S. Ross,
President Essig called attention to the recent death of Dr. Edwin C.
Van Dyke, charter member of the Society. He indicated that at a later date
JANUARY, 1953] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
67
Dr. Van Dyke’s life and the many valuable contributions he made to the
Society and its publications would be discussed more fully. Dr. Ross stated
that a full issue of- the Pan-Pacific Entomologist would be devoted to Dr.
Van Dyke and his work. He mentioned also that within the past year a
sound tape recording had been made of a two-hour conversation with Dr.
Van Dyke regarding his entomological career.
In response to President Essig’s call for notes and exhibits, Mr. Mac-
Neill displayed pieces of amber from Simojovel (Chiapas), Mexico. The
amber is found most commonly along streams in the vicinity of the town
and appears to be of Oligocene origin. In two instances insects have been
found in amber from this area.
Mr. Gillogly exhibited specimens of Nitidulidae which strongly re-
sembled the Lucanidae. They were collected on Guam and the Palau Islands
and appear to represent a new genus.
Dr. Usinger circulated a vial containing specimens of the family Crypto-
stomatidae (Hemiptera;Heteroptera) which Dr. MacSwain had collected
in Woolsey Canyon, Berkeley, California. The nearest known relative of
this species occurs in Guatemala.
Dr. MacSwain exhibited a drawer of cercerid wasps and their prey
which he and Dr. Linsley had collected this past summer in Southern Cali-
fornia. From the burrows of twenty-eight wasps, over 1500 specimens rep-
resenting twenty-one species of buprestids of four genera were taken. It was
pointed out that the provisions of each wasp were not a random sample of
buprestids but appeared to be correlated, at least in part, with the size of
the individual wasps. However, other explanations will be necessary to ex-
plain why certain wasps had provisioned with only one or two species of
buprestids to the exclusion of other species of comparable size.
Professor Essig commented that in England entomologists have found
that aphids were stored in straws by wasps, and always only a single species
of aphid was stored in a given straw. In California aphids have been found
stored in hardwood trees where the pith had been hollowed out. All of
them were apterae of an undescribed species.
Dr. Edwards reported that a student, collecting at Tucson, Arizona, had
found mosquitoes of the genus Megahrinus which was previously not known
west of Texas. The larvae are predaceous on larvae of other mosquitoes.
President Essig introduced Professor William Hovanitz, of the Univer-
sity of San Francisco, who presented an illustrated discussion on the subject
“Hybridization between different Colias species.” A summary of his remarks
follows :
Hybridization between species and subspecies of Colias has been found
to be very common, not only in North America but in Eurasia as well. Work
on natural hybridization between Colias eurytheme and Colias philodice in
North America has been followed by work on various species of the arctic,
especially Colias nastes and Colias hecla. Evidence of hybridization has
come from various sources: intermediates in wild populations, breeding from
wild intermediates, crossing of two species in the laboratory, analysis of
68
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 1
mating pairs in the wild. Hybridization has been shown to occur between
forms geographically separated but contiguously located as well as those
which overlap widely. In some cases, hybridization of the subspecies sort
has been shown to be accompanied by a change in dominance of a “domi-
nant” gene in populations. Natural “hybrids” are probably very rare but
the products of such intercrossing are not. These latter are called “inter-
mediates.”
Eurasiatic species of Colias have also been shown to hybridize. For
example, Colias hyale and Colias croceus of western Europe blend in central
and southern Russia but re-emerge eastward as quite different appearing
species — Colias crate and Colias fieldi.
Colias hecla and Colias nastes, which hybridize in North America, also
do so in Scandinavia. Here, however, the habits of the two have become
different. In consequence of this fact the introgression in America is from
C. nastes into C. hecla but in Europe is from C. hecla into C. nastes.
For a thorough understanding of the interrelationships of insects and for
a more certain taxonomic system, work on the physiological, ecological, and
genetical traits must be blended into the differences detected by morphology
alone.
After some discussion of the paper, the meeting was adjourned. — D. D.
Jensen, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Twenty- seventh Meeting
The two hundred and twenty-seventh meeting of the Pacific Coast Ento-
mological Society was held at 2:00 p. m. on Saturday, December 6, 1952,
in the Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco. President Essig conducted the meeting. The following members
were present: Alice Gray, W. W. Middlekauff, E. G. Linsley, E. S. Ross,
P. D. Hurd, J. W. MacSwain, E. L. Kessel, A. E. Michelbacher, John Drea,
W. C. Bentinck, W. C. Day, J. D. Lattin, Wm. Hazeltine, H. B. Leech, G. F.
Ferris, C. D. MacNeill, W. V. Garner, R. C. Miller, F. L. Blanc, G. A. Marsh,
P. H. Arnaud, J. W. Tilden, J. G. Edwards, Victor Stombler, Ryuichi Mat-
suda, Lee A. Wood, A. E. Pritchard, Laura M. Henry, L, R. Gillogly, Ben-
jamin Keh, C. E. Kaufeldt, J. W. Green, K. F. Innes, E. 0. Essig, D. D.
Jensen, Paul Bartholomew, and Lawrence Swan. Visitors attended as fol-
lows: J. Bergamin, N. A. Walker, S. E. Abul Nasr, Mostafa Hafez, Mrs.
W. C. Day, H. R. MacCarthy, E. S. Sylvester, John Smart, R. Duncan Carter,
W. Anthony Doalin, A. R. Gillogly, James Gillogly, Mrs. L. R. Gillogly,
Glen M. Cagley, John C. Downey, and John 0. Slivers.
The minutes of the meeting held November 8, 1952, were read and
approved.
The following were elected to membership in the Society: Paul S. Bar-
tholomew, Avelino Bigornia, F. Louis Blanc, Dewey L. Shepherd, Ian Moore,
Ryuichi Matsuda, and Lawrence W. Swan.
JANUARY, 1953] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
69
Dr. Miller reported to the Society on the financial status of the organi-
zation.
Dr. Ross, representing the auditing committee, reported that the finan-
cial books of the Society had been audited and were found in good condition.
President Essig then called for notes and exhibits of entomological
interest.
The secretary requested that members presenting notes and exhibits
write out the information given and transmit the accounts to the secretary
so that the reports may be as accurate as possible when they are published.
Mr. Arnaud displayed two specimens of a colorful fly, Tachinisca cyan-
eiventris Kertesa, of the family Tachiniscidae, which were collected at
Chanchamayo, Dp. Junin, Peru. He pointed out that this small and rare
family has been reported only from South America and Africa.
Dr. Pritchard reported that although the Odonata have been popular
with collectors for many years and a large number of scientists have been
devoted to their taxonomic study, occasionally a new species is found in
the United States. Recently while working over the California Academy
collection, Dr. Pritchard found three new species: a new Tanypteryx, a genus
of primitive and rare dragonflies, a new Ophiogomphus and a new Ischnura.
Dr. Tilden reported that Philotes rita B. & McD., a butterfly whose type
locality is listed as “Mts. of southern Arizona” was collected August 31 and
September 2, 1952, in Ramsey Canyon, Arizona, by J. W. Tilden, Lloyd M.
Martin and Mr. Ford. This species is one of the rarest of the genus.
Mr. Leech displayed Dr. Van Dyke’s field note books starting in 1892.
He pointed out that reference to these records had been of value in check-
ing the accuracy of data not completely given on some of the specimens
collected.
President Essig called on Dr. Michelbacher, chairman of the nominating
committee, who proposed the following as officers of the Society for 1953:
J. W. MacSwain, President; J. Gordon Edwards, Vice-president; D. D. Jen-
sen, Secretary; R. C. Miller, Treasurer; E. L. Kessel and G. F. Ferris,
Members at Large. They were unanimously elected.
The chairmanship of the meeting was then turned over to President-
elect MacSwain who called on Professor Essig to give his retiring presiden-
tial address entitled “Aphid Miscellany.” Professor Essig’s interesting paper
is published in full in this issue of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Following a discussion of Professor Essig’s paper the meeting was ad-
journed. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
JJ MUi If ;7!:» ' s V'? —»■ r
• ■ / 'v'.-'-- ■ ■ ,’ . ' ^ - -^r: w -■> ■■
■ ' ■ 1 ' ' ^ . ' w , J-.' 1 ' .f ' ■ I *■
■- ' ', :r ' •■, ■ y ^ 'y -.'' ;
i-^.' ^■^
“i' -M
<j4i '?« miAH IsiosiBKii :isi> «>» ^ssKtjc '■mw -u^ .s^X
.''i'jilsi
h-ftaoi hai: ivrfpi keui r>'*t>‘>^
if«r>lB<ii0iWii?a«- if6 ffid‘H'x^) brs "ioi b '£if-> s*"*®'-
• ^f’s saifltH J5»»i ffFSwyrff v&dtcf&fv? *iidi mlT
r/t Hiat'Oiji?!.' 'nis z|i-ts><ftvu bnf. ^‘tfws f I'ir3fc:«'?»>'tffi ‘iM init
ris ^ .vi '(jt.Tt er^i^^-rst adi if-.
ljTVf?4ui IP ’i" o'#t biisin^ -iM
4k dm.d-v s-ib f',Y*-iV5--s;Ts.
Titt baft (ism'# -thb ."tdi .,«0. -E«i<inia^rii!tTil>
trtf*4 ■■'vga -vii 3i*f}i bor-'»<j«T bTi»ii'>5n''» -xi!
ttff:-««i to A^isl »; fiisr^i V'V r-i-'ri»’^Uao /th-i?
m bmi'eji "r 'nyir^/, !>u«»wr.5'sii o\
«-rr:.M;li’f&.') ^.jj. ^«f-'liij-'^ ;?l.tlw .S'-vtc?’"'
a4in«!?5 & ,s.O'»i5|i,--5.A'? '»*?« K ftn/i-ol i..5Sib?h’i . f^3
u.\ ^. hi^- Y-.nK«,^r»r»'5i,liV4^3 -jv^i/ fi ,»^-j?tc<)^4.ifh nxiiT ijflfi «vijbvrs‘> Ij
ft u 3:! etin Xit.j-h JntJTiKcyi i?-5h?4r1 til
biia in ?'-:ir 4 ur. irs.)'V»;ir.v:> :•!>’> ai idwm. ip ‘ *l.- A vJfU^oi
M b'y^Li .n’^btrr A. fd j:.t,iti<>fk m
^•'i; V'KjaT! ^if,i if- XJ giHt .ii'U?^4 ,i.f'i'1 ;jru7 flHtsb''
«,! Simitt.i#' ^Atvxii bbS \%x,V .-rll .tM
-li jhU? to n->3iii ivni y-j rofK-Hfb'' luo t?!
yds lo «o ff-'.viii da>'>i:',f,<TK-*ff TW atob h TM-^ti'^n^a -;n^J jiii'
MtJ hi .xwflfx^ash jW.!f.y-»Jfed'jfM ,?ri ou IbiiSO ;ir?!iCl-
4ijJ shif "to ifly-'Stfei a« j^urm'fix'd -itjcJl b'iffnMfoxi’
’■a'li. d.l iiosybkxKj-^ctiy ^{h^i.v/b.'i .'}■: ;
5<e;\v .('jsflimmfi:?
,PssT**6»e-f-f .’-S' .1
-*4 3 bjtrfe i;i4!<i9>i J Al ; i..-?;iiV.ii4f!T ,1*13!/ .J ri.
ifr fH‘> ,n^,
43t'‘^i-r3 t-iav '-fftcT .yg7ftd i£ #ityr'n
m hmnn K-a^- xto Xt- ifiriaaKivniarf-. -joT
of m oHw UAsiYftoijit'l
S4*Tf?f*'VH#'?i J? h'%A’^ SMOTkCrba luti
jj^tos.-‘1t:--iwl xtb to ssi(i ill ihi’t (t h
♦be »irir niU g^^eSisi fo .-:
. . f UliMPxd d ,(i~-.i-?^f' a,'Dt
April. 1953
ERIC M. FISHER
Vol. XXIX
No. 2
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Published by fbe
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with
THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
CONTENTS
i?/L 7I2mio%Lam.
EDWIN COOPER VAN DYKE
1869-1952
r — * ESSIG — Edwin Cooper Van Dyke 73
LEECH — Entomological bibliography of Edwin C. Van Dyke 89
VAN DYKE — New Coleoptera from western North America 98
VAN DYKE — New Coleoptera from western North America 102
VAN DYKE — A new cossonid from California, probably introduced 107
1 CHANGE OF RULING on permits to collect insects and arachnids in
areas administered by the National Parks Service 109
Book Notice 109
SAN FRANCISCO. CALIFORNIA • 1953
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., H. B. Leech R. L. Lsinceh
E. S. Ross Co-Editors
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and Oi tober wich Society Proceed-
ipgs appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to H. B. Leech at the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco 18, Calif., or to P. D. Hurd, Jr., at’ 112 Agricultural Hall, University of
California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers,
changes of address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications
should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco IS, Calif.
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $4.00 per year in advance. Price for single
copies. $1.00. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.’’
Memairs Series ...
“THE SUCKING LICE”
By G. F. Ferris
A 300 page book which summarizes knowledge on the Anoplura of the
world. Chapters cover such subjects as History, Growth and Development,
Morphology, Host Relations, Classification, Biogeography. Complete syste-
matic treatment is given including keys, synonymy and descriptions. The
illustrations are in the well-known style that has earned the author his
reputation as “one of the very foremost of entomological artists.” The 125
full pages of figures include morphological details, and full illustrations of
the type species of each genus and of all of the species which are associated
with man and domesticated animals.
Published as the first volume of its new “Memoirs Series” by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society on the occasion of its Semicentennial Anniver-
sary, September, 1951.
Price ^6.00
Send orders to: Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the post office at
San Francisco, under act of August 24, 1912.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXIX April, 1953 No. 2
EDWIN COOPER VAN DYKE
E. 0. Essig
Edwin Cooper Van Dyke was born in Oakland, California,
April 7, 1869 and died in San Francisco, September 28, 1952. His
father, Walter Van Dyke, who was of direct Dutch descent, was
born in western New York in 1823, came across the plains to
California in 1849 and became a prominent lawyer and judge and
for many years an Associate Justice of the State Supreme Court.
His mother, Rowena Cooper, was born on Prince Edward Island,
Canada, September 21, 1835, and came around the Horn in her
father’s ship to San Francisco in 1850. They were married in
Uniontown (Areata), Humboldt County, California, in 1854.
As a high school boy in Oakland, he joined the Agassiz Club
organized by Alice Hardy and was inspired to study nature. In this
way he began to collect insects on his father’s 7-acre piece of land.
His first paper was published in the Aegus, Oakland High School
paper, in 1885. In 1885 his parents moved to Los Angeles where
he continued his high school studies and increased his interest in
botany and collected many kinds of insects. By advertising in juven-
ile papers he became acquainted with Ralph Hopping, Kaweah,
California, John D. Sherman, Jr., then a high school boy in New
York, and many others. He also made the acquaintance of D.
W. Coquillett, the tali red-haired field agent of the Division of
Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture, who was conducting
fumigation experiments in his backyard in an attempt to control
the ravages of the newly-introduced cottony cushion scale in the
orange orchards. Coquillett was the first real entomologist that
young Van Dyke met. He had a fine collection and taught Van Dyke
many things about collecting and also gave him specimens and took
him on collecting trips. His first insect collecting trip, in 1890, was
made to Yosemite Valley, which he reached by means of donkeys.
His first entomological article “Butterflies of the Yosemite” was
published in Zoe in 1892. In Southern California he also became
acquainted with the eminent entomologist Henry C. Fall who came
to California in 1889, and also with A. Fenyes who became the
great authority on the Aleocharinte (Staphylinidae) , both of whom
were then living in or near Pasadena.
74
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
He entered the University of California in 1889 and graduated
with the B.S. degree in 1893, after which he entered the Cooper
Medical College, San Francisco, from which he graduated as an
M.D. in 1895. He served as an interne of the French Hospital, San
Francisco, and then became associate surgeon of the Pacific Branch
of the National Home for Disabled Volunteer Soldiers located near
Santa Monica, California, 1896—1898 ; and as a resident physician
at St. Luke’s Hospital, San Francisco, 1898—1900. “Here after two
years of service,” he states, “I was attacked with a severe illness
which compelled me to resign.” When he recovered he went east
and took postgraduate work at the Postgraduate Medical College,
New York City, and at Johns Hopkins Medical College, Baltimore,
Maryland, 1901—1902, returning to San Francisco to become Phys-
ician in Charge, Good Samaritan Mission, 1903—1912, which was
incidental to his private practice.
Following this short period of private practice in San Francisco,
he decided to take up the study of entomology, a field which had
interested him as a boy and the love of which continued through-
out his life. His interest in insects began in 1881 and was expressed
by making a very extensive collection of beetles in which he was
most interested and of which he became one of the nation’s greatest
authorities. He had already collected throughout California, making
special trips beginning in 1890, and which were continued until
his death.
In 1913 he accepted the appointment of Assistant in Entom-
ology, University of California at Berkeley, and began his long
career in teaching, collecting, publishing and furthering the science
of Entomology. He rose to Assistant Professor in 1916, Associate
Professor in 1921, Professor in 1927, and Emeritus Professor in
1939. He was exchange Professor at Cornell University 1917—1918.
Dr. Van Dyke and the Pacific Coast Entomological Society
Because of Dr, Van Dyke’s long continued active interest and
participation in this club, having been elected president on Novem-
ber 23, 1907 and serving continuously until 1931, it seems desirable
to mention some of the highlights of his great devotion to this
society.
April, 1953 ]
VAN DYKE BIOGRAPHY
75
The first meeting of the entomologists on the Pacific Coast was
called by Carl Fuchs, a self-taught entomologist born at Hanan,
Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany, November 24, 1839. He became an
expert metal engraver and came to America and was from his
youth a collector of insects. He and F. G. Schaupp founded the
Brooklyn Entomological Society in 1872. He moved to California
in 1884.
Responding to the call of Fuchs were: Wm. Ashmead, H. H.
Behr, F. E. Blaisdell, H. C. Fall, W. G. W. Harford, Beverly Letcher,
F. W. Nunenmacher and L. E. Ricksecker. Others communicated
with by letter were F. C. Clark, J. W. Cottle, Alexander Craw, E.
M. Ehrhorn, A. Fenyes, J. G. Grundel, G. W. Harney, C. W. Herr,
L, 0. Howard, Vernon Kellogg, Newton B. Pierce, J. J. Rivers, and
C. A. Whiting. Nearly all of these later became members.
This first meeting was held at the California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco on August 15, 1901 and those present
organized as the California Entomological Club. A constitution and
by-laws were framed and adopted and all of those listed above
became charter members.
Third meeting, February 22, 1902. Dr. Van Dyke presented a
paper on the “Faunal Areas in California, as Seen by a Field '
Coleopterist”, which began a long interest in the relation of insects,
and especially the Coleoptera, to the life zones of western North
America. In this general field he followed to a great extent the views
of Dr. C. Hart Merriam, the eminent authority on the distribution
of animals and plants in the western states. At this meeting also
was determined the first “interfaunal” life between northern and
central California.
Fifth meeting of the California Entomological Club, August 16,
1902. The name of the organization was changed to the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society, because in reality its membership
already extended from California on the south to Washington on
the north.
Thirteenth meeting on August 20, 1904. This was the close of
the third year of the society’s existence. President Fuchs remarked
that “Regarding the California Academy of Sciences, I have to
say that the Entomological Department in charge of Dr. Van Dyke
as curator and Chas. Fuchs as preparateur will give a good op-
76
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
portunity to every student of entomology to study the eollection
as well as to have access to the library, and our duty will be to
make the Academy a center of research upon the Pacific Coast.”
Nineteenth meeting, February 17, 1906. In Dr. Van Dyke’s
second paper an effort was made to show wherein the fauna of the
West Coast more closely resembled that of Europe and North Asia
than did that to the east of the Rocky Mountains,
Twenty-first meeting, August 25, 1906. This was the first after
the great earthquake and fire. Dr. Van Dyke reported on the local
entomologists and collections;
“The California Academy of Sciences was so much injured that
it was only with the greatest difficulty that what few things were
saved could be gotten out. Mr. Loomis, director; Miss Eastwood,
botanist; and Miss Hyde, librarian, did what they could. There
was saved simply the boxes containing the types of the Coleoptera,
Hemiptera, and Hymenoptera. All else in the entomological de-
partment was lost, including the Behr collection of Lepidoptera
and the entire library.
“Of private collections, the greatest loss was that sustained by
Mr. Charles Fuchs of 212 Kearny Street, he having saved only
about twenty-two boxes of specimens, those consisting of his gen-
eric collection of Coleoptera. His Eleodes were in the hands of Dr.
Blaisdell, and were saved. Mr. James Cottle lost his entire collection
of Lepidoptera. The Beverly Letcher collection of Lepidoptera
and Coleoptera and library, which were stored in Mr. Cottle’s
house, were also destroyed. Mr. J, C. Huguenin lost his collection.
That would leave the collection of F. X. Williams, which was in the
unburned district, as the only good collection of Lepidoptera in
the city. Dr. F. E. Blaisdell had one of his two cases of Coleoptera
overturned by the earthquake. This, of course, resulted in destroy-
ing several hundred specimens. All specimens of Eleodes' loaned to
him for purpose of study were saved and but slightly injured. The
collection of Coccidae belonging to Mr. Edward M. Ehrhorn was, so
far as could be learned, unharmed. My own collection of Cleoptera
was also unharmed. Outside of the city of San Francisco, the col-
lection of Coleoptera of Mr. Edgar L. Ricksecker of Santa Rosa
was entirely destroyed.
“This has been a tremendous blow to us all, and rare is the
person who has not lost something. First was the earthquake.
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE BIOGRAPHY
77
though causing the loss of a great many lives and much destruction
of property, would not have been noticed. It was the fire that did
the great damage, destroying all of the city, except a fringe of resi-
dences; Dr, Blaisdell and I were, fortunately, in this belt. The
Academy was in the midst of the conflagration.”
Twenty -sixth meeting of the Society, November 23, 1907. It
was held at the residence of Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, 1632 Post Street,
San Francisco, Dr. Van Dyke was elected President, the office which
he held consecutively for twenty-three years, or until December 31,
1931. During this time his close friend and associate Dr. F. E.
Blaisdell filled the office of treasurer and secreary from the found-
ing of the Society August 7, 1901 until Sept. 11, 1926. These two
men piloted the Society through many difficulties and were respons-
ible more than any other members for preserving it through many
lean and difficult years.
Twenty-seventh meeting, February 22, 1908. This was the first
meeting over which he presided. Eleven persons were present; they
V\^ere Dr. Van Dyke, Charles Fuchs, J. C. Huguenin, E. M. Ehrhorn,
F. X. Williams, Percy Baumberger, and Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, and
four visitors.
Dr. Van Dyke “delivered an address reviewing the progress of
Entomology on the Pacific Coast”, which he divided into the
following three periods:
“Eirst Period — Before the 18th century, nothing done; two
species were described from this coast: Buprestis aurulenta by
Linneaus and Carolius taedatus, the latter supposed to have been
collected by Cook at Unalaska and given to Banks, it being
described by Fabricius.”
“Second period — First work was done by the early Russian
voyagers or officials. The first descriptions were by Fischer^ based
on work done on the Aleutian Islands. The epoch-making voyage
of the Kotsebue Sound expedition,”
“Third Period — From 1845 to 1885. Representing the work of
LeConte in describing species from Fort Tejon, San Diego, and
Colorado Desert, collected by Lawrence, W. M, Gabb, Xanthus de
Vesey and the works of G. Horn from 1861—1865. Others making
contributions during this period were Dr. H. H. Behr, P. J. Lor-
1 Collsct/Gd cTiiGfly by Fischcv +v>o -A-ic-wtict-xj. ./Vlsisks., 1835~184:0 3.iid
aescriDed by Carl G. von Mannerheim of Sweden.
78
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
quin, J. A. Boisduval, J. Behrens, C. R. Osten Sacken, L. E. Rick-
secker, J. J. Rivers, Carl Fuchs and T. L. Casey. Much of the
taxonomic work on insects was now being done in the west.”
At this meeting Dr. Van Dyke was presented with a gavel.
Thirty-fifth meeting, Feb. 19, 1910, “Dr. Van Dyke gave an
interesting talk on the results of his studies on the Coleoptera col-
lected on the Galapagos expedition of the California Academy of
Sciences.” This collection, consisting of 150 species of Coleoptera,
was made by F. X. Williams who reported on them at the twenty-
third regular meeting of the Society on February 23, 1907. It is
interesting to note that Dr. Van Dyke finished writing the full
report on this collection shortly before he died.
Fifty -fifth meeting, March 6, 1915. Miss Mary Ames was
elected to membership of the Society. On June 7 of that year she
became Mrs. Edwin C. Van Dyke and was a faithful member and
a constant companion and helper of the doctor. She had been a
school teacher and was much interested in natural history and
was also a summer student under Dr. Van Dyke. She was born in
Rutland, Iowa, January 28, 1872.
Sixty-Second meeting, December 9, 1916. Dr. Van Dyke gave
a very interesting talk on the systematic character, habits and
distribution of the species of Anthophilax, Pachyta and Toxotus
(Cerambycidae) with an exhibition of the species.
Sixty-third meeting, March 17, 1917. “Dr. Van Dyke stated that
once when he was collecting at Banning, he came across a section
of the valley which had been burnt off by the Indians and in the
burnt mesquite bushes, Buprestids were very abundant, especially
Chrysohothris merkelii Horn.”
Seventy-fifth meeting, March 20, 1920. Dr. E. C. Van Dyke
gave a most interesting talk on “The ways in which the Carabidae
have differentiated and the factors which have influenced them in
accommodating themselves to their diverse environments.” The
doctor exhibited an arrangement of certain tribes so as to show
the divergence.
Special meeting held at the University of Washington, Seattle,
in conjunction with the Pacific Division, A.A.A.S., June 18, 1920.
Dr. Van Dyke read a paper entitled “The Inter-Tidal and Beach
Loleupto-oim Fauna of Western North America, With Remarks
Upon its Peculiarities and Probable Origin.” lie 8 iacuDB 0 <l Qspec-
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE BIOGRAPHY
79
ially the inter-tidal zone and the dry beach zone and their sand-
dwelling species including 11 families of beetles.
“The general peculiarities of the seacoast dwelling Coleoptera
such as their loss of wings, loss of color, hairiness and so forth,
were also discussed from the standpoint of their probable origin.”
Eigthy -seventh meeting, Stanford University, November 18,
1922. Mrs. Van Dyke said she thought it time for the Society to
consider starting a publication and suggested that it be brought up
for discussion.
Ninety-sixth meeting, December 13, 1924. Dr. Van Dyke gave
an extensive report on a study of the tribe Meloini of the Meloidae,
or blister beetles.
One hundred and second meeting, December 12, 1925. Dr. Van
Dyke presented a paper: “The Secondary Sexual Characters of
the Coleoptera.”
“The secondary sexual character of the Coleoptera are, 1
believe, the most numerous and most diverse of any order of
insects.
Parts. I. Characters chiefly of value in enabling the sexes to
find each other.
II. Characters of assistance in mating.
III. Characters which may be of possible value to the
males in combat.
IV. Characters which are hypertrophic or merely
ornamental.
V. Characters which are of value to the female during
oviposition.
VI. Characters which are of value to the sexes while
performing their household duties.”
Entomological Trips and Excursions
Dr. Van Dyke covered vast areas in order to obtain specimens
and information on insects, especially beetles.
The first important trip was made in 1902 when be went to do
postgraduate work at the Postgraduate Medical College, New York
and at Johns Hopkins Medical College, Baltimore, Maryland. Dur-
ing this period he met eastern entomologists and studied their
80
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
collections about which he reported at the sixth quarterly meeting
of the Pacifie Coast Entomological Society on November 15, 1902.
During these early days he also collected extensively throughout
California during the years 1890, 1892, 1895, 1896, 1899 and
1901. Special trips were also recorded as follows:
1903. Lake Tahoe, California.
1905. Washington State — for a month.
1907. The Aleutian Islands, Alaska — five months.
1911—1913. Oregon, Washington and Vancouver, B. C.
1917—1918. Exchange Professor at Cornell University, Ithaca,
N. Y. Here he collected both insects and library materials.
During this period he visited the great collections at the
Boston Society of Natural History Museum, Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, U.S. National Museum,
Washington, D. C., and a number of University collections.
1923. Much of the eastern and western parts of Oregon includ-
ing the Steens, Wallowa Mountains, Blue Mountains,
and the adjacent regions.
1923—1924. Trip to China, Manchuria, and Japan with Mrs.
Van Dyke. On sabbatical leave, 1923—1924. This trip to
Orient was chiefly for the purpose of collecting Cole-
optera in those countries. Much of the time was spent
at Southeastern University at Nanking, China.
Little has been recorded concerning this trip. Strangely
enough Dr. Van Dyke never reported on this expedition
at the meetings of the Pacific Coast Entomological
Society — at least there is no record in the published
minutes.
However, at the ninety-second meeting, on November
8, 1923 “in reply to inquiries. Dr. Blaisdell stated that
Dr. Van Dyke expected to sail from Shanghai for home
December 8, and would arrive in January.” Among his
bibliographical items is the following ; 1924. Manchuria’s
Greatest Need — Population. The China Weekly review,
vol. XXVH (No. 6), pp. 200—201.
1924. Western Oregon, including the Mt. Hood region, parts
of Washington, including Mt. Adams.
1926. The Rocky Mountain region.
1927. Oregon, Washington and Idaho. On this trip he noted
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE BIOGRAPHY
81
the European earwig very numerous at Cannon Beach,
Oregon and the presence of the strawberry weevil in that
state.
1933. Trip to Europe on sabbatical leave with Mrs. Van Dyke.
His experiences as told in letters received by various
members of the staff furnish very interesting and inter-
pretive sidelights of his thoroughness, humor, and keen
interest in his chosen field. Some of his statements and
reflections follow:
‘Tn Paris, Brussels, Berlin, Dresden and Prague 1
examined the collections in the various museums quite
thoroughly and made valuable contacts and gathered a
great deal of information. I also got in touch with the
investigators and field workers wherever possible and
found out what were their most important problems.
Needless to say 1 did a bit more sightseeing, viewed a
few thousand pictures and to please Mrs. V-D looked
into a number of shops.”
“Dresden is a beautiful city. Dr. Van Emden, the
Custodian of Entomology, a genial and able man, inter-
ested in the early stages of insects. In Dresden I also met
Dr. Heller, the specialist on Rhynchophora, now old
and feeble but mentally acute. You may remember that
he worked up much of Dr. Baker’s material. The types
are all in the Dresden Mu. Collection which is not
particularly large, but well arranged. I also found in
the Dresden Coll, many of the early types of Eisher von
Waldheim, including a number of our Alaskan ones
collected by Eschscholtz.
“The Prague Collection is young but vigorous and
enlarging by leaps and bounds. There is an enthusiastic
group of young naturalists there and they are doing
things. In a few years Prague will be a great entomologi-
cal center. Dr. Obenberger’s collection of Buprestidae is
one of the two largest in existence. The economic work
being done is of a high order. I, of course, paid attention
to the forest insect group.
The Vienna Collection in the Great Hoffmuseum is of
course one of the finest in Europe, the best in Palaearctic
82
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
specimens. It was most interesting to be working in the
rooms where the great Ganglbauer, Rechtenbacher,
Brauer and Handlirsch had worked. The last is still alive
but has had a slight stroke so does not visit the museum
now. Seven or eight flights of marble steps is a bit too
much for him.
“In Cairo, we felt right at home. The climate is genial
and the boys are doing their best to enable us to see as
much as possible . . . The monuments and museums
here are of course most interesting. I think that they
doubled the guards while I was examining the fine
scarabs taken from King Tut’s tomb. I could easily use
several. They were fine.”
June 7, 1935, Flagstaff, Ariz.
“Have done Zion and Bryce Cns. and north and south rims of
Grand Cn. besides other places of less importance and leave here
tomorrow for Santa Fe, stopping several nights along road. All
well. Gasoline Bill’s fully up to reputation of a two-year old.”
(Referring to second-hand car.)
June 16, 1935
“Am assuming the color of my surroundings.”
June 24, 1935, Colorado.
“Have climed four passes over 10,000' and ‘Billy’ is looking
forward for more.”
June 15, 1936, Hoquiam, Wash.
' “All well except the weather.”
Dec. 23, 1937. Tucson, Arizona.
“Arrived here yesterday after three days traveling. All well —
especially ‘Billy’ the steed.”
On April 29, the Division of Entomology and Parasitology
honored Dr. Van Dyke at a banquet at which he was presented with
a bound volume of letters from his friends, students and his associ-
ate faculty members.
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE BIOGRAPHY
83
1939—1940. Trip to Florida.
Shortly after he retired Dr. and Mrs. Van Dyke set out on a
trip to the Southern States and particularly to Florida — a place
the doctor long wanted to visit and collect insects. Unfortunately
they encountered an exceptionally cold winter and were neither
happy nor comfortable much of the time. A few excerpts from
letters and post cards will give some highlights of this ill-fated
trip.
Nov. 18, 1939. Mobile, Alabama.
“We are stormbound today so we are doing a bit of
letter writing. On pleasant days we spend most of the
time in the field. You would enjoy this country now for
the trees have taken on the gorgeous autumn tints. Color
photography might record some of it but could not do
justice. The sweet gum and black gum have the most
brilliant colors — crimson — but other trees like the sum-
ach, dogwood, and so forth, are also quite gaily colored.
“While insect life is quite evident here now as it is
with us, the seasonal demarcation seems to me to be
more definite. That is particularly the case with leaf-
eating insects, grasshoppers excepted. Some few flowers,
chiefly asters and other Compositge are still in bloom
and these still attract a few Hymenoptera and Diptera.
“Most of our time is given to bark and ground col-
lecting now. From beneath bark we get a few good things
and a few Carabidae are still to be found on the ground
beneath cover. The long dry spell has, however, driven
many of these to deeper levels. Now that rain has come,
I hope that they will be forced to the surface ... I am
giving a good deal of my time to the Carabidae for I
feel that now is the time to get series of many of the
local species and races as well as back that up with field
observations. With this material and information I hope
to place myself in a better position when I come to do
the intensive studying of the groups. Will work here as
well as in Florida and other places in the lowlands of
the South and later on more work in the highlands. I
feel that I can do much in the way of assemblying
84
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
material and data, for later use. I hope to do considerable
work in Le Conte’s old home region, Habersham Co.,
Ga. There is where most of his early types came from.
Why Eastern workers head for Texas and Arizona and
neglect their own territories, I cannot understand.”
“All is well with us here and we are living a quiet and
healthful life, daylight hours in the open and nine or
ten hours rest in bed at night.”
Jan. 12, 1940. Shamrock, Fla.
“‘All is well except the weather, but this is winter even
in Florida. Collecting today along the Suwannee but
got caught in the rain.”
Jan. 22, 1940. Brooksville, Fla.
“We came to Florida to keep warm but so far have
had frigid weather at night. The Hibiscus, Poinsettias,
Bamboos, and Bougainvillia are all badly injured by
frost. In the afternoons it is sufficiently warm to collect,
mostly from beneath bark. Ground work is poor. Will
gradually work south.”
Jan. 31, 1940. Brooksville, Fla.
“The Ice Age has passed and we human beings are
beginning to feel like ourselves again.
“Most of my collecting in Florida has been either bark
collecting or ground collecting, the former fair, the latter
poor. Only under cover along the margins of the shallow
lakes and ponds, have I been able to find any Carabidae.
In the forests log rolling produces very little. Perhaps it
is because of the cold weather or more likely because of
the sandy nature of the soil. Of course practically no
insects are to be found flying or on the verdure so nets
and beating sheets are out of the question ....
“We have now been in Florida over a month and have
had cold weather all of the time. For sun-loving Cali-
fornians that is quite a hardship, especially when one did
not expect it. Fortunately our room has always been
warm. I am still a good stoker and an airtight stove is
a blessing.
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE BIOGRAPHY
85
“Tomorrow we expect to move on south now that
Tampa is thawing out, stopping for a week or so in
some of the less fashionable and less expensive towns
along the Southwest Coast, then cross over and gradually
work up the East Coast. March or perhaps April, if the
spring is late, will find us crossing into Georgia. Then
we will begin to enjoy ourselves, in regions where col-
lecting is good, the country hilly and attractive, and
where prices are reasonable.”
Feb. 18, 1940.
At Miami collecting was still poor. From here they
headed north. Key Largo was the point furthest south
reached on Feb. 24, 1940. They expected to reach St.
Augustine or Jacksonville some time in March. They
reached St. Augustine on March 2, 1940 where they
spent a week resting.
March 18, 1940. Clemson College, South Carolina.
“We have finished with Florida, Savannah,, and
Charleston. From here we will go into Georgia, but our
next mailing address will be care of Dr. Henry Goode,
Dept, of Zoology, Alabama Polytechnic Instit., Auburn,
Alabama.”
This was the last word received from the Van Dykes.
On the evening of Tuesday, May 21, 1940, the Berkeley
Daily Gazette carried this item:
Mrs. E. C. Van Dyke Dies in Alabama
“Mrs. Mary Ames Van Dyke, wife of Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke,
emeritus professor of entomology at the University of California,
passed away May 18 at Gadsden, Ala., according to word received
from the South. Her death was caused hy cerebral hemorrhage,
complicated by bronchial pneumonia. Mrs. Van Dyke was 69
years of age. Dr. Van Dyke retired from the University faculty
last July.”
Returning to California, Dr. Van Dyke came to the Academy
and in conversation with the Director, observed : “My life has been
divided into three parts. The first was the period of my student
days and my practice of medicine. The second was the period of
my marriage and my teaching. I am now entering the third — I
intend to devote the rest of my life to the California Academy of
Sciences.”
86
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
Collector and Teacher
Dr. Van Dyke was an earnest, strenuous, untiring, careful and
painstaking collector. He was ever thinking of the future and would
act according to the circumstances at hand. He beat trees and brush
with consideration. If he turned over a stone or a log he carefully
replaced it to its original position and saw to it that his students
and associates followed his example. The first time I ever went
collecting with him on Mt. Tamalpais he took great pains to see
that all of us followed his example and never hesitated to repri-
mand those who carelessly left a trail of destruction behind them.
By following his conservation methods the collecting grounds re-
mained fruitful throughout the years and each successive class of
students profited by his methods. He also kept close watch of the
specimens as they were taken and whenever a rare species was
discovered all hands set about to procure more. His example and
teaching along lines of conservation of insects and their habitats
had a lasting effect throughout his lifetime and will be carried on
by his students, and all of us who have been associated with him
and who learned many lessons in natural history from him.
Dr. Van Dyke was a gentleman in the truest sense of the word,
a man of the highest ideals, and was an enthusiast who inspired
generations of students in college and a great many youngsters of
grammar school and high school age. As a teacher, he was noted
for the personal touch. He lectured in a loud, strong voice and
used excellent diction and had a fearless demeanor. And yet he
was easily approachable and had a hearty laugh for a joke or a
mischievous trick, especially if it was on him. His relationships
with students on the annual summer field course will probably
best be remembered for it was here that all of the undergraduates
were exposed to both his boundless enthusiasm for collecting and
his immense knowledge of almost all insect groups. His energy as
a collector was a source of stimulation to each group of students
and numerous stories are still told about the relative physical
abilities of Dr. Van Dyke and his students. Each year after the
students and Dr. Van Dyke had spent several strenuous mornings
of collecting, only Dr. Van Dyke and a very few students would be
capable of continuing with further arduous collecting in the after-
noons. However, by virtue of the vitality and enthusiasm of their
teacher, the students were stimulated to greater attainments than
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE BIOGRAPHY
87
might otherwise have been possible. Furthermore, in both his
formal courses and in the field course he did not utilize assistants
but gave fully and freely of his own time. The door to his office
was always unlatched and no matter how busy he was with his
own problems, he was always ready to set them aside and offer
the benefit of his vast experience and sound judgement to the
student with a problem. Students, both undergraduate and gradu-
ate, soon learned that Dr. Van Dyke was a ready source of informa-
tion on the biology and ecology of most orders of insects. In any
case where specimens bearing one of Dr. Van Dyke’s collectors
labels, or of a species which he had collected, were enquired about,
the student was assured of an accurate and frequently lengthy dis-
cussion of the taxonomy, distribution, habitat and biology of the
species in question. Since he was not in the habit of pressing his
vast knowledge and experience upon the students, their reaction
upon unlocking this storehouse was invariably one of amazement.
Dr. Van Dyke also spent hours after school and on Saturday
mornings, naming beetles for youngsters and telling them where
they could seek additional species — hours which were otherwise
precious for his own work. Fortunately he lived to see the fruits
of his unselfish efforts as these youngsters grew up to become dis-
tinguished amateurs or to assume important scientific positions
throughout the world where they are carrying on the ideals with
which he instilled them.
On Thursday, September 26, Dr. Van Dyke was not feeling
very well and did not come to the Academy. On Saturday he con-
sented to go to the hospital, where he died quietly early Sunday
morning, September 28, 1952. The funeral services were held at
2 p.m., Tuesday, September 30, at Gray’s, Divisadero Street at
Post, San Francisco, California. Funeral arrangements were made
by bis nephew, E. G. Bangs, a prominent architect of the city. The
casket was enshrouded with eight large groups of flowers: mostly
chrysanthemums, gladiolus and greens. All the staff members of
the Department of Entomology and the Director, R. C. Miller of
the California Academy of Sciences, and representatives of the
Department of Entomology and Parasitology of the University of
California were present. Interment was in Cypress Lawn Memorial
Park, San Francisco.
Dr. Van Dyke’s collection, consisting of some 200,000 speci-
88
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
mens, was presented to the California Academy of Sciences. It con-
sisted of his personal collection of some 150,000 specimens and
several private collections which he purchased and presented to the
Academy. During his many years as Honorary Curator of Entom-
ology he also added eountless numbers of other insects to these
collections. In addition to his library and collections a considerable
sum of money was also left to the California Academy of Sciences.
Dr. Van Dyke always held a position of prominence in the field
of scientific entomology and especially in systematic entomology.
He was the outstanding authority on the Coleoptera of the Pacific
Region of North America; a national authority on the families
Carabidae, Buprestidae, Elateridae, Cerambycidae, Cossonidae, Cler-
idae, Ostomidae, Scarabaeidae, Lucanidae, Curculionidae, Scolytidae,
as well as an authority on the general distribution of inseets in
North America and on insects infesting forest trees and the
products thereof.
He was a prominent member and patron of the California
Academy of Sciences which he joined in 1904 and he acted for
years as Curator of Insects without salary. He was a charter mem-
ber of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society which was organized
in 1901 and of which he was president from 1908 to 1931. He was
also a fellow of the American Association for the Advancement
of Science, charter member and fellow of the Entomological
Society of America; member of the American Association of Econ-
omic Entomologists, Ecological Society of America, Western Soc-
iety of Naturalists, Berline Entomological Society and a charter
member of the Sierra Club.
He was an indefatigable investigator and a most successful
and beloved teacher and associate. In all his lectures, whether in
the classroom or on the public platform, he adhered to strict
decorum and always presented his information in an interesting
and comprehensive manner. He was always a gentleman and his
influence and contributions did much to allay the ridicule that was
at times directed to the study of “bugs” as was the derisive term
often applied to Entomology. His collections and many publica-
tions will serve as a fitting and lasting measure of his accomplish-
ments. Edwin C. Van Dyke was a truly great man as well as a
great scientist. We trust that a suitable monument may someday
be erected in his honor.
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE BIBLIOGRAPHY
89
Entomological Bibliography of Edwin C. Van Dyke^
1. 1892. Notes on some butterflies of the Yosemite Valley and adjacent
region. Zoe, 3 (3) : 237-241.
2. 1901. Observations upon the faunal regions of California from the stand-
point of a coleopterist. [As reported in the Proceedings of the
New York Entomological Society.] Journal of the New York
Entomological Society, 9 (4) : 197—199.
3. 1902. [A few remarks on the Cychrini.] (As reported in the Proceedings
of the New York Entomological Society.) Journal of the New
York Entomological Society, 10 (1) : 55.
4. 1902. Notes upon the Buprestidae of California. (As reported in the
Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society.) Journal
of the New York Entomological Society, 10 (3) ; 172—173.
5. 1906. Earthquake and fire notes from San Francisco. Entomological
News, 17 (6) : 222-224.
6. 1907. Bemerkungen fiber Typen und Lokalrassen der amerikanischen
Arten, in: Monographic der Carabiden-tribus Cychrini, by Hans
Roeschke, Annales Musei Nationalis Hungarici, 5:99—277, pi. 4.
7. 1914. The Great Basin tent caterpillar in California (Malacosoma fragilis
Stretch.) Order — Lepidoptera. Family — Lasiocampidae. Monthly
Bulletin, California State Commission of Horticulture, 3 (9) :
351—355, 2 figs. [A rather similar article, using one of the same
figures, but without author credit and perhaps not by Dr. Van
Dyke, appeared on p. 104 of the Scientific American for January,
1915.]
8. 1915. The species of Cossonus ClairV. (Coleoptera) of America north of
Mexico. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society, 10
(1) : 1-23.
9. 1915. Some new beetles in the families Ostomidce (Trogositidse) and
Cleridae from California. Bulletin of the Bi'ooklyn Entomological
Society, 10 (2) : 25-33.
10. 1916. Supplementary notes and descriptions of North American Osto-
midae, Cleridae, and Cossonus (Col.). Bulletin of the Brooklyn
Entomological Society, 11 (4) : 71—79.
11. 1916 New species of Buprestidse (Col.) from the Pacific States, with
notes concerning a few others. Entomological News, 27 (9) :
405—412, 3 text figs.
12. 1917. A new species of the genus Anthophilax Lee. (Col.). Journal of
the New York Entomological Society, 25 (1) : 36—37.
13. 1918. Some new beetles in the families Cantharidae (Lampyridae) ,
Ptinidae, and Scarabaeidae, from western North America, with
notes upon others. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological
Society, 13 (1) : 1—15.
^Prepared by Hugh B. Leech. Certain (but not all) papers and discussions by
Dr. Van Dyke, reported in the Proceedings of various entomological societies, are
listed here.
90
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
14. 1918. New species of Buprestidae (Col.) from the Pacific States — No. 2.
Entomological News, 29 (2) : 53—58.
15. 1918. New inter-tidal rock-dwelling Coleoptera from California. Ento-
mological News, 29 (8) : 303—308.
16. 1919. A review of the species of the coleopterous genus Silis Latr. which
are found in America north of Mexico. Journal of the New York
Entomological Society, 26 (3-4) : 161-179, 1 pi. (IX). [Actually
published February, 1919.]
17. 1919. A new genus and species of cave-dwelling Carabidse (Coleoptera)
from the United States. Journal of the New York Entomological
Society, 26 (3—4) : 179—182, 1 text fig.
18. 1919. The distribution of insects in western North America. Annals of
the Entomological Society of America, 12 (1) : 1—12, 1 text fig.
(map) .
19. 1919 New species of Buprestidae (Col.) from the western United States,
with supplementary notes concerning others. Entomological
News, 30 (6) : 151-156, 1 pi. (VII).
20. 1919. New species of Buprestidae (Col.) from the western United States,
with supplementary notes concerning others. Entomological
News, 30 (7) ; 186—190. [A continuation of the preceding item.]
21 1919. A few observations on the tendency of insects to collect on ridges
and mountain snowfields. Entomological News, 30 (9) : 241—244.
22. 1920. Description [sic] of new species of Cerambycidas (Coleoptera) from
the Pacific Coast of North America with notes concerning others.
Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society, 15 (2-3) : 33-48.
23. 1920. New name for Nemosoma punctulata [sic]. Bulletin of the Brook-
lyn Entomological Society, 15 (2—3) : 85. [The title should have
read “New name for Nemosoma punctatum.”]
24. 1921. Coleoptera from the Pribilof Islands, Alaska. In: Insects of the
Pribilof Islands, Alaska. By G Dallas Hanna, et al. Proceedings
of the California Academy of Sciences, (4), 11 (14) : 153—195,
7 figs. [Van Dyke, pp. 156—166. Note that the final sentence is
incomplete.]
25. 1921. Insects of Yosemite National Park. Pp. 203—218, pis. XVI and
XVII, in: Handbook of Yosemite National Park. Compiled and
edited by Ansel F. Hall. G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New York.
26. 1922. A study of the lucanid Coleoptera of the Hawaiian Islands. Pro-
ceedings of the Hawaiian Entomological Society (1921), 5 (1) :
39—49, inch 2 pis. (I, II).
27. 1922. A new species of Rhyncogonus (Rhyncophorous Coleoptera),
from the Island of Kauai, Hawaiian Islands. Proceedings of the
Hawaiian Entomological Society (1921), 5 (1) : 49—50 [1 fig.
(No. 12), inserted in pi. I of preceding article].
28. 1923. New species of Coleoptera from California. Bulletin of the Brook-
lyn Entomological Society, 18 (2) : 37—53.
29. 1924. New species and subspecies of Cychrini (Carabidas-Coleoptera)
from western North America. Pan-Pacific Entomologist 1 (1) :
1 - 6 .
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE BIBLIOGRAPHY
91
30. 1924. The Coleoptera collected by the Katmai Expeditions. National
Geographic Society [Washington, D. C.], Contributed Technical
Papers, Katmai Series, 2 (1): 1—26.
31. 1924. [Coleoptera recently established in California.] Pan-Pacific En-
tomologist, 1 (2) : 78.
32. 1925. Studies of western North American Carabinae (Coleoptera) with
descriptions of new species. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 1 (3) :
111-125.
33. 1925. Mating habits of Polistes. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 1 (3) : 142—
143.
34. 1925. Notes and descriptions of new species of west American Hispinae
(Coleoptera-Chrysomelidse) . Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 1 (4):
170-173.
35. 1925. Observations concerning certain Coleoptera from the Yosemite
Valley, California, during the summer of 1921. Pan-Pacific En-
tomologist, 1 (4) : 175—176.
36. 1925. The alder flea beetle. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 2 (1) ; 46.
37. 1925. The Monterey cypress bark-beetle. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 2
(1):46.
38. 1926. New species of Carabidae in the subfamily Harpalinae, chiefly from
western North America. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 2 (2) : 65-76.
(Published January 16, 1926.)
39. 1926. Great abundance of crickets in the San Francisco Bay region.
Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 2 (2) : 92. (Published January 16,
1926.)
40. 1926. Where to find Zacotus matthewsi Lee. Pan-Pacific Entomologist,
2 (2) 95. (Published January 16, 1926.)
41. 1926. Cei'tain peculiarities of the coleopterous fauna of the Pacific
Northwest. Annals of the Entomological Society of America,
19 (1) : 1-12.
42. 1926. New species of Carabidae in the subfamily Harpalinae, chiefly from
western North America. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 2 (3) : 113—
126. (Continuation of No. 38.)
43. 1926. Habits of Trachykele nimbosa Fall. Pan-Pacific Entomologist,
2 (3) : 126.
44. 1926. Buprestid swarming. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 3 (1) : 41.
45. 1926. The value of life history studies from the viewpoint of systematic
entomology. Journal of Economic Entomology, 19 (5) : 703-707.
46. 1926. Listronotus obliqus Fab. [sic! Error for Listroderes obliquus
Fab.] Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 3 (2) : 63.
47. 1926. Dyslobus (Amnesia) granicollis (Lee.). Pan-Pacific Entomologist,
3 (2) : 63.
48. 1927. Research in forest entomology. The California Countryman, 13
(4) : 8, 22, 1 fig.
49. 1927. A new species of Amphizoa (Coleoptera). Pan-Pacific Entomolo-
gist, 3 (3) : 97-98.
50. 1927. New species and subspecies of west American Cerambycidae Cole-
optera). Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 3 (3) : 99—109.
92
THE PAN-PACIEIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
51. 1927. Coccotrypes dactyliperda Fab. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 3 (3) :
151.
52. 1927. [Notes on his summer trip, 1925]. Proceedings of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, 2 (5): 70—72.
53. 1927. The secondary sexual characters of the Coleoptera. Proceedings of
the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 2 (5) : 75—84.
54. 1927. Pterostichus horni Lee. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 3 (4) : 196.
55. 1927. The species of Amphizoa (Coleoptera). Pan-Pacific Entomologist,
3 (4) : 197-198.
56. 1927. New species of North American Rhynchophora (Coleoptera). Pan-
Pacific Entomologist, 4 (1) : 11—17.
57. 1927. A new species of Micrixys (Coleoptera-Carabidae) . Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, 4 (2) : 93.
58. 1927. Kalotermes minor (Hagen). Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 4 (2): 95.
59. 1927. Uncommon Buprestidae. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 4 (2) : 95.
60. 1928. The American species of Pteroloma (Coleoptera-Silphidse) and a
new Japanese species. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological
Society, 23 (1) : 19-27 (p. 27=Plate 1).
61. 1928. Notes and descriptions of new species of Lucanidae and Ceram-
bycidae (Coleoptera) from western North America. Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, 4(3): 105-113.
62. 1928. Melanophila consputa Lee. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 4 (3) : 113.
63. 1928. Notes and descriptions of new species of Scarabaeidae from western
North America. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 4 (4) : 151—162.
64. 1928. Dichelonyx pallens Lee. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 4 (4) : 165.
65. 1928. Callidium pallidum Van Dyke. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 4 (4) :
172.
66. 1928. Thyce squamicollis Lee. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 4 (4) : 174.
67. 1928. A reclassification of the genera of North American Meloidae
(Coleoptera) and a revision of the genera and species formerly
placed in the tribe Meloini, found in America north of Mexico,
together with descriptions of new species. University of Cali-
fornia Publications in Entomology, 4 (12) : 395-474, pis. 15—19.
68. 1928. The species of the genus Lepyrus Germ. ( Coleoptera-Curculion-
idse) in North America. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 5 (2) : 53-58.
69. 1928. Great Basin tent caterpillar. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 5 (2) : 92.
70. 1929. New species of heteromerous Coleoptera. Bulletin of the Brooklyn
Entomological Society, 23 (5) : 251—262. [December, 1928,
issue; acutal date of publication, January 9, 1929.]
71. 1929. Two new species of Listronotus (Coleoptera-Curculionidas) . Pan-
Pacific Entomologist, 5 (3) : 106—108.
72. 1929. Change of names. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 5 (3) : 136.
73. 1929. New species of Meloid^ (Coleoptera). Bulletin of the Brooklyn
Entomological Society, 24 (3) : 127—133.
74. 1929. The influence which geographical distribution has had in the pro-
duction of the insect fauna of North America. Fourth Inter-
national Congress of Entomology (Ithaca, August, 1928), 2
(Transactions) :555— 566.
- April, 1953 ]
VAN DYKE BIBLIOGRAPHY
93
75. 1929. Brachyrhinus (Otiorhynchus) cribricollis (Gyll.). Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, 6 (1) : 8.
76. 1930. The correct names of certain species of North American Meloe
(Meloidae, Coleoptera). Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 6 (3) : 122.
77. 1930. New Rhynchophora (Coleoptera) from western North America.
Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 6 (4) : 149—165.
78. 1930. The orchard bark beetle (Scolytus rugulosus Ratz). Sunsweet
Standard [San Jose, Calif.], 14 (7) : 4.
79. 1930. Note [Notes on Valgus californicus Horn and Diphyllostoma spp.,
amplifying those by H. Hinton in an immediately preceding
article.] Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 7 (2) : 95.
80. 1932. Miscellaneous studies in the Elateridae and related, families of
Coleoptera. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences,
(4), 20 (9) : 291-465.
81. 1932. Microgonus, new genus, and Rhyncogonus, from the Marquesas.
Pacific Entomological Survey Publication 1, article 4, Bernice P.
Bishop Museum (Honolulu), Bulletin 98: 23—52, 1 compound
text fig.
82. 1932. Two new Lathridiidse from the Marquesas. Pacific Entomological
Survey Publication I, article 25. Bernice P. Bishop Museum
(Honolulu), Bulletin 98: 237—238, 1 compound text fig. (Pub-
lished December 21, 1932.)
83. 1933. A short review of Dyslobus LeConte, a genus of broad-nosed
weevils of the subfamily Otiorhynchinae with descriptions of
new species. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 9 (1) : 31—47.
84. 1933. Rhyncogonus submetallicus, new species, from Tahiti. Pacific
Entomological Survey Publication 6, article 9. Bernice P. Bishop
Museum, Bulletin 113: 51—52, 1 fig. (Published February 27,
1933.)
85. 1933. Two new species of Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera). Pan-Pacific En-
tomogist, 9(3): 115—116.
86. 1933. Anew species of Pleocoma. (Coleoptera-Scarabaeidae) . Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, 9 (4) : 183—184.
87. 1933. Peculiarities of the coleopterous fauna of semiarid southwestern
North America. Ve Congres International d’Entomologie (Paris,
18-24 Juillet, 1932), 2 (travaux) : 471-477.
88. 1934. New species of Buprestidae (Coleoptera) with notes concerning
others. Entomological New.s, 45 (3) : 61—66.
89. 1934. New species of Buprestidae (Coleoptera) with notes concerning
others [continuation of the above article]. Entomological News,
45 (4) : 89-91.
90. 1934. Julius Ceorge Crundel [Obituary.] Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 10
(1): 48, 1 pi.
91. 1934. A root-boring Derobrachus. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 10 (2) : 58.
92. 1934. Note on the Liebeck Collection. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 10 (4) :
158.
94
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
93. 1934. New species of North American weevils in the family Curculionidse,
subfamily Brachyrhininag. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 10 (4) :
175-191.
94. 1934. The North American species of Trigonurus Muls. et Rey (Coleop-
tera-Staphylinidse) . Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological
Society, 29 (5) : 177-183, 1 pi.
95. 1934. Wood-boring insects whose appearance or workings resemble
those of termites. (Chapter 32, pp. 323—335, figs. 105—112) in;
C. A. Kofoid, S. F. Light, A. C. Horner, M. Randall, W. B.
Herms and E. E. Bowe, Termites and Termite Control. Univer-
sity of California Press, Berkeley.
96. 1935. New species of North American weevils in the family Curculion-
idae, subfamily Brachyrhininae, II. Pan-Pacific Entomologist,
11 ( 1 ) : 1 - 10 .
97. 1935. New species of North American weevils in the family Curculionidae,
subfamily Brachyrhininae ,III. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 11 (2) :
83-96.
98. 1935. Supplementary notes concerning certain species of Rhyncogonus
(Curculionidae) from the Marquesas. Pacific Entomological Sur-
vey Publication 8, article 13. Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Bul-
letin 142: 149—150. (Published December 10, 1935.)
99. 1936. New species of North American weevils in the family Curculionidae,
subfamily Brachyrhininae, IV. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 12 (1) :
19-32.
100. 1936. Swarming of Haltica bimarginata Say. Pan-Pacific Entomologist,
12 (1) : 44.
101. 1936. New species of North American weevils in the family Curculionidae,
subfamily Brachyrhininae, V. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 12 (2) :
73-85.
102. 1936. A review of the subgenus Nomaretus LeConte of the genus Scaphi-
notus Dejean (Coleoptera-Carabidae) . Bulletin of the Brooklyn
Entomological Society, 31 (2) : 37—44, 1 pi.
103. 1936. (In co-authorship with R. W. Doane, W. J. Chamberlin and H. E.
Burke) Forest Insects. A Textbook for the Use of Students in
Forest Schools, Colleges, and Universities, and for Forest Work-
ers. Pp. xii -f 463, frontispiece + 234 figs. (Dr. Van Dyke’s
copy is dated August 20, under the signature of Walter Mulford,
consulting editor for the American Forestry series of which the
book is one. )
104. 1936. Another destructive death watch beetle. Pan-Pacific Entomologist,
12 (4) : 178.
105. 1936. A correction, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 12 (4) : 183. [To No. 100,
above.]
107. 1937. Weevil larv« annoying to householders. Pan-Pacific Entomologist,
13 (1-2) : 93.
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE BIBLIOGRAPHY
95
108. 1937. Rhyncogonus of the Mangarevan Expedition. Occasional Papers of
Bernice P. Bishop Museum, 13 (11) : 89—129, 2 compound text
figs.
109. 1937. Notes and descriptions of North American Buprestidae and Ceram-
bycidae (Coleoptera) . Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological
Society, 32 (3) : 105-116.
110. 1937. Uber entomologische Sammlungen. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 13
(4) : 147.
111. 1937. Eudiagogus pulcher Fahr. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 13 (4) : 170.
112. 1938. New species of Rhynchophora (Coleoptera) from western North
America. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 14 (1) : 1—9.
113. 1938. A review of the genus Chrysolina Motschulsky in North America
(Coleoptera-Chrysomelidae) . Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomo-
logical Society, 33 (2) : 45—58.
114. 1938. Carabus forreri Bates in Arizona. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 14
(2) : 95.
115. 1938. New species of Pacific Coast Coleoptera. (Cleridae, Pyrochroidae,
Chrysomelid®) . Entomological News, 49 (7): 189—195.
116. 1938. A review of the genus Scaphinotus, subgenus Scaphinotus Dejean
(Coleoptera-Carabidae) . Entomologica Americana, (N. S.) 18
(3) : 93—133, inch 2 pis.
117. 1938. Calendra (Sphenophorus) minimus Hart in California. Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, 14 (4) : 187.
118. 1939. An exotic Conoderus new to California, with a new name for
bicarinatus Van Dyke (Coleoptera, Elateridae). Pan-Pacific En-
tomologist, 15 (1) : 11.
119. 1939. New species and subspecies of west American Coleoptera. Pan-
Pacific Entomologist, 15 (1) : 15—20.
120. 1939. Stratiomyid fly larvs in honey bees’ nests. Pan-Pacific Entomolo-
gist, 15 (2) : 86.
121. 1939. An ancient beetle. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 15 (4) : 154.
122. 1940. The origin and distribution of the Coleopterous insect fauna of
North America. Proceedings of the Sixth Pacific Science Con-
gress of the Pacific Science Association (Berkeley, Stanford and
San Francisco f California], July 24 to August 12, 1939)
[University of California Press], 4 ; 255—268, 1 map.
123. 1942. (In co-authorship with F. E. Blaisdell, Sr.) Ralph Hopping, 1868—
1941. [Obituary.] Pan-Pacific Entomoiogist, 18 (1): 1-3, fron-
tispiece pi.
124. 1942. Coleoptera: Buprestidae. In: Contributions toward a knowledge of
the insect fauna of Lower California. Proceedings of the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences, (4), 24 (3): 97—132, pis. 6 & 7.
96
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
125. 1943. New species and subspecies of North American Carabids. Pan-
Pacific Entomologist, 19 (1) : 17—30.
126. 1943. New species of west American Coleoptera. Pan-Pacific Entomolo-
gist, 19 (2) : 41-52.
127. 1943. Additional new species of west American Coleoptera. Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, 19 (3) : 101—108.
128. 1944. Entomological type localities on the Pacific Coast. [As reported
in the Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in] Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 20 (1) : 37—38.
129. 1944. A new dobsonfly (Megaloptera) from California. Pan-Pacific.
Entomologist, 20 (3) : 110.
130. 1944. A review of the subgenera Stenocantharis Gistel and Neocychrus
Roeschke of the genus Scaphinotus Dejean (Coleoptera, Cara-
bidae) Entomologica Americana, (N.S. ) 24 (1) : 1—19, inch
2 pis.
131. 1944. New species of North American OstomidcC (Coleoptera). Pan-
Pacific Entomologist, 20 (4) : 147—153.
132. 1945. A review of the North American species of the genus Carabus
Linnaeus. Entomologica Americana, (N.S.) 24 (3) : 87—137, inch
pis. III-VI. (Published February 9, 1945.)
133. 1945. Two Coleoptera recently established in southern California. Pan-
Pacific Entomologist 21 (1) : 10.
134. 1945. New species of North American Coleoptera. Pan-Pacific Entomolo-
gist, 21 (3) : 101-109.
135. 1945. The Chamberlin collection of Buprestidae. Pan-Pacific Entomolo-
gist, 21 (4) : 124.
136. 1945. A staphylinid beetle new to California. Pan-Pacific Entomologist,
21 (4) : 140.
137. 1945. Jan Obenberger. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 21 (4) : 148.
138. 1946. New species of North American Coleoptera. Pan-Pacific Entomolo-
gist, 22 (3) : 81-89.
139. 1946. The entomological collection of the California Academy of Sciences.
[As reported in Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Entomological
Society.] Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 22 (1) : 37.
140. 1947. The biography of Frank Ellsworth Blaisdell, Sr. Pan-Pacific En-
tomologist, 23 (2) : 49—58, frontispiece pi.
141. 1947. A European weevil newly introduced into the San Francisco Bay
region. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 23 (2) : 96.
142. 1947. New species of Coleoptera from western North America. Pan-
Pacific Entomologist, 23 (4) : 155-161.
143. 1949. New species of North American Coleoptera. Pan-Pacific Entomolo-
gist, 25 (2) : 49-56.
144. 1949. Notes on Bembidion. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 25 (2) ; 56.
145. 1950. Another European weevil established in California. Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, 26 (1) : 35.
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE BIBLIOGRAPHY
97
146. 1950. Book Notice. [Insects Affecting Forest Products and Other Ma-
terial. By W. J. Chamberlin.] Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 26
(2): 96.
147. 1951. New species of Coleoptera from North America. Pan-Pacific En-
tomologist, 27 (1) : 27—35.
148. 1951. “Founding and early history,” pp. 97—100, in: The history of the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society, by E. 0. Essig et al. Pan-
Pacific Entomologist, 27 (3) : 97—119, 4 figs.
149. 1952. A third Mexican species of Genuchinus (Coleoptera: Scarabseidse ) .
Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 28 (1) : 12.
150. 1953. [Posthumous.] New Coleoptera from western North America
(Carabidae, Throscidse, Curculionidae) , Pan-Pacific Entomologist,
29 (2) : 98-101.
151. 1953. [Posthumous.] New Coleoptera from western North America
(Carabidae, Melasidae, Buprestidae, Curculionidae), Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, 29 (2) : 102—107.
152. 1953. [Posthumous.] A new cossonid beetle from California, probably
introduced (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Pan-Pacific Entomolo-
gist, 29 (2) : 107-108.
153. 1953. [Posthumous.] The Co]eoptera of the Galapagos Islands. Occas-
ional Papers, California Academy of Sciences, No. 22 (in press).
98
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
NEW COLEOPTERA FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA
(Carabidae, Throscidae, Curculionidae)
Edwin C. Van Dyke
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco
Family Carabidae
Diplochaetus desertus Van Dyke, new species
Elongate, parallel, flattened, testaceous, shining. Head longer than
broad, front smooth, longitudinal impressions feehle, mandibles strongly
prognathous, eyes hut slightly convex, neck long and parallel sided, one-half
length of head. Prothorax slightly broader than long, somewhat wider in
front where perceptibly wider than elytra, sides arcuate anteriorly, narrowed
and convergent behind and with small right angled hind angles and with a
well defined carina, the disc smooth, the longitudinal line finely impressed,
the anterior transverse impression poorly defined, the posterior conspicuous,
somewhat rugose and with hasal foveae well marked. Elytra long, with sides
parallel, twice as long as wide (4 mm. by 2 mm.), the disc feehly convex,
striae complete, finely impressed and very finely punctured, third interval
generally with a small posterior puncture, humeri with a small, oblique
carina, marginal and submarginal striae deeply impressed, confluent near
base and towards apex, and strongly sinuate apically. Beneath smooth and
shining, mental tooth broad and feebly notched at apex, ligula bisetose at
apex and prosternum evidently longitudinally impressed at middle. Length
6 mm., breadth 2 mm.
Holotype male (in Calif. Acad. Sciences, Entomology) and 14
paratypes collected by Ralph Hopping and his son-in-law, Parker
Talbot, on the margins of the Salton Sea, Riverside Co., Cali-
fornia, March 31, 1937.
This insect possesses the defining characters of the genus as
given by Chaudoir^, especially the broad and apically notched
mental tooth and the bisetose apices of the ligula, but it differs
greatly from our other North American species of the genus,
Diplochaetus lecontei Horn, by being more elongate and parallel
sided, by the pronounced prognathous mandibles, the elongated
neck, the narrowing of the pronotum posteriorly and the complete
striae of the elytra. It resembles Pogonistes planatus Horn in the
posteriorly narrowed pronotum and bisetose ligula. All three
species, P. planatus, D. lecontei and the above described species
are much more closely related than generally believed and perhaps
should be united under the name Pogonistes Chaudoir when they
are studied in relation to Old World forms. The genus Pogonus
Dejean is of course an entirely different entity.
^ Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgrique, XIV, 1871, p. 36.
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE NEW COLEOPTERA
99
Pseudomorpha peninsularis Van Dyke, new species
Rather small, narrow, elongate, subparallel, elytra with parallel sides
and prothorax with sides slightly convergent forwards, rufopiceous and with
surface obscurely alutaceous. Head more than two-thirds as wide as pro-
thorax, smooth, with a few minute punctures chiefly near eyes and in a
transverse row across the vertex, preocular lobes moderately developed.
Prothorax transverse, about three-fifths as long as broad, perceptibly broader
posteriorly than elytra, moderately convex, with a few very minute punctures,
chiefly laterally, apex shallowly emarginate, finely margined, base transverse,
finely margined laterally, sides rather broadly margined and reflexed and base
feebly arcuate. Elytra 5 mm. long by 3 mm. wide, with straight and parallel
sides, finely margined, much more so than prothorax, apex truncate, outer
angles well rounded, sutural narrowly rounded, disc with sutural row of
coarse punctures each bearing an erect seta, rest of surface very finely and
rather densely punctured. Beneath, the abdomen somewhat densely punc-
tured and scabous in front, third and fourth ventrals with a small patch of
short golden pile at middle in the males. Length 7 mm., breadth 3 mm.
Holotype male (C.A.S., Ent. ) and 6 paratype males, all col-
lected July 29, 1938, 10 miles S. of Catavina, Lower California,
by Michelbacher and Ross.
This species according to Notman’s key^ would run close to
P. cyliiidrica Casey and P. angustata Horn, but it differs by having
the surface finely alutaceous and the elytra with but one row of
prominent punctures, the sutural. In P. angustata the sides of the
prothorax are definitely and feebly convergent forwards, more
narrowly margined and the elytra generally more coarsely punc-
tured. In P. paralleia Van Dyke, which superficially resembles it,
the prothorax is more parallel sided and the elytra with numerous
rows of coarse punctures.
Pseudomorpha alleni Van Dyke, new species
Medium sized, elongate, subparallel, elytra with parallel sides and pro-
thorax with sides feebly arcuate and convergent forwards, rufopiceous, pro-
notum generally lighter in color and surface alutaceous and dull. Head fully
one-half as wide as prothorax, smooth with a few minute punctures chiefly
ill a row across vertex, preocular lobes feebly developed. Prothorax trans-
verse, about one half as long as broad, considerably broader posteriorly than
elytra, moderately convex, with fine punctures scattered over the surface but
more dense and coarser laterally, apex feebly emarginate, finely margined
laterally, sides very broadly margined especially posteriorly and reflexed,
and fimbriated as usual, base feebly arcuate. Elytra 5 mm. long by 3.5 mm.
2Proc. U. S. Nat. Mu., Vol. 67, Art. 14, No. 2586, pp. 14-15.
100
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
wide with straight and parallel sides, finely margined, apex truncate, outer
angles broadly rounded, sutural narrowly rounded, disc with 7 well-defined
rows of moderately coarse punctures each bearing an erect seta. Beneath, the
abdomen rather densely punctured and scabrous in front, third and fourth
ventrals with a small patch of golden pile at middle in the males. Length
9 mm., breadth 4 mm. across elytra.
Holotype male (C.A.S., Ent.) and seven paratype males col-
lected at Tuba City, Arizona, July 18, 1937, by R. P. Allen.
This species according to Notman’s key, runs close to P. angus-
tata Horn and its associates but it is slightly larger, proportionally
broader, duller in appearance, the head broad, the prothorax
quite broad, conspicuously broader posteriorly than the elytra
as well as with a broad lateral margin, and the elytra with seven
longitudinal rows of rather coarse punctures.
Family Throscidae
Drapetes parallelus Van Dyke, new species
Elongate, subparallel, shining, black with a broad subbasal red fascia
on elytra, the two portions meeting at suture and outer angular portion
reaching humeri. Antennae piceous, head finely, sparsely punctured. Pro-
thorax transverse, sides for basal two-thirds straight and parallel, anteriorly
rounded and convergent, disc convex, rather uniformly but not closely punc-
tured, punctures finer towards base, hind angles feebly divergent and without
Carina. Scutellum sparsely, minutely punctured. Elytra very long, three-
sevenths as broad as long, with sides straight and subparallel, and about as
broad as prothorax, disc finely, sparsely punctured, punctures having a ten-
dency to be arranged in longitudinal rows (best shown in the red fascia),
and minutely sparsely setose, humeri feebly bulbous. Prosternum and pro-
pleurae rather coarsely and somewhat sparsely punctured, mesosternum more
finely and abdomen more coarsely and densely. Length 4.75 mm., breadth
1.75 mm.
Holotype (C.A.S., Ent.), a unique, collected in the Catalina
Mts. of Arizona, August 15, 1938, by Owen Bryant and kindly
presented to the Academy.
This interesting species has about the same color pattern as
Drapetes geminatus Say but it differs from this as from all other
species that I know by its extreme length and parallel form. It is
perhaps most closely related to the Mexican Drapetes sellatus
Bonv. but this species is more robust, somewhat elliptical in shape
and has the red maculation extended laterally to the base of the
elytra.
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE NEW COLEOPTERA
101
Family Curculionidae
Dinocleus bryanti Van Dyke, new species
Of moderate size, slightly flattened above, black and rather densely
clothed with short, recumbent, squamiform, cinerous pubescence, the erect
hairs not evident. Head sparsely, coarsely punctate, feebly convex; beak
about twice as long as broad, two-thirds as long as prothorax, flattened above
with median carina poorly defined and moderately pubescent. Prothorax
perceptibly wider than long, suddenly narrowed in front, sides for posterior
two-thirds straight or feebly convex, lateral tubercles not prominent, merely
a rounded enlargement at angle posterior to apical constriction; disc very
coarsely, not closely punctured, elevated areas between punctures very finely
and densely punctured, broad, triangular discal area generally denuded, and
with a median linear impression. Scutellum small. Elytra five-eights as
broad as long, sides feebly arcuate, gradually narrowed towards apex which
is subtruncate; disc with strial punctures rather coarse, distinctly separated
though close together, intervals near suture flattened, lateral feebly convex,
third, fifth and seventh often elevated, finely punctured, rugose, and rather
densely clothed with scalelike pubescence and generally with numerous small
denuded areas, especially one on fourth interval of each elytron one-third
distant from base and another on same interval behind middle. Abdomen
beneath rather densely, finely punctured, with series of larger punctures
arranged rather transversely across the sclerites, and densely pubescent
though with scattered denuded spots around larger punctures giving surface
a maculated appearance. Legs moderately stout and densely clothed with
hairy pubescence. Length (holotype) 13 mm., breadth 4.5 mm.
Holotype (C.A.S., Ent.), one of the larger specimens selected
from a series of 51 individuals, collected at Seligman, Arizona,
August 3, 1936, by Owen Bryant. The specimens vary greatly in
size, the smaller ones averaging 9 mm. in length, the larger and
more normal about the size of the type. Numbers of the larger
specimens are designated as paratypes.
This species would come after D. denticollis Casey according
to Casey’s table^. It differs, however, from that and its associates
in having the rostrum not distinctly carinated, the sides of the
prothorax not prominently protuberant and angulate but grad-
ually rounded off to the anterior constriction.
This very distinct species represented by a good series of
more or less uniformly characterized specimens was found, strange
as it might seem, only a few miles from Peach Springs, Ariz., the
type locality for D. denticollis, a species having the lateral pro-
thoracic tubercles extremely well developed.
* Coleopt. Notices III. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. VI, 1891, p. 177.
102
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
NEW COLEOPTERA FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA
(Carabidae, Melasidae, Buprestidae, Curculionidae)
Edwin C. Van Dyke
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco
Family Carabidae
Nebria raveni Van Dyke, new species
Of moderate size, robust, bead and prothorax shining black, the former
with two faint rufous spots on the front between the eyes, the elytra faintly
violaceous in color. Head robust, four-fifths as broad as prothorax, eyes not
prominent, barely projecting beyond the sides of the head, the neck with
sides parallel, antennae reaching to middle third of elytra. Prothorax one-
third broader than long, apex bisinuate, base transverse, sides broadly arcu-
ate in front, strongly constricted posterior to middle and with pronounced
right-angled hind angles, the disc with median longitudinal and anterior
and posterior impressions well impressed, the lateral margins broad and dis-
tinctly reflexed. Elytra evenly elliptical, narrowed and feebly rounded in
humeral region, the disc moderately convex, the striae deep and finely punc-
tured, the intervals convex, the seventh with one foveate interruption on left
side and two on the right. Legs and under surface smooth and shining black.
Length 15 mm., breadth 6 mm.
Holotype female (in California Academy of Sciences, Entomol-
ogy ) , collected along a small rill below a snowbank on the sl(»pes of
Mt. Darwin, at 13,600 feet, of the southern Sierra Nevada Moun-
tains OF Fresno County, California, August 9, 1952, by Peter
Raven.
Nehria raveni, with N. ingens Horn and N . river si Van Dyke,
belongs to a group of three species all found at high altitudes in
the southern Sierra Nevada Mountains of California. The three
ire more or less restricted in range and rather widely separated as
to individual distribution. N . riversi is confined to Mt, Lyell and
the high mountains to the east of the Yosemite Valley, N. ingens to
Mt. Whitney and the high mountains of its territory and V. raveni
to Mt. Darwin, a peak midway between Mt. Lyell and Mt. Whit-
ney. N. raveni is midway in structure between the other two. N.
ingens is jet black, the elytra elliptical but narrowed, especially
towards base with the humeri obliterated, and with the elytral
striae but vaguely punctured. N. riversi is rather robust, the elytra
broadly elliptical, with the sides almost parallel and the humeri
broadly rounded, of a bright metallic green color and with the
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE — NEW COLEOPTERA
103
strial punctures fine but well defined. N. raveni is evenly ellip-
tical in shape, with the sides less parallel than in N. riversi, the
humeral area narrowed, without distinct humeri, the strial punc-
tures quite evident and the surface dull and with a faint violet
cast. The large size, wingless condition, and general shape of the
head, particularly the parallel sided neck region is characteristic
of all three.
Family Melasidae
Dromaeolus peninsularis Van Dyke, new species
Rather small, narrow, subcylindrical, opaque black above, antennae and
legs rufo-piceous, sparsely clothed with a very short fulvous pile which is a
bit more dense toward the base of the elytra. Head very convex, coarsely,
densely punctured, a bit flattened just above the interocular carinae which
are interrupted at the middle and feebly reflexed as a result of the flattening
above, the clypeus flattened and coarsely, closely punctured with the basal
half as broad as the apical margin; the antennae extending about two seg-
ments beyond the base of pronotum, robust, with segment four about as
broad as long and the remainder to the tenth gradually longer. Prothorax
a bit longer than broad, sides posteriorly straight and parallel, arcuately
narrowed at apical third, disc somewhat flattened, with a feeble median
longitudinal depression extending from the base to the center, the surface
very densely punctured and at the sides rugose. Elytra finely striate, rather
densely punctured but less dense and less coarse than the pronotum. Body
beneath densely punctured but more finely than above, the punctures of the
prosternum very coarse and discrete, the prosternal spine blunt, the triangle
of the propleurae not twice as long as wide at base, the antennal groove not
sharply limited internally. Length 7.5 mm., breadth 2 mm.
Holotype (in California A'^'ademy of Sciences, Entomology),
from 10 miles east of Mesquital, Lower California, Mexico,
June 23, 1938, and paratype (C.A.S., Ent.) from 10 miles south
of Punta Prieta, Lower California, June 21, 1938, both collected
by A. E. Michelbacher and E. S. Ross.
This species is related to Dromaeolus basalis LeConte and ac-
cording to the key in Horn’s monograph (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.,
XIII, 1886, pp. 5—58) it possesses all the essential characteristics of
that species. It differs, however, by having a duller, more sooty
black appearance, more robust antennae, the segments 4—10 but
little longer than broad, whereas they are decidedly longer in
basalis; the interocular carinae more definitely transverse and a
bit reflexed at margin, feebly arched in basalis; and the prosternal
spine wedge-shaped, blunt at apex and flattened, whereas cordi-
form and sulcate in the other.
104
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
Family Buprestidae
Acmaeodera bryanti Van Dyke, new species
Small, subcylindrical, head and prothorax a greenish bronze and elytra
a dark blue, without maculations, and rather sparsely though regularly
clothed with short suberect setae, finer on front of head, longer on pronotum
and regularly placed in rows on the elytral intervals. Prosternum transverse
In front, thus belonging to the “Acmaeoderae truncatae” of Horn, the an-
tennae with the fifth segment suddenly broader than fourth and last ventral
segment without subapical crest. Head convex, rather coarsely, closely punc-
tured, feebly, longitudinally impressed at middle of front, the clypeus with a
transverse margin in front. Prothorax transverse, evidently broader than
elytra, with sides broadly rounded, the disc convex and coarsely, cribrately
punctured and with a slight median longtitudinal impression, anterior margin
broadly lobed at center, posterior transverse. Elytra about two and one-half
times as long as prothorax, sides feebly sinuate, narrowed behind, rounded
at apex and with margins of elytra serrate, disc convex, with striae finely
yet sharply impressed and finely, closely punctured, the punctures somewhat
elongate, and intervals about twice as wide as striae, somewhat flattened and
with a row of fine, shallow punctures down their center from which arise the
setae. Beneath the submentum closely punctured, prosternum more sparsely
and finely and propleurae more coarsely and sparsely punctured and abdo-
men rather densely and somewhat coarsely punctured and with the pile
more hairlike, much inclined and conspicuous but not dense. Length 6 mm.,
breadth prothorax 2 mm., elytra 1.75 mm.
Holotype (in California Academy of Sciences, Entomology), a
unique collected at Del Rio, Texas, May 10, 1951, by Owen
Bryant.
This small but very distinct species belongs as stated in the
“Acmaeoderae truncatae” series and according to Fall’s table
(Jour. New York Ent. Soc. VII, p. 29, 1899) should follow A.
cribricollis Horn. Its size, color and type of pubescence should
enable it to be readily distinguished from any of its associates.
Chrysobothris yucatanensis Van Dyke, new species
Of moderate size, bronzed, evenly rounded in front and gradually nar-
rowed and moderately rounded at apex. The head is feebly convex in front
in the males, distinctly so in the females, the clypeus broadly and shallowly
emarginate with the outer portion rounded, the front coarsely, closely punc-
tured, with a Y-shaped callosity on the vertex and a pair of callosities below
and between the eyes, and feebly pilose, the antennae short with the outer
segments serrate and gradually narrowed towards the apex. Prothorax
slightly more than twice as broad as long, apex very feebly bisinuate, the
base strongly so with the median lobe prominent, the disc moderately con-
vex, with a slight depression at center, with well-spaced punctures medially
and coarsely, closely punctured and rugose at the sides, and with a smooth
longitudinal line extending from the center posteriorly to the apex of the
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE NEW COLEOPTERA
105
posterior median lobe. Elytra twice the length of prothorax, somewhat
broader at base than prothorax, humeri prominent, sides gradually narrowed
and arcuate from base to blunt and rounded apex, the apical margin serru-
late, the disc feebly convex with three well-developed carinae, the inner
parallel to suture and extending from apex almost to base (fully to base in
one specimen), the second or median sinuous and reaching from apex to
base with a slight interruption near base, and the third shorter and more or
less interrupted and running from near apex to beyond middle where it
arches outwardly and beneath the humeri, the general surface rather finely
and sparsely punctured centrally and more coarsely, densely punctured and
rugose laterally. Three shallow, more or less densely punctured foveae are
generally present, a subapical one near the apex in the groove between the
inner and median carinae, a second about one third the distance from apex
which generally straddles or interrupts the outermost carina near its origin
and a third, one-third the distance from base which straddles or interrupts
the median carina. The ventral surface bronzed, the tarsi somewhat green-
ish, the prosternum smooth and shining medially, densely clothed with cinere-
ous pile at sides, this pile continuing on to the abdomen but less dense, the
abdominal sclerites definitely grooved along the middle. Length 11 to 12 mm.,
breadth 5 mm.
Males with front feebly convex and densely punctured, the front tibiae
arched and with the apices rather abruptly though not greatly expanded,
the last ventral segment broadly truncate and provided with a small tooth
at sides of emargination.
Females with the front distinctly convex, coarsely punctured but not
densely so except at sides, the front tibiae simply arched but without any
apical expansion, and last ventral segment with but a small emargination
at apex.
Holotype male, allotype female (in California Academy of
Sciences, Entomology), and three paratypes, from CoLONiA, Yuca-
tan, Mexico, all reared from twigs of Cedrela odorata which had
been scorched by the hot sun. The first two specimens were reared
by the late John Miller, the remainder by J. P. Perry, Jr., from
whom I received the material.
This species belongs to a small series of species including C.
iistincta Lap. and Gory, C. schaejjeri Obenberger, C. peninsularis,
Schaeffer and C. sinaloae Van Dyke. Its distinctive features are
its rather compact elliptical shape, the prosternal pilosity, and the
male forelegs with but a feeble apical enlargement.
Family Curculionidae
Nemocestes fragariae Van Dyke, new species
Rather small, robust, piceous, antennae and legs somewhat rufous (fresh
specimens) densely clothed with closely applied gray scales with patches of
darker scales here and there, giving the surface a tesselated appearance.
106
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
and evidently pilose, the pile fine, dense and suberect. Head flattened above,
interocular area broad; rostrum quadrate, somewhat longer than head, feebly
narrowed forward, both head and rostrum moderately punctured but punc-
tures concealed in most cases by the scales; antennal scape reaching beyond
front margin of prothorax, second funicular segment elongate, the following
transverse and gradually broader; eyes somewhat prominent. Prothorax
wider than long, widest at middle, sides evenly arcuate, disc with punctures
moderately coarse but well spaced and often concealed by the scales. Elytra
elliptical though with sides perceptibly parallel at middle, with humeral area
well rounded, disc somewhat flattened, the declivity vertical, surface finely
striate with striae feebly impressed and finely punctured, intervals flat.
Abdomen feebly punctured but punctures generally concealed by scales.
Length 5 mm., width 2.5 mm.
Holotype (in California Academy of Sciences, Entomology),
and 15 paratypes all collected by H. E, Thomas from the roots of
cultivated strawberries in the Springfield district near Watson-
ville, California, September 4, 1952.
This little weevil belongs to a series of rather small Nemocestes
and perhaps resembles most N. sordidus Van Dyke from the area
about Niles and San Jose, Calif. This latter has the pronotum more
coarsely punctured, the eyes less protuberant, the afterbody more
evenly arched and the pile shorter and more rigid. N. montanus
Van Dyke, also has coarse pronotal punctures and somewhat flat-
tened eyes as well as very short pile, and N. puncticollis Casey like-
wise has very coarse pronotal punctures and short setae but a
prothorax that is widest behind the middle.
To date four species of this native genus have been reared from
cultivated strawberries : the widely distributed A. incomptus Horn
from near Watsonville; N. sordidus Van Dyke from near Niles and
Berryessa, Calif.; N. montanus Van Dyke from Albany, Oregon,
by J. Wilcox, and N . fragariae n. sp.
Dysticheus rotundicollis Van Dyke, new species
Of moderate size, robust, piceous, densely clothed with closely applied
gray and light brown scales. More uniformly gray beneath, and densely
setose over the entire upper surface, the setae very short, quite erect, and
arranged in a double row along each elytral interval. Head flattened above,
the interocular area broad, rostrum longer than wide, narrowed forwards
with sides concave, both head and rostrum moderately punctured but punc-
tures generally concealed by scales; antennal scape reaching beyond apex
of prothorax, first four funicular segments a bit longer than broad, the last
three transverse, the club fusiform and rufous; eyes small but convex. Pro-
thorax as broad as long, widest at middle, sides evenly arcuate, disc feebly
convex, punctures moderately coarse but well spaced and with short and
April, 1953]
VAN DYKE NEW COLEOPTERA
107
rigid setae arising from each. Elytra elliptical, the disc feebly convex, with
striae fine but well impressed and with regular but well-spaced punctures,
the intervals feebly convex. Abdomen feebly and sparsely punctured. Length
5.5 mm., breadth 2.5 mm.
Holotype (in California Academy of Sciences, Entomology),
and paratypes collected at Antioch, California, September 16,
1952, by G. A. Marsh on Senecio douglasii.
The species varies considerably as to color, in some the lighter
colored scales are more prominent, in others the darker, and in
some the elytral disc is more or less uniformly dark but with the
declivity entirely light. This species was hrst called to our atten-
tion by a series of specimens collected from nests of the wasp
Eucerceris sp., by E. G. Linsley and J. W. MacSwain.
When compared with the type species (and only other species
in the genus), D. insignis Horn, D. rotundicollis differs primarily
in being a bit larger and more elongate, the prothorax about as
broad as long whereas transverse in D. insignis, in being more
robust and having a greater depth of body, the declivity vertical
and in having the setae denser, more erect and rigid. All specimens
that I have seen of D. insignis have been collected east of the Sierra
Nevada Mountains in Owens Valley or Death Valley while D.
rotundicollis seems to be restricted to sandy areas in the neighbor-
hood of Antioch, at the upper end of the San Francisco Bay.
A NEW COSSONID BEETLE FROM CALIFORNIA,
PROBABLY INTRODUCED
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae)
Edwin C. Van Dyke
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco
While investigating some old driftwood on the sand dunes south
of San Francisco, Mr. W. B. Schulz has at various times during the
last few years, succeeded in collecting quite a series of specimens
of a small cossonid beetle which I consider to be a new species of
the genus Macrancylus. This is the third species of the genus that
I know of: M. linearis LeConte from Florida, Texas, the West In-
dies and the Hawaiian Islands (for M. immigrans [Perkins] is
pronounced by Zimmerman to be the same) ; a species from the
Galapagos Islands, the description of which will appear later in
my paper on Galapagos Island Coleoptera; and this third species
the description of which follows:
108
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 2
Macrancylus franciscanus Van Dyke, new species
Small, linear and subcylindrical, smooth and shining, with forehody
rufous and afterbody rufopiceous. Head with sides somewhat parallel, feebly
convergent forwards, eyes small, occiput smooth with a few small punctures
anteriorly, rostrum cylindrical, minutely, somewhat densely punctured,
slightly less than one-half length of head proper and about one-half its
width, the entire head about as long as prothorax. Prothorax somewhat less
than twice as long as broad, cuneate, sides rounded at base, straight and
feebly convergent forwards, disc shining with very fine well spaced punctures
posteriorly, somewhat denser towards apex. Elytra about twice as long as
broad, one-third longer than prothorax, slightly narrower than base of pro-
thorax, with sides parallel anteriorly, gradually narrowed and rounded at
apex; disc evenly convex, with striae finely impressed and finely, closely
punctured, intervals flat and about twice as wide as striae. Under surface
alutaceous, rather finely, sparsely punctured in front, the abdomen more
coarsely and densely punctured. Length, 3 mm., breadth, 0.75 mm.
Holotype (in Calif. Acad. Sciences, Ent.), selected from a series
of 44 specimens collected south of San Francisco by W. B. Schulz,
on March 6, 1949, and various other dates, from old rotting drift-
wood. Numerous paratypes are designated.
(Since the a^bove was written, seven specimens have been taken
at Drake’s Bay, Point Reyes, Marin Co., Calif., May 16, 1952, from
beneath driftwood timbers, by Hugh B. Leech.)
When compared with Macrancylus linearis LeConte, the type
of the genus, this species has been found to be in general more
robust, the rostrum much broader and with sides more parallel,
entire head much larger, prothorax proportionally shorter, sub-
cylindrical and very feebly convergent forwards, in contrast to a
narrow, twice as long as broad and decidedly cuneate prothorax in
linearis; the pronotal disc very finely, sparsely punctured, rather
coarsely so and denser in linearis and elytral striae very finely
punctured whereas rather coarsely punctured in the other.
Since it occurs in driftwood, it is possible that M. franciscanus
is an introduced species.
April, 1953]
COLLECTING IN PARKS
109
CHANGE OF RULING ON PERMITS TO COLLECT INSECTS AND
ARACHNIDS IN AREAS ADMINISTERED BY THE NATIONAL
PARKS SERVICE
The following notice was issued by the National Parks Service, Washing-
ton, D.C., and released over the signature of Ronald F. Lee, Assistant Director.
Entomologists will welcome the chance to collect again in National Parks and
Monuments, without undue red tape. We trmst they will not give the Service
cause to regret this change in policy.
“A recent action to simplify procedures governing the collection of
scientific materials in areas administered by the National Parks Service is of
interest to entomologists.
“Formerly, in order to collect insects and arachnids, it has been necessary
for entomologists, other than federal employees, to qualify, through appoint-
ment by the Department of the Interior, as collaborators without compen-
sation. This involved considerable paper work and delay, both for the
applicant and the Government.
“The new procedure, authority for which is set forth in The Federal
Register of May 15, 1953 (18 FR 2831, 2832), excepts the collection of insects
and arachnids from the federal employment requirement. It will now be
possible for qualified entomologists to submit a simple application form by
mail or in person to the Superintendent of the national park or monument
concerned who is empowered to issue permits to make collections for scientific
purposes.
“The interests of science have been served well by regulations intended to
preserve in the national parks and monuments a maximum of as nearly as
possible undisturbed natural biological associations. Collection of specimens
is limited to legitimate scientific collection of such nature as to have no
measurable adverse effect upon the biological values involved.”
Book Notice
AUSTRALIAN TERMITES, THE BIOLOGY, RECOGNITION, AND
ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE OF THE COMMON SPECIES. By F. N.
Ratcliffe, F. J. Gay, and T. Greaves. Pp. 1—124, 21 figs, (many of which
are really plates). Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research
Organization, Melbourne, 1952.
In the eyes of a naturalist, Australia is blessed with a marvellous and
interesting fauna of termites, but this blessing is a curse to Australians. They
not only have to contend with the type of termite damage we are familiar
with in America, but also face destruction of standing timber, fruit trees,
crops, pasture grass, and subterranean cable sheathings. Termites can even
build obstacles to prevent airplanes from landing on air strips; in northern
Australia mounds of sufficient height to endanger aircraft landings can be
constructed overnight !
The book outlines these problems and gives the identity and biology of
the species responsible for them. The treatment is well illustrated and an
example of a fine guide book designed to aid the economic worker. — E.S.R.
When you want reliable,
up-to-date, technical information
concerning
PARATHIPN
and
MALATHON
consult American Cyanamid, the company that
developed both of these important contribu-
tions to the field of insecticides.
We welcome your inquiries.
AMERICAN Gm/iamid
"f
COMPANY
Manufacturer
Parathion Technical
and MALATHON Technical
Agricultural Chemicals Division
30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y.
11
that guards crops and livestock!
Dn Pont fuels
the " JET '
O NE device that symbolizes today’s practical scien-
tific farms is the sprayer, spouting chemicals froha
one "jet” or from twenty. High pressure or low, 3-gallon
or 1000-gallon, it is a sign of modern times in agriculture.
Why is this true? Because today specialized farm
chemicals used in sprays are important to every kind
of farming. Chemical sprays are used to:
INSECTICIDES: epn 3oo, Mar-
gate* methoxychlor, DEE-
NATE* DDT. LEXONE* benzene
hexachloride, KRENITE* dinitro
spray, Du Pont Cotton Dusts,
Du Pont Dairy Cattle Spray and
Dairy Barn Insecticide, Du Pont
Livestock Spray & Dip No. 30.
Kill flies and mosquitoes on livestock, in barns and
other farm buildings.
Control the insects and diseases that attack fruit and
vegetables, cotton and corn, hay and pasture.
Kill the weeds in fields and fencerows and the brush in
rangeland, pasture and woodland.
Many new spray chemicals as well as other products
for the farm have been developed through Du Pont re-
. search. They have been tested and proven through the
work of Du Pont scientists and technicians with the
cooperation of schools and experiment stations and prac-
tical farmers. You can look to Du Pont for chemicals to
guard your crops and make your farm more productive.
On o// chemicofi alwoyt follow direcliont
for application. Where warning or cau-
tion statements on use of the product ore
given, read them carefully.
^EG.U.S.PAT.Of?
FUNGICIDES: manzate.i par-
ZATE* (nabam and zineb), FER-
MATE* (ferbam), ZERLATE* (zi-
ram). Copper- A (fixed copper),
SULFORON* and SULFORON*-
X wettable sulfurs.
WEED AND BRUSH KILLERS: CMU,
AMMATE,* 2,4-D, TCA and 2,
4,5-T.
FEED SUPPLEMENTS: delster-
OL* Vitamin D 3 ("D ’’-activated
animal sterol), Methionine amino
acid.
SEED DISINFECTANTS: arasan*
for corn, grass, legumes, peanuts,
vegetables, sorghum, rice; CERE-
SAN* for cotton and small grains.
*nca. o. s. PAT. oFFici
tTRADE MARK
BETTER THINGS FOR BETTER L I V I N G . . . T H R O U G N CHSMISTItY
PROVING GROUND
On this 300 acre experimental farm the
pesticide formulations developed in
Rohm & Haas laboratories are tested
under actual farming conditions. Result
of this constant research: — Better all-
around crop protection for farmers
everywhere.
DiTHANE Organic Fungicide is the
choice of thousands of farmers because
it protects many crops against diseases
without retarding plant growth.
RHOTHANE Insecticide’s unusual prop-
erties give farmers and orchardists
effective control of many insects —
from hornworms to tortrix.
KATHON Herbicide’s ability to kill weeds
and brush without harming plants
makes it a potent weapon in the farmer’s
fight for more and better crops.
DDT finds many uses as an insecticide
— on dairies and farms — as a fly spray
or for crop protection.
TRITON B-1956 is the emulsifier, spreader
and sticker selected by many growers
to improve the effectiveness of insecti-
cides, fungicides and weed killer.
For the future, Rohm & Haas research
laboratories are working to produce
constantly improved chemicals — for
even better all-around crop protection.
Dithane, Rhothane, Kathon, Triton
are trademarks, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off.
and in principal foreign countries.
CHEMICALS FOR
AGRICULTURE
ROHM e HAAS
COM PAMY
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
Representatives in principal foreign countries
IV
Always another hill to climb
c
^^uriosity is one of the always-present ingredients of a scientist’s make-up.
No matter how satisfying a particular product of research might turn out to
be, there’s always that hunger for new hills to dim . . . new horizons
to view.
One might expect that the research team responsible for such outstanding
insecticides as D-D, aldrin and dieldrin would be content for a while. But
already they have come up with endrin isodrin and GBP. And, before those
products have had time to become farmhold words, these explorers have
signed on for still other voyages of discovery.
Grateful acknowledgement is made to fellow scientists and fieldworkers
in both government and industry, without whose willing co-operation so
little could be accomplished.
In the not too distant future, several new compounds, now in the labora-
tory stages, will be ready for field test and industry evaluation. Meanwhile,
we are glad that there are always new hills to climb, new seas to be charted,
new horizons to explore.
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Julius Hyman & Company Division
Chemical Partner of Industry and Agriculture
P.O. BOX 2171, DENVER 1, COLORADO
Atlanta • Chicago • Houston • St. Louis
San Francisco • Los Angeles
V
VI
MULTI-FILM "L"
"L" STANDS FOR LIQUID
A SPREADER and DEPOSIT BUILDER
that really WETS and still DEPOSITS
MULTI-FILM "L" ADDS A PLUS VALUE
TO NEW ORGANIC PESTICIDES
Colloidal Products Corporation
ESTABLISHED 1920
2598 TAYLOR STREET • SAN FRANCISCO. CALIFORNIA
Manufacturers of Spreaders - Deposit Builders for Agricultural Sprays
PACIFIC
DISCOVERY
An illustrated magazine
of natural sciences
published by the
CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCES
San Francisco 18 ,
California
BULLETIN OF
ZOOLOGICAL
NOMENCLATURE
Arrangements have been made for
completing volume 1, and for the pub-
lication of volumes 2 (applications in
regard to nomenclatural problems), 3
(documents considered by the Interna-
tional Commission on Zoological Nom-
enclature at Paris, 1948), 4 (Official
Record of the International Commission
at Paris), and 5 (Official Record of the
section on Nomenclature of the thir-
teenth International Congress of Zoology
at Paris, 1948).
All inquiries regarding publications
should be addressed to: International
Trust for Zoological Nomenclature, 41
Queen’s Gate, London, S. W. 7, England.
Vll
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Incorporated
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)
BLACK LEAF 40
The Standard for Generations
for
Control of Many Insects
It Is Easy on Friendly and
Beneficial Insects
Other BLACK LEAF Products Include
A Full Line of Agricultural Chemicals
and Concentrates
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS & CHEMICAL CORP.
Richmond, Virginia
SAN FRANCISCO OFFICE: 417 Montgomery Street
/
(m
lit
1885
SINCE
FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION
Insecticides
Sulphurs
Fungicides
Parasiticides
Stauffer Knapsack Duster
A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS
Vlll
IX
for successful formulation
rely upon
VELSICOL
INSECTICIDE MATERIALS
The effective
insect toxicant which
has consistently
proved its
competence for
control of destructive
and obnoxious
insect pests.
N' V 1^
For complete data
consult
VELSICOL’S Technical
Service Department
CHLORDAHE
Agricultural control of Grasshoppers, Cotton Boll
and Orchard Weevils, Lygus Bugs, Alfalfa Weevils,
Formulations Miners, Plum Curculio, Japanese
Beetle Larvae and Thrips.
Household & for control of Roaches, Flies, Silverfish,
Institutional Carpet Beetles, Ants and Household
Formulations Spiders.
Livestock for control of sarcoptic mange. Cattle
Applications Lice, Winter Ticks, Lone Star Ticks and
Horn Flies.
VELSICOL Insecticides and Herbicide Solvents
Your formulations can be improved with these auxiliary
solvents:
VELSICOL AR-50 G
VELSICOL AR-50
VELSICOL AR-55
VELSICOL AR-60
A/so VELSICOLS for selective
and non-seleciive Herbicide
formulations.
VELSICOL HEPTACHLOR
. . . has shown promise in the control of Cotton Boll Wee-
vil, Wireworms, Mosquitoes, Japanese Beetle Larvae, etc.
Experimental samples are available on request.
VELSICOL ^
General OPFices and Laboratories %
330 E. Grand Ave., Chicago 11, III.
Representc fives
‘*SlC 1'*'
CORPORATION
Export Division
100 E. 42nd St., New York 17, New York
p 'r ' i n c i p a I cities
NEW ORTHO Fly Killer
KILLS FLIES IN 30 SECONDS
. . . Open Letter on Baiting Method
for Fly Control in Dairies
Dear Sir:
This “letter” is to advise you that we have just obtained Federal permission to
sell our ORTHO Fly Killer. This new product offers an easy baiting method for
quick control of flies in dairy barns and similar situations.
New ORTHO Fly Killer contains Lindane and tetraethyl pyrophosphate and
has proved effective against all strains of resistant flies. Studies show there is a
synergistic value in combining Lindane and tetraethyl pyrophosphate. In addition,
by so combining these materials, one can use less toxicant with the advantage of
greater safety to the dairyman and animals.
ORTHO Fly Killer gives fast kill of flies (average 18 to 30 seconds), and is
also simple to apply and requires no special application equipment.
Application takes as little as five minutes per day. A small amount of ORTHO
Fly Killer is mixed in an ordinary sprinkling can with water and syrup (such as dark
corn syrup). Then it is simply sprinkled on clean barn floors and other such areas
where flies are a problem. Application is repeated once a day until the fly population
is brought under control and after that, every 2 or 3 days or as needed.
We believe that the use of baiting method for fly control as embodied in
ORTHO Fly Killer represents a distinct scientific advance and offers a practical
control of both resistant and non-resistant flies.
We are indeed hopeful that you will find this product of interest and that it will
merit the study and consideration of the experts within your group who are interested
in this field of science.
U»UI »»l
Leo R. Gardner, Manager of Research dC Development
CALIFORNIA SPRAY-CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Richmond, California
Branches throughout the U. S. A.
TM ORTHO, Reg. U. S. Pat. Off.
PROTECTIOH!
There are many reasons for the ever-increasing use of Niagara
Sprays and Dusts hy Western growers. Among these are the Niagara
laboratories in which every formulation is carefully compoimded
and field-tested for maximum effectiveness; the strategically lo-
cated blending plants which assure a full measure of fresh, active
ingredients; and the always cooperative Niagara field representa-
tives in every local growing area. Because Niagara products are
manufactured from the finest materials . . . according to special-
ized, fully effective formulations . . . and under strict production
controls, the Niagara brand on insecticides and fungicides is the
finest protection a Western grower can buy.
Nragofo offers Wesfern growers additional help through a series of Field Service
Bulletins. If you would like a copy for your own information, without obligation, write
Niagara Chemical Division, Richmond, Calif., Dept. 141
SPRAYS & DUSTS
RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA • MIDDLEPORT, NEW YORK
Tro4« Me«i
NIAGARA CHEMICAL DIVISION; FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Vol. XXIX July. 1953
No. 3
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
CONTENTS
GILLOGLY & GILLOGLY — Tricho gramma minutum in monarch
butterfly eggs — Ill
GRESSITT — Supplement to “The Hispine Beetles of China” 121
ESSIG — A remarkable new aphid from Israel 127
PRITCHARD — The white clover flower midge as differentiated from the
red clover flower midge 128
MIDDLEKAUFF — A new species of web-spinning sawfly feeding upon
pines - 133
MALKIN & HATCH — Colpodes buchanini in Oregon 134
STARK — An unusual occurrence of three spermathecae in a specimen of
Hystrichopsylla dippiei 135
LA RIVERS — A new species and subspecies of Ambrysus from
Guatemala 138
RYCKMAN — Triatoma rubida sonoriana infected with Trypanosoma
cruzi in Sonora, Mexico 143
RYCKMAN — Notes on the ecology of Bombus sonorus in Orange County,
California and new parasite records 144
HOTTES — Aphidological gleanings 147
RYCKMAN — Cuterebra latifrons reared from Neotoma fuscipes
macrotis 155
WILLIAMS — Additions and corrections to “The Wasps of the Genus
Solierella in California” 157
RYCKMAN & AMES — Insects reared from cacti in Arizona 163
DENNING — A new genus of Limnephilidae 165
FENDER — New species of Podabrus from western North America 170
HELPER — A new subspecies of Trachykele blondeli 176
USINGER — Notes on the genus Metrobates in California with a descrip-
tion of a new subspecies 178
Book Notices 126, 137, 179, 180
SAN FftANCiSCO. CALIFORNIA • 1953
Published by fbe PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
E. G. Linsley
EDITORIAL BOARD
P. D. Hurd, Jr., H. B. Leech
R. L. Usingeb
E. S. Ross
Co-Editors
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising
PubliBhed quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to H. B. Leech at the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco 18, Calif., or to P. D. Hurd, Jr., at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of
California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers,
changes of address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications
should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco 18, Calif.
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $4.00 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, $1.00. Make checks payable to "Fan-Pacifle Entomologist.’*
3temoir8 Series ...
“THE SUCKING LICE”
By G. F. Ferris
A 300 page book which summarizes knowledge on the Anoplura of the
world. Chapters cover such subjects as History, Growth and Development,
Morphology, Host Relations, Classification, Biogeography. Complete syste-
matic treatment is given including keys, synonymy and descriptions. The
illustrations are in the well-known style that has earned the author his
reputation as “one of the very foremost of entomological artists.” The 125
full pages of figures include morphological details, and full illustrations of
the type species of each genus and of all of the species which are associated
with man and domesticated animals.
Published as the first volume of its new “Memoirs Series” by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society on the occasion of its Semicentennial Anniver-
sary, September, 1951.
Price ^6.00
Send orders to: Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the post office at
San Francisco, under act of August 24, 1912.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXIX
July, 1953
No. 3
TRICHOGRAMMA MINUTUM
IN MONARCH BUTTERFLY EGGS
( Hymenoptera : Trichogrammatidae ; Lepidoptera: Danaidae)
G. M. AND L. R. Gillogly
Sacramento, California
It was purely by accident that some minute egg parasites were
found while monarch butterflies were being reared as the family's
summer-time hobby. The boys had brought in a spray of milk-
weed with two eggs on it. The eggs did not hatch, but darkened
instead. Days later, when about to throw away the milkweed, we
saw a little black thing sticking out from one egg. We put the
egg in a bottle and watched. There emerged an insect of incredibly
small proportions. Under the magnifying glass it appeared to be
a wasp.
This interloper was frowned upon because our original purpose
was to see that more of the handsome monarchs survived. As many
eggs as possible were then collected in an attempt to minimize the
number that might become parasitized. The wasps emerged in
vials and they were not released in the field. Not until the end of
Fig. A. Trichograrnma wasp laying her eggs in a monarch butterfly egg.
Fig. R. Trichograrnma emerging from the monarch egg about 12 days later.
112 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
the 1950 season did we have time through reading to discover that
these egg parasites are a useful check against many injurious
Lepidoptera, and that the efforts to control them in favor of the
monarch were amateurish and probably with little effect anyway.
Curiosity and fascination with the miniature wasps soon made
butterfly rearing the side line. The egg parasites were not reared
with mass production methods, but in one hundred small vials.
Although Danaus menippe Hiibner is not of economic import-
ance, the study of its enemies may apply indirectly to the biological
control of some insect pests. The records which follow represent
a study of the degree of parasitization under field conditions. The
eggs had met their fate in the field and were brought into the house
to determine the extent of the parasitization. They contained there-
fore not successive generations but reflected field populations and
activity of the parasites.
The collections of monarch eggs were made from a vacant lot
behind our home in Sacramento, California. The milkweed Asclep-
ias mexicana Cav. started to come up in May. There were over 50
plants, averaging about ten inches high by the middle of summer.
No plant grew above two feet high. Monarch eggs were most often
laid at the base of the flower buds. The underside of the narrow
leaves frequently yielded eggs also. In fact the stems, flower petals
and even the pods were considered likely locations by the egg-
laying monarchs. A single egg at one spot was the rule, but there
were about a dozen cases in which two were laid next to each
other; once three were touching.
The eggs were usually collected three times each week. They
were not gathered at a regular hour but in the morning on one
day, at noon on another, and in late afternoon on yet another day —
as the various kinds of lighting made evident some that were missed
previously.
The first egg of the 1951 season was found on May 31st. The
first week of August marked an upsurge in the egg business, which
remained on a high level until September 15th. The last eggs of
the season were found on November 16th. An individual record
was kept for each egg and it was noted whether the egg was fresh
and white, or black, when collected.
The conclusions from two summers of parasite rearing are
included in this report.
JULY, 1953] GILLOGLY TRICHOGRAMMA MINUTUM
113
As many more monarchs were flying in our yard in 1951 than
in the previous year, the monarch season for 1951 will be used
to give an idea of the extent of parasitization of the eggs. A total
of 1043 eggs were collected; of these 360 were parasitized by
Trichogramma, 260 eggs hatched, 56 had been sucked dry by
predators, over 200 eggs contained only dried yellow embryos, and
about 150 were found to have died when the little caterpillar was
fairly well developed, with black head-capsule and spines.
The last week in August and the first two weeks of September
were the peak of the season for both monarch eggs and the para-
sites. The duration of the Trichogramma season in monarch eggs
was from July 9th until November 27th.
It is believed that the Trichogramma observed here do not
hibernate in monarch eggs. However, there was one case that was
very close to hibernation. An egg collected on November 16th
turned black on the 19th, but parasites did not emerge on the
27th as did those in two other eggs collected at the same time. In
the middle of February 1952 the unpromising egg was dissected
and found to contain four plump pupae which had apparently only
recently died, as they were just beginning to shrink. They were not
crisp as in the cases when the immature wasps had been dead for
three months.
Nevertheless it appears that this species of T richogramma may
overwinter in other lepidopterous eggs, because in January, Feb-
ruary, and March of 1952 wasps emerged from eggs collected in
October of the previous year. The cabbage butterfly, sweet anise
swallowtail, west coast lady, and skipper eggs carried a few
Trichogramma over the winter.
Most of the monarch eggs were white or cream-colored when
they were collected. If they later turned gray and then black, par-
asitization was suspected. The length of the pupal stage was cal-
culated by noting the time that elapsed between the date the egg
turned black and the date the parasites emerged. The average
length of the pupal stage of Trichogramma in monarch eggs in
Sacramento for the summer of 1951 was as follows:
July
7 days
September
August
1-15
8 days
1-15
6^4 days
16-30
9 days
16-31
8 days
October
10 days
114
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
Even creatures as small as one half a millimeter have their
troubles too. Because of drying, mold, and possibly disease, quite
a number of Tricho gramma did not successfully reach the adult
stage. One out of four parasitized eggs contained a few egg para
sites which never emerged. These 85 eggs yielded a total of 277
individual wasps, which were dissected out in February after the
season was over. In all but one case these wasps were dried. Of
larvae which were distinguishable at 25 power magnification there
were 44, of pupae 177, and of adults which could not manage to
get out, 56.
Of the eggs which contained dead parasites there were only
28 from which no wasps at all emerged, but there were 57 eggs
which had some wasps remaining inside after the adults had
emerged. The average number of wasps left in each of the other
57 eggs was two.
Some monarch eggs were not found before their parasites had
already emerged in the field. There were 41 of these eggs which had
an exit hole when they were collected. Ten were later found to have
one to four dead pupae remaining inside.
The first two weeks of September claimed the highest mor-
tality of non-emerged wasps. October collections showed a greater
number of dead immature wasps than did either July or August.
The adult wasps which emerged from monarch butterfly eggs
varied in color, size, number, and the proportion of the sexes. The
most striking way in which the wasps differed was in the range
of color from clear light yellow to jet black. The first case of
monarch egg parasites observed in the 1951 season was unique
in that there were ten wasps of a uniform light golden color, except
for the red eyes. Two weeks later six dark brown wasps, with yellow
legs and the usual red eyes, emerged. The third egg to produce
parasites, in which all had a golden thorax, brown abdomen, and
light yellow legs, was typical of the majority of parasitized eggs
during the season. On August 14th an egg produced black wasps.
Then black wasps emerged from only a couple of eggs each week
until the last week in September when the number suddenly jumped
to 20 and outnumbered the golden type, which emerged from seven
eggs. For the remainder of the season the black form predominated.
Almost exactly twice as many were reared of the golden thorax
type as of the black type, taking the year as a whole.
There were two intermediate color phases which emerged from
JULY, 1953] GILLOGLY TRICHOGRAMMA MINUTUM
115
17 eggs: wasps with a tan thorax and brown abdomen and wasps
of a uniform brown color. These were scattered through the season,
with no concentration at any particular time. It should be noted
that on four occasions during the summer an egg had parasites of
mixed color types: September 13 — two golden, one black; Septem-
ber 16 — one golden, four black; September 18 — three golden, three
dark brown ; October 16 — ^one golden, six black.
In size our Tricho gramma varied from minute, 0.29 mm. in
length, to whopping big, 0.75 mm. It is reported by Clausen
(1940) that “in relative volume the smallest males were only one
twenty-fifth the size of the largest, and the smallest females one-
fortieth the size of the largest female.” The wasps which emerged
from many of the monarch eggs were equal in size; but in almost
the same number of cases there was great variation. It was not
unusual to see one wasp huge and burly, looking like a buffalo
among sheep. Microapterism, in which some males are tiny and
have only vestigial wings, was almost nonexistant. On August 14th
the only occurrence was observed. One wasp of six was an ex-
tremely small male and had no wings, even a number of hours
after the females had their wings groomed and of the proper
length,
A subject of constant interest throughout the season was how
many would come out of the egg. The monarch eggs produced
from one to 15 egg parasites each. Four to nine was the usual
number. Both the overall average and the median number was six.
Time and again came the familiar combination: one male and five
females. The next most frequent combination was one male to six
females, and third in favor was one male and four females. More
than half of the eggs produced only one male each. The males were
definitely in the minority. Now and then, however, an egg would
contain only males and in this way their total was augmented. The
largest number of wasps to emerge from a single egg was 15, all
males. At final count the females led by nearly three to one.
The arrhenotokous and thelyotokous races discussed by Mar-
chal (1936) aroused our curiosity as to whether these Tricho-
gramma also displayed such tendencies. There were 12 certain
cases in which all males came from a given egg. Seven additional
eggs had all males emerging, but there remained immature dried
pupae inside of the egg, so these should probably not be included.
It was interesting to speculate if the 12 cases did indeed constitute
116
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
parthenogenetic offspring. There were 14 definite instances in
which only females emerged from eggs.
Although some details of the home life of the wasps could be
seen with the unaided eye, Trichogramma behavior was brought
into better focus with 25 or 50 power magnification.
Soon after climbing from its pupal skin the adult wasp set to
work cutting a hole in the egg shell in order to emerge from the
dark confines of the monarch egg. Flanders (1930) observed that
“the parasite just before its emergence from the egg is positively
phototropic since it cuts an exit hole on the side exposed to the
strongest light.” It sometimes took as long as an hour for the
wasp to carve out with its mandibles a hole large enough to ac-
comodate its body. Occa.ionally a wasp would miscalculate with
the result that the abdomen could not go through. If not stuck, the
wasp would back down and excavate through another tough rib
of the egg. The usual pin-hole size of exit required one rib to be
cut through, and its neighboring valley on each side. However,
one large female had to make a hole by chewing through three
ribs and three valleys. For an hour she was to be seen down in
the hole, with antennae bobbing, a red eye staring out now and
then, and all the while actively enlarging the nearly circular
aperture.
Upon occasion a waiting wasp would become impatient with
the progress being made by another on the exit hole and would
start a hole of his own. In one monarch egg which had obviously
been peopled with independent thinkers there were three separate
exit holes. As a rule, however, all the wasps from one egg were
content to emerge through one hole.
After the first wasp came out, the other wasps in the egg nearly
always emerged within an hour. Once in a while there was a delay
of several hours between each exit, causing one to wonder if they
were drawing straws or trying to screw up courage to face the
world.
When the first wasps out from the egg were females, or only
females emerged, they walked off the egg apparently oblivious to
one another. They stood an inch or two away and groomed their
antennae and straightened their wings. The delicately patterned
wings did not appear to lengthen as do the wings of moths and
butterflies. The wings of Trichogramma were straightened out
manually and the process took from 15 to 45 minutes.
JULY, 1953] GILLOGLY — ^TRICHOGRAMMA MINUTUM
117
The wing spreading reminded one of rolling out tortillas to get
them thin and smooth on the edges. The body was supported by the
first two pairs of legs while the back feet stroked down the wings.
The wasp stroked both the ventral and dorsal surfaces of the
abdomen, which became less globular. Then the wing was stroked
again. The tarsi of one hind leg held firmly in the roll of the
wing and the other foot repeatedly pulled down with all its might
on the edge of the wing. Some wasps would manage to spread a
wing half way down, then would commence on the other little
wing pad. There was apparently no harm done if the wing-groom-
ing was not attended to immediately. The completed wing was a
thing of beauty. The irridescent colors ranged from pink on the
outer portions of the anterior wings, to peacock blue in the
central area, to golden near the wing vein, and bright silver near
the thorax.
When a male is the first to emerge from the egg, a different
type of behavior occurs. Take for an example a case on October
18th. At 8:30 a.m. two wasps are out, both are males, both remain
on the egg. One has his antennae in the exit hole. The other walks
over the egg, tapping all over with his bushy antennae, then re-
turns to the hole. He looks in at the operations going on — the hole
is being enlarged by a wasp inside. Out comes a head, but down
it goes again for the size does not yet satisfy the artisan. Both males
alertly watch the hole. An antenna appears from below; a wasp
outside puts his foot gently on the antenna which is stuck up in
the air, while the wasp inside goes to work cutting some more bits
from the egg shell. One male is standing very close to the hole now ;
he excitedly taps his foot on the egg, rubs antennae and seems to
converse with the fellow in the manhole. He steps closer, his front
feet straddling the hole. Out comes a wasp head — with female
antennae. The male backs up a little. The emerging wasp is having
trouble getting through the hole, she is waving her legs helplessly.
The male helps to lift her out, tugging vigorously first from the
back and then from the front while practically standing on his
two hind feet. The other male rushes up and both pull. How kind,
how considerate. But stay. The instant she is free of the egg the
males immediately copulate with her in turn. The female hurries
off the egg to a less congested spot and begins to unfurl her wings.
The males scout the egg again, returning constantly to the
exit hole. There appears to be no animosity between them as they
118
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
touch antennae over the hole — there is no fighting, no shoving.
Soon a fourth wasp is out, aided by the gallants at the door. It is
once more a female. And they initiate her into the ways of the world.
One of the male wasps retires to groom his wings, the other
resumes his tireless watching of the hole in the egg, only his agi-
tated antennae-tapping betraying his anxiety. The vigilance is
rewarded by yet another emergee. Forty minutes have now elapsed
since the male came out, yet he keeps up his watchman’s duty and
the floor-pacing even after all the wasps have emerged. Our two
small boys laugh themselves into hiccups at the antics of the little
watchman guarding the hole. Ten minutes later finds him on the
leaf belatedly pulling at his wing pads.
The above incident was not unique. Helping another wasp was
the common thing. On at least one occasion a male struggled for
over an hour to extricate a wasp stuck in a hole that was too small.
The female wasps did not often stay on the egg. No case was ob-
served in which a female helped another wasp from the egg. When
a male was about to emerge from an egg, the others who had come
out ahead of him were off attending to the cleaning of their an-
tennae or the straightening of their wings.
On a few occasions wasps were captured on the milkweed plants
before they had the wings suitable for flying. However, the wasps
were not entirely at the mercy of their enemies as they could walk,
run, and jump actively as soon as they came from the host egg.
In confinement the T richo gramma were fairly passive for the first
half hour after their emergence as they were intent on spreading
their wings. If they were disturbed they would dash about. If the
vial was turned so that the egg rolled over, the male on the egg
was not dislodged. Only violent jiggling of the vial caused him to
lose the egg, then he would roam around until he found the leaf
and would resume his place on the egg.
Once in a while a female emerged from the egg when no other
wasp was in sight. On a particular occasion as the female walked
from the egg her path crossed that of a very tiny male who just
happened to be going by at an opportune moment. There was im-
mediate pairing. More often the male would see a female coming
his way. He would approach slowly on wobbly, rubbery legs. With
a rolling gait he would saunter completely past her, and then in a
JULY, 1953] GILLOGLY TRICHOGRAMMA MINUTUM
119
flash they were paired. The male did not always have the swaying
gait; he could walk all right when he chose. The wasps showed
remarkable smoothness in their walking and running, appearing
to roll on wheels. There were few jerky movements. As they ran in
the vial they would meet one another and touch antennae briefly.
Pairing was still in evidence after the wasps had been out eleven
days. The wasps made long-distance flights in the three-inch vial.
In captivity the life span of the monarch parasite appeared to
be a maximum of 46 days from T richogramma egg, through larval,
pupal, and adult stage. In that case in late October six days were
accorded to the larval stage, eleven to the pupal stage, and 29
days to the adult stage. Only two wasps lived as long as 29 days,
one lived for 28 days, and several were active up to 26 days. The
more usual condition may be a life span of about a month with the
wasp spending three days as a larva, eight days as a pupa, and
18 days as an adult. These figures, however, represent rearings and
may not truly represent the life span of monarch’s T richogramma
in the field. May we add that we are not contemplating fitting the
wasps with identifying leg bands in order to find out!
In summary, it was found that in Sacramento, California, T ri-
chogramma minutum served as a natural check to the increase of
the monarch, Danaus menippe Hiibner. During the summer and
autumn of 1951 one out of three butterfly eggs was parasitized,
exclusively by Trichogramma. More eggs produced parasites than
yielded live caterpillars. Adding the 1338 live wasps which
emerged in captivity to the number which must have emerged in
the field before some of the eggs were found, gives a potential
1900 Trichogramma which would have been released in the
quarter-acre field during the monarch season. In September an
estimated 100% parasitization might have occurred had no eggs
been collected and thereby protected.
The monarch eggs were collected from May 31st until Novem-
ber 16th, while the parasites emerged from July 9th until November
27th. The greatest numbers of parasites ocurred in the last week
of August and the first two weeks of September. Tbe only evidence
of hibernation was when an egg contained pupae which lived over
December and January, dying in February before maturity was
reached. The immature wasps developed inside the egg host most
rapidly in the first half of August. There were some dead wasps
120
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
in one out of four parasitized eggs. As a seasonal average, one
wasp out of every six failed to successfully reach the adult stage.
The pupal stage was apparently most susceptible to mortality.
The adult wasps which did emerge varied in color from light
yellow to shining black, varied in size from 0.29 mm. to 0.75 mm.,
varied in number from one to 15 from one monarch egg, and varied
also in the combination of sexes. Males were in the minority, out-
numbered three to one. Three per cent of the eggs yielded all male
wasps, nearly an equal number yielded only females.
The average number of wasps from one egg was six. The most
frequent combination was one male and five females. Immediately
after the wasps emerged from the egg mating took place. Then
the wings were unfurled. The wasps in captivity lived two days
without food, and a maximum of 29 days when they had been
fed diluted honey. The complete life span from egg until the
end of adult life may average less than a month.
For the season as a whole the wasps with a golden thorax and
brown abdomen were twice as numerous as the black wasps which
predominated during the autumn months. Some fruitless attempts
were made to cross the golden wasps with the black forms, but more
experiments will need to be conducted before conclusions can be
drawn.
Sincere thanks are due to Dr. R. L. Doutt of the University of
California who determined the egg parasites as Trichogramma
minutum Riley.
References Cited
Clausen, C. P.
1940. Entomophagus Insects. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. pp.
106-117.
Flanders, S. E.
1930. Notes on Trichogramma minutum. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, vol.
6, no. 4:180-181.
Marchal, P.
1936. Les Tricho grammes. Annales des Epiphyties et de Phytogenetique.
Imprimerie Nationale, Paris, vol. 2, pt. 4. 104 pp.
JULY. 1953]
GRESSITT HISPINAE OF CHINA
121
SUPPLEMENT TO “THE HISPINE BEETLES OF CHINA”
(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae )
J. Linsley Gressitt*
The following records and descriptions are based on specimens
which were not at hand when the manuscript of “The Hispine
Beetles of China”^ rvas submitted for publication. The page ref-
ences following the names refer to the above work. Types indicated
as in the Lingman Natural History Museum are at present on loan
deposit in the California Academy of Sciences.
Tribe Callispini
Callispa angusta Gressitt, (p. 67).
0ns (Calif. Acad. Sci.), Ta-chu-lan, Shaoivu, NW. Fukien
Prov., SE. China, May 12, 1942, T. Maa.
Callispa donckieri Pic, (p. 70).
Two (Lingnan & C. A. S.), Ta-chu-lan, Shaowu, Fukien, April
15 and August 12, 1943, T. Maa.
Callispa ruficollis Fairmaire, (p. 72).
One (Mus. Comp. Zook), Ching-chen Shan, Szechuan Prov.,
W. China, July 1932, G. Liu.
Leptispa godwini Baly, (p. 75).
One (Lingnan), Ta-chu-lan, Shaowu, Fukien Prov., May 16,
1945, T. Maa.
Tribe Gonophorini
Neodownesia Gressitt, new genus
Elongate-fusiform ; head short, distinctly narrower than prothorax ; mouth-
parts situated close to antennal insertions; occiput swollen. Antennae short;
basal segments thickened distally; apical segments cylindrical; second to
tenth segments not very different in length; scape slightly larger; last longer.
* Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu. Havaii.
^Lingnan Science Journal, 23 (1-2) :53-142, 5 plates. December, 1950.
122
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
Generotype : N eodownesia rubra new species
Differs from Downesia in having the mouthparts situated close
to antennal insertions, instead of being separated from them by a
distinct frontal area, and in having the pronotum deeply sculp-
tured instead of smooth, and the elytra broadened in middle and
gradually narrowed posteriorly, instead of sub-parallel.
Neodownesia rubra Gressitt, new species
(Figure 1)
Dorsum bright red, pitchy black along suture from just behind scutellum
to top of posterior declivity; head pale red on swollen portions of occiput,
duller red to pitchy on remainder; antenna black; ventral surfaces of body
pitchy to castaneous, darkest on thoracic pleura and palest on median por-
tions of thoracic sterna, except for hind portion of metasternum; legs pitchy
castaneous, nearly black on tarsi and basal portions of femora.
Head much narower than prothorax, more or less rounded; mouthparts
separated from antennal insertions by an arcuate ridge ; vertex concave ;
occiput with a medially grooved strong transverse swelling between upper
eye-lobes and followed by a sub-transverse depression; swellings and postoc-
ciput finely punctured. Antenna reaching beyond humerus, moderately stout;
scape a little larger than second segment; third barely longer than second;
fourth barely as long as second; fifth equal to fourth; sixth to tenth each
about as long as fifth, but slightly stouter; last longest, tapering and some-
what blunt. Prothorax a little broader than long, dorsal outline convex
anteriorly and very slightly concave at each side ; dise sloping at sides, grossly
punctured, in part very closely so, but with 3 irregular longitudinal impunc-
tate strips on central area, a longitudinal impression on middle of each side,
and a small deeply punctured depression opposite scutellum. Scutellum
sniall, slightly longer than broad, narrowed and rounded apically. Elytra
long, 3 times as long as head and prothorax combined, slightly broader than
piothorax basally, gradually broadened to behind middle, then gradually
narrowed, and separately broadly rounded apically; somewhat evenly convex
in transverse outline; each with 3 fairly distinct costae, second and third
uniting some distance from apex, 2 rows of deep punctures each between
suture and first costa, between first and second, and between second and
third; between third costa and external margin there are 3 rows anteriorly
and 4 posteriorly. Ventral surfaces rather smooth and glossy; abdomen finely
and sparsely punctured; metepisternum, and side of metasternum each with
a row of close punctures. Length 6.5 mm. ; breadth 1.85.
Holotype (Lingnan Nat. Hist. Mus.), Ta-chu-lan, alt. 1,000
Diet., Shaowu, NW. Fukien Prov., SE. China, June 10, 1942, T.
Maa (Maa Tsing-chao) ; paratopotypes (Lingnan, C, A. S., and
Uhmann Collection), May 3, 1942.
Much rougher, and less flattened above, and more fusiform,
than species of the genus Downesia.
JULY, 1953 ]
GRESSITT — HTSPINAE OF CHINA
123
1 2
Fi{^. 1 — Neodownesia rubra Gressitt, n. gen., n. sp. Fig. 2 — Agonita sculp-
turata Gressitt, n. sp. Fig. 3 — Agonita picea Gressitt, n. sp.
124
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
Agonita picea Gressitt, new species
(Figure 3)
Pale pitchy red-brown above; largely pitchy brown to pitchy black be-
neath ; antennae and legs black ; head blackish above and reddish in front ;
scutellum pitchy.
Head almost as broad as prothorax, with eyes slightly prominent; occi-
put finely and sparsely punctured, with a short elliptical depression at
middle; vertex very slightly produced between antennal insertions; frons
somewhat arcuate, about 3 times as broad as long. Antenna barely over one-
half as long as body; distal segments more cylindrical, but hardly thicker,
than postbasal segments; scape thickest, flattened-cylindrical ; second to sixth
segments subequal; second a little thicker, and a little shorter, than third
segment; seventh to tenth each longer than sixth; last longest. Prothorax
slightly broader than long, somewhat margined at sides, widened at middle
of each side, slightly constricted near apex and base; disc convex, smooth in
center, irregularly, and in part heavily, punctured on remainder, deeply de-
pressed just behind middle of each side, and less deeply, and obliquely, so
on each side of middle near base. Scutellum narrowed posteriorly, parallel-
sided and subtruncate apically. Elytra nearly 3 times as long as head and
prothorax combined, broadest just before apices; each with 3 complete costae,
the third feeble except near apex, 2 rows of punctures between suture and
first costa, 3 rows between first and second costae, except basally where there
are 4 irregular rows, 2 rows anteriorly and 3 rows posteriorly between second
and third costae, and 3 rows anteriorly, 2 at middle, and 3 posteriorly, be-
tween third costa and external margin; external margin flattened, minutely
toothed posteriorly. Ventral surfaces sparsely, but distinctly, punctured.
Length, 5.4 mm. ; breadth, 1.8.
Holotype (Lingnan Nat. Hist. Mus.), Ta-chu-lan, Shaowu,
NW. Fukien Prov., SE. China, June 6—9, 1943, T. Maa; paratop-
olype (Calif. Acad. Sci.), same data.
Differs from A. laticeps Gressitt in having 3 rows of punctures
between first and second costae of each elytron, and 3 rows of
punctures between second and third costae. The generic name
Agonia was preoccupied, and has been renamed Agonita by Strand.
Agonita sculpturata Gressitt, new species
(Figure 2)
Ochraceous brown, in part pitchy. Head pale on labrum, frons and oc-
ciput, pitchy behind eyes; antennae black, pitchy basally; prothorax pale
ochraceous, pitchy across middle of disc, somewhat reddish at sides of disc
and pitchy black on lower sides ; scutellum pitchy. Elytra orange ochraceous,
paler on external margin and darker along suture ; ventral surfaces yellowish
testaceous on thoracic sterna, first abdominal sternite and parts of legs, red-
dish-ochraceous on last four abdominal sternites, pitchy on thoracic pleura,
tarsi, fore tibia, outer edges of fore and middle femora, and apices of middle
and hind tibiae.
Head narrower than prothorax; eyes moderately prominent; frons con-
vex, twice as broad as long; vertex with a short compressed projection be-
JULY, 1953]
GRESSITT — HISPINAE OF CHINA
125
tween antennal insertions; occiput smooth, nearly impunetate. Antenna about
one-half as long as body, moderately stout, gradually thickened in basal half ;
scape swollen cylindrical; second segment barely smaller than scape, slightly
swollen; third as long as seeond, more eylindrical and more slender; fourth
a little longer than third ; fifth longer than fourth ; sixth to tenth each shorter
and slightly stouter than fifth, subcylindrical, not mueh longer than broad ;
last longest, acute apically. Prothorax broader than long, distinctly margined
laterally, gradually widened from near base to beyond middle, then rounded
and constricted near apex; disc moderately convex on central portion, decli-
vitous posteriorly, grooved medially, with 3 partial rows of large punetures on
each side, then a strong longitudinal ridge separated by 2 or 3 rows of deep
punctures from lateral margin; apical constriction with a transverse row of
deep punctures; basal depression with some deep punctures. Scutellum nar-
row, subtruncate apically. Elytra much wider than prothorax, widened be-
hind humeri, then almost parallel-sided to near apices ; disc of each with
three costae, the first two sharp, the third obsolete except at base and apex,
with two puncture-rows between suture and first costa, two between first and
second costae, but with 3 or 4 rows basally, and 2 rows each between second
and third costae, and between third and external margin. Ventral surfaces
in part finely and not very closely punctured, swollen and impunetate on
most of metasternum and first abdominal sternite. Length 5 mm. ; breadth 2.
Holotype (Lingnan Nat. Hist. Mus.) Ta-chu-lan, alt. 1,000
met., Shaowu, NW. Fukien Prov., SE. China, June 6, 1943, T.
Maa; paratopotypes (Lingnan, C. A. S., Uhmann Collection) May-
June, 1943, Maa.
Paratypes : Pronotum sometimes largely pale, and suture very
slightly darkened. Length 4.5— 5.5 mm.; breadth 1.8— 2.1.
Differs from A.laticeps Gressitt in having the prothorax shorter,
not nearly as long as broad, grooved medially and with a strong
longitudinal ridge near each side of disc, and with the elytra pale
iiistead of black and nearly truncate apically.
Tribe HisPiNl
Hispellinus moestus (Baly), (p. 98).
One (Lingnan) Wingan, Fukien Prov., Aug. 31, 1940, T. Maa.
Dactylispa approximata Gressitt, (p. 111).
Some (Lingnan and C. A. S.) Ta-chu-ian, Shaowu, Fukien,
May and October, 1943, T. Maa.
Dactylispa chinensis Weise, (p. 115).
Some (Lingnan and C. A. S.) Suisapa, Lichuan, Hupeh Prov,,
July 1948, Djou and Gressitt; Shaowu, Fukien, April 1943, T.
Maa.
Dactylispa crassicuspis Gestro, (p. 116).
Some (Lingnan and C. A. S.) Suisapa, Lichuan, Hupeh, July
1948, Djou and Gressitt.
126
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
Dactylispa excisa repanda Weise, (p. 117).
Some (Lingnan and C. A. S.) Suisapa, Lichuan, Hupeh, July
1948, Djou and Gressitt.
Dactylispa platyacantha Gestro, (p. 126).
Some (C. A. S. and Lingnan) Shaowu, Fukien, April 30, 1942,
T Maa.
Dactylispa sinuispina Gressitt, (p. 129).
Some (C. A. S. and Lingnan) Shaowu, Fukien, May 1945, T.
Maa.
Dicladispa armigera similis (Uhmann), (p. 134).
Some (C. A. S. and Lingnan) Chungan, Fukien, at alt. of 1,500
meters, August 23, 1940, T. Maa.
Platypria fenestrata Pic, (p. 137).
Some (C. A. S. and Lingnan) Shaowu, Fukien, April 1942, T.
Maa.
Cassidispa bipuncticollis Chen
Cassidispa bipuncticollis Chen, 1941, Sinensia 12; 196^ (type in Mus. Hoang-
ho Pei-ho).
This species was unfortunately omitted from “The Hispine
Beetles of China.”
China: Shensi (Kiao-cheu^) .
Distribution: N. China.
Corrections to “The Hispine Beetles of China.”
(Lingnan Sci. Jour. 23 (1— 2) :53— 142, plates 4—8, 1950). Page 62, just be-
low middle:
Key to Chinese genera of Anisoderini [not Lasiochilini]
Page 83, end of key, below middle:
strandi [not rufodorsata'\.
AMERICAN MEGALODACNE (Erotylidae) . In K. Delkeskamp’s paper
"Die Erotyliden-Ausbeute des Herrn Dr. A. de Barros Machado aus Angola,
Revision von 2 Untergattungen und Verzeichnis der Erotyliden-Arten von
Angola” (1952. Pp. 55-89, figs. 1—14, in Publicagoes Culturais No. 14, Museo
do Dundo [Lisbon], there is a key to the African and American subgenera of
Megalodacne Crotch (p. 65), an illustrated treatment of the American species
of the subgenus Psephodacne Heller (pp. 67-71, 73—76), and a key to and
check list of the American species and subspecies of Megalodacne (pp.
71—73). One new subspecies is named. — H.B.L.
JULY, 1953]
ESSIG ISRAELAPHIS
127
A REMARKABLE NEW APHID EROM ISRAEL
( Homoptera)
E. O. Essig
University of California, Berkeley
On June 28, 1951, Dr. Jos. Carmin of the Independent Biologi-
cal Laboratories, Kafar-Madal, Ramatayim, Israel, sent me for
determination a large series of alcoholic specimens of aphids col-
lected in Israel. Among them was a single dried specimen, 3216,
Avhich differs from any species I have seen. Although the name of
the host plant was never ascertained the aphid is so unusual that
it will be possible to readily identify it if encountered again. I am
therefore placing it in a new genus and a new species.
Israelaphis Essig, new genus
Body slender, bearing 10 long fleshy imbricated tubercles; 4 on each of
segments VII and VIII and 2 larger ones on IX. Eyes compound with ocular
tubercles. Antennae long and slender with small circular secondary sensoria.
Fig. 1. Israelaphis carmini Essig, n. sp. Apterous female and important
characters including enlargement of the antenna, tip of the rostrum, a
cornicle, and cauda and anal plate. (Drawing by Frieda Abernathy.)
128
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 8
Rostrum short. Cornicles greatly enlarged in the middle and constricted
basally and anteriorly. Anal plate shalloAvly bi-lobed. Cauda elongate, con-
stricted near base.
Type species: Israelaphis carmini new species
Israelaphis carmini Essig, n. sp.
(Figure 1 )
Body slender; cleared specimen shows no pigmentation; surface rough
as in Cavariella; spiracles prominent. Length 1.93 mm. Antennae slender,
longer than body or 2.6 mm.; unguis 3 times the base; with many small
circular secondary sensoria distributed over segments III— V and the base of
VI. Rostrum extending just beyond 2nd coxae, apical segment very small.
Legs normal with many short hairs. Cornicles greatly enlarged in middle and
constricted basally and apically (on the slide one cornicle is not so inflated as
the other; the difference may have been caused in mounting). The posterior,
dorsal fleshy, pointed and imbricated tubercles are as illustrated (some
improvising was necessary in making the drawing) ; those on each of seg-
ments VII and VIII are 4 in number, while there are 2 larger ones on
segment IX which extend backwards beyond the cauda. Anal plate bilobed,
cauda elongated with wide base and constriction basad of the middle; both
with few hairs.
Holotype. The single apterous individual mounted on a slide
has been designated as the type; it is from Wadi Mussara, Petah
Tikvali, Israel, March 9, 1931. The specimen was collected by
sweeping various plants with a collecting net.
This unique species has been named for the donor, Dr. Jos.
Carmin. The type is in the author’s collection.
THE WHITE CLOVER FLOWER MIDGE AS
DIFFERENTIATED FROM THE RED
CLOVER FLOWER MIDGE
(Diptera: Itonididae)
A. Earl Pritchard
U niversity of California, Berkeley
There are many areas in both Europe and North America where
numbers of pink maggots are found commonly in the flowers of
red clover. The larvae feed on the ovules, and they are responsible
for a substantial loss in the production of red clover seed.
Midge larvae are also known to feed on the ovaries of white
clover, and they have been regarded as representing the same
species that attacks red clover.
However, Margot Metcalfe (1933) found that the red clover
flower midge bred in all of the varieties of red clover in her ex-
perimental plots in England, but none of the interspersed plots of
white varieties served as hosts. Moreover, L. G. Gentner (personal
JULY, 1953]
PRITCHARD CLOVER MIDGE
129
communication ) , working with a Ladino clover flower midge in
Oregon, observed that none of the volunteer red clover plants were
attacked in the presence of infested Ladino clover.
Because of these discrepancies, a taxonomic study of the clover
flower midges was undertaken. Adults of midges reared from red
clover were found to be morphologically distinct from adults
reared from Ladino clover, and they are here regarded as repre-
senting two different species.
Specimens in the E. P. Felt collection that were reared from red
and white clover were examined by courtesy of D. L. Collins of
the New York State Museum. Alan Stone and E. A. Chapin kindly
loaned for study all of the clover midge material in the U. S.
National Museum.
L. G. Centner submitted the specimens that were reared by
G. W. Bishop from clover in Oregon, E. C. Klostermeyer furnished
specimens from clover in the State of Washington, and H. F.
Barnes supplied midges reared from clover in England.
Dasineura leguminicola (Lintner)^
Red Clover Flower Midge
Cecidomyia trifolii Lintner, 1879 (not Loew, 1874), Canad. Ent., 11:44. De-
scribed from larvae taken from flowers of red clover in New York.
Primary homonym.
Cecidomyia leguminicola Lintner, 1879, Canad. Ent., 11:121. New name for
C. trifolii Lintner (not Loew).
Dasyneura leguminicola, Aldrich, 1905, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 46:155; Felt,
1911, Jour. Econ. Ent., 4:473: Felt, 1915, Bull. N. Y. State Mus., 589:-
172; Metcalfe, 1933, Ann. Appl. Biol., 20:187.
Dasyneura ?leguminicola, 1933, Felt, 1908, Bull. N. Y. State Mus., 124:349,
350.
Cecidomyia flosculorum Kiefter, 1890, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 40:200. De-
scribed from specimens reared from florets of Trifolium medium, in
Germany. New synonymy.
Perrisia flosculoru :', Kieffer, 1913, Gen. Insect., 152:76.
Dasyneura flosculorum, Metcalfe, 1933, Ann. Appl. Biol., 20:186; Barnes,
1946, Gall Midges Econ. Imp., 2:35.
The most distinctive characteristic of Dasineura leguminicola
is the morphological structure of the male genitalia. The proximal
roots of the basiforceps end separately in a broad, well developed
but lightly sclerotized apodeme of the phallic structures. The tenth
1 Rondani consistently used the spelling Dasineura, and the original spelling
is retained in this article. Most subsequent workers have accepted the amenda-
tion Dasyneura. However, the action of the International Commission of
Zoological Nomenclature in the case of Flebotomus Rondani vs. the emendation
Phlebotomus suggests that emendations of this type should be submitted to the
Commission for approval. The entire question of emendations is to be re-
considered at the forthcoming meetings in Copenhagen.
130
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
sternite (ventral plate) is deeply emarginate, the distal one-half
being divided (fig. 1) in some specimens, but it is more shallowly
emarginate in others.
Wehrle (1924), in a study of the variation of the number of
antennal segments among individuals of the red clover flower
midge reared in New York, found that the normal flagellum of
both sexes varied from 13 to 15 segments, the most common num-
ber being 14.
Even when amalgamation forming unusually long flagellar seg-
ments is found, the articulation being lost, or else where the distal
segment may appear to be subdivided, there is often a question as
to what segments are to be counted as integral units.
Dasineura flosculorum Kieffer is here regarded as a synonym
of D. leguminicola. Kieffer apparently regarded his species to be
distinct because the affected florets of Zigzag clover were abnormal
on close inspection. His description of infested florets, however,
agrees with descriptions of close examinations of similarly in-
fested red clover florets in North America. Both Metcalfe (1933)
and Barnes (1946) have regarded D. flosculorum to be almost
certainly identical with D. leguminicola, and it appears best to
suppress the name.
Metcalfe (1933) crossed North America midges from red
clover with English specimens from red clover to prove that the
two represented the same species.
Fig. 1. Dasineura leguminicola (Linlner), nutle genitalia. Fig. 2. D.
gentneri, n. sp.
JULY, 1953]
PRITCHARD — CLOVER MIDGE
131
Dasineura gentneri Pritchard, new species
White Clover Flower Midge
Adults of Dasineura gentneri closely resemble those of D. legu-
minicola, but the roots of the male basiforceps unite to form a
strong, slender apodeme associated with a narrow, weakly devel-
oped sclerotization of the phallic structures. The tenth sternite
(ventral plate) of the male genitalia is emarginate only on the
distal one-fourth or one-fifth.
Male — Palpus with four segments, the first globular, the others succes-
sively increasing in length. Antenna with 2 -[-14 segments (the thirteenth
segment without a distal stem on one flagellum and the thirteenth and four-
teenth segments amalgamated on the other) ; flagellum with distal stem of
fourth segment about equal in length to node, the stems shorter on more
proximal segments and somewhat longer on more distal segments. Wings
hyaline, clothed with narrow, curved macrochaetae; R.^ reaching costa well
before tip of wing. Legs clothed with lanceolate setae; tarsal claw with
well-developed proximal tooth. Hypopygium (fig. 2) with tenth tergite
(dorsal plate) bifid to form two triangular lobes attaining about three-fourths
the length of the basielaspers; tenth sternite (ventral plate) somewhat
shorter than tenth tergite, broadly emarginate on about distal one-fifth;
claspettes (the proximoventral, caudally directed projection of each basi-
forceps) nearly reaching end of basiforceps, rather slender distally and each
terminating in two lobes bearing a single sensory seta on each lobe. Basi-
forceps eaeh with the proximal root uniting with roots of phallic structure
to form a slender, strongly sclerotized apodeme, bordered by a narrow, ir-
regular, and thinner sclerotization. Length of wing, 0.85 mm.
Female — Similar to male except flagellar segments sessile, the fourth
segment about twice as long as broad proximally. Ovipositor with ventral
lobes very small, about one-sixth as long as lamellae. Length of wing, 1.5 mm.
Holotype — Male, Talent, Oregon, September 27, 1951 (G. W.
Bishop ) , reared from Ladino clover flower ; in the Pritchard col-
lection. Paratypes — Five cf, 10 $, Central Point, Oregon, October
24, 1952, (G. W. Bishop) reared from Ladino clover; 2 cT, 5 P,
Grant’s Pass, Oregon, October 25, 1951 (G. W. Bishop), reared
from Ladino clover; 1 cf , 15 $, Madras, Jefferson County, Oregon,
September 4—5, 1952 (G. W. Bishop), reared from Ladino or
alsike clover; 3 cT, 10 Talent, Oregon (G. W. Bishop), reared
from Ladino clover; 3 cf, Grandview, Washington, July 2, 1952
(E. C. Klostermeyer) , Ladino clover. One d’, Albany, New York,
July 3, 1906, white clover, (determined by Felt as D. leguminicolaj
was also examined.
132
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
The number of flagellar segments in the males studied varies
from 12 to 14 segments, but most have 13 segments. The number
of flagellar segments in the females examined varies from 11 to 13
segments, with most having 12 segments. It, therefore, appears
that the number of flagellar segments in Dasineura gentneri tends
to be less than in the closely related D. leguminicola.
The tenth sternite of the male genitalia appears to vary in hav-
ing the distal emargination from about one-fifth to one-fourth its
length.
This midge is named in honor of L. G. Centner, because of his
keen insight as to the possibility of it representing a misdetermined
species.
The only possible record of this species in Europe is that by
Metcalfe (1933). She found midge larvae in the florets of wild
white clover, but was unable to rear the adults. It is noted that in
her other studies she was unable to find any larvae of the red
clover flower midge on white clover; and, therefore, it is possible
that Dasineura gentneri occurs also in England.
Biological studies of Dasineura gentneri have been made by
G. W. Bishop. His observations, to be published soon, indicate
that the biology of this species differs considerably from that of
D. leguminicola.
Literature Cited
Barnes, H. F.
1946. Gall midges of economic importance, 2:1—160. Crosby Lockwood
and Son Ltd., London.
Creel, C. W. and L. P. Rockwood
1918. Controlling the clover-flower midge in the Pacific Northwest.
U.S.D.A. Farmers’ Bull. 971:1—12.
Felt, Ephraim Porter
1915. A study of gall midges 11. Appendix to 29th report of the state
entomologist 1913. Bull N. Y. State Mus., 175:79-246.
Lintner, J. a.
1879. The clover-seed fly — a new insect pest. Canad. Ent., 11:44.
1879. On Cecidomyia leguminicola n. sp'. Canad. Ent., 11:121—124.
Metcalfe, Margot E.
1933. Dasyneura leguminicola (Lint.) the clover seed midge. Ann.
Appl. Biol., 20:185-204.
Wehrle, Lawrence Paul
1924. A study of the segmentation of the antennae of the clover-flower
midge (Dasyneura leguminicola, Lintner). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.,
17:416-418.
1929 The clover-flower midge (Dasyneura leguminicola, Lintner). Bull.
Cornell Agric. Expt. Sta., 481:1—35.
JULY, 1953]
MIDDLEKAUFF — SAWFLY
133
A NEW SPECIES OF WEB-SPINMNG SAWFLY
FEEDING UPON PINES
( Hymenoptera, Pamphiliidae)
Woodrow W. Middlekauff
U niversity of California, Berkeley
The following description of a new species of pine feeding saw-
fl)^ in the genus Cephalcia is given in advance of a larger revision-
ary work at the request of Mr. R. Lambert of the Canadian National
Collection. This will make the name available and permit subsequent
publication of a thesis on the bionomics of several Pamphiliidae
by a Canadian student.
I wish to thank the following institutions for loan of material.
Canadian National Collection, [CNC] ; Museum of Comparative
Zoology, [MCZ] ; and United States National Museum, [USNM] .
Specimens will be returned to the designated museums.
Cephalcia niarginata, Middlekauff, new species
Female: Length from collar to tip of abdomen, 10 mm.; length of wing,
11 mm. Color almost entirely black with the following exceptions: apical
third of mandibles, ferrugineous; spot on face between eye and antenna, a
narrow band on postgena extending around posterior margin of head to
vertical furrows with a short spur angling forward on postocular area, a spot
on collar, the tegula, the lateral margins of abdominal segments, and a narrow
line on apical margin of abdominal sternites 3—6, ivory yellow.
Wings hyaline at base, apical third lightly infuscated from base of stigma
to apex. Antenna long, slender, with twenty-four segments; segments four and
hve together nearly as long as third. Head heavily and evenly rugose except
for small impunctate ai'ea between eye and antenna. A distinct furrow on
gena extending from near base of mandibles. Anterior and median portion of
prescutum, median and lateral portions of scutum, basisternum and lower
portion of episternum impunctate, shining.
Male: Length of body 10 rnm., wing 10 mm. Color mostly black with the
following exceptions: mandibles mostly yellowish red with cutting edges dark,
reddish brown. Legs, except coxae and most of trochanters, yellow ocher.
A spot on face between eye and antenna; a narrow band on posterior margin
of head in postocular area; tegula and lateral angles of abdominal segments,
ivory yellow. Wrings hyaline.
Structure similar to female except for sexual differences.
Holotype: Female; Berthierville, Quebec, Canada, June 9,
1940 (L. Daviault) ; reared on Pinus resinosa Ait. [CNC].
Allotype: Male; Berthierville, Quebec, Canada, May 31, 1940
(L. Daviault) ; reared on Pinus r esino s:a A\l. [CNC].
Paratypes: 17 males; 12 females. Quebec, Berthierville, 2$,
June 5, 1940; 2$, June 9, 1940; Id', May 29, 1940; 3d, May 31,
1940; 3d', June 1, 1940; 4d, June 2, 1940; 3d, June 3, 1940;
134
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
Icf, June 5, 1940 (all reared by L. Daviault on Pinus resinosa
Ait.). Laniel, I 9 , June 17, 1940 (C. E. Atwood) ; on Pinus resinosa
Ait., [CNC]. Covey Hill, 1$, June 28, 1924 (T. Armstrong)
[CNC]. Hemmingford, 1$, June 7, 1924 (A. D. Baker) [CNC].
Massachusetts, 1?, June, 1889, (J. G. Jack), about P. bank-
siana Lamb. [MCZ] .
New York, Karner, 1^, July 13; 1$, July 19, 1901 (N.Y.S.).
Bear Mt., Id', June 12, 1924 (Schott). [USNM]. Pennsylvania,
Charter Oak, 2$, June 22, 1920 (J. K. Knull) . [USNM] . Virginia,
1 c7 , no additional data, [USNM] .
This species is recognized by the distinctive markings enumer-
ated above, especially those on the face and abdomen of both sexes
and the reddish-yellow legs of the males.
Several of the paratype males show a small light spot in center
of clypeus.
The female paratypes vary in body size from 9 to 12 mm., and
in wing length from 10 to 12 mm.; the males vary in body length
from 9 to 11 mm., and in wing length from 9 to 10 mm.
COLPODES BUCHANANl IN OREGON
Borys Malkin and Melville H. Hatch
University of Washington, Seattle, IF ash.
While one of us was at the Museum of Comparative Zoology in
July 1952, Dr. P. J. Darlington pointed out that the Agonum (An-
chomenus) sargentorum described by us (1952 Pan-Pacific Ent.,
28 (2) : 107—108) from a single male taken at Eugene, Ore., in
1941 is a synonym of Colpodes buchanani Hope. Dr. Darlington
had a single specimen taken at Portland, Ore. in 1931 by Joe Schuh.
Colpodes buchanani is indigenous to southeastern Asia, being
recorded from Bengal, Nepal, Ceylon, Sumatra, Java, Luzon, and
Japan. The two Oregon records, separated as they are by a ten year
interval, suggest that the species is established in this country.
Colpodes is distinguished from Agonum by the more or less
strongly bilobed penultimate tarsal segments, a character that is
especially well developed in buchanani. Moreover, among our
Northwestern species of Agonum with distinct pronotal hind angles
buchanani is distinguished by its rufous color and the elytra which
are bright shining viridescent except for the extreme margins.
JULY, 1953]
STARK^ — SPERMATHECAE
135
AN UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE OE THREE SPERMATHECAE
IN A SPECIMEN OE HYSTRICHOPSYLIA DIPPIEI
(Siphonaptera)
Harold E. Stark
Plague Investigation Section, Public Health Service
15th Ave. and Lake St., San Francisco 18, California
In the last few years there have been several articles on anom-
alies in Siphonaptera involving duplication of spermathecae. These
previous articles dealt with fleas normally having on spermatheca,
while this article reports duplication in a flea normally having two
spermathecae and belonging to a very primitive genus. Holland
(1934) wrote an article entitled, “A remarkable instance of reten-
tion of a double spermatheca in a Dolichopsyllid flea, Opisocrostis
bruneri Baker.” (The Canadian Entomologist, 75 : 175—176) . This
is the only reference to this condition observed in North American
fleas. F. G. A. M. Smit reviewed previous literature and suggezted
some viewpoints regarding this condition in female fleas and il-
lustrated a female Nosopsyllus fasciatus (Bose) having paired
spermathecae (Monstrosities in Siphonaptera, Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie, 90; 35—42, 1947 [1949]. Smit (1949) published a
second article (Monstrosities in Siphonaptera H, Entomologische
Berichten 72; 436-437) .
Early in 1949 a specimen of Hystrichopsylla dippiei Rothschild
with three spermathecae was observed among fleas routinely being
mounted at the San Francisco Field Station. All three sperm-
athecae are about the same size. Two are placed together between
the lateral parts of the VH sternum and are apparently paired. The
third spermatheca is placed farther posteriorly between the VI 1 1
tergum and sternum and IX segment. The head is about 1/15
shorter than the other two. This difference in size is so slight that
it may be observed only by measurement. The spermathecae are
slightly smaller than those of similar specimens of H. dippiei found
in the San Francisco Bay region. It may be possible that all three
spermathecae are functional since ducts may be seen entering them.
Unfortunately, the bleaching action of NaOH treatment has made it
impossible to trace these ducts to the bursa copulatrix which is
barely discernible. A careful dissection of this flea before bleaching
might have answered some of the following questions better than
136
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
do the illustrations of sclerotized plates presented in the drawing
<fig- 1).
This species of Hystrichopsylla was collected at Paradise Cove,
Marin County, California, April 11, 1946 by E. L. Kessel. Host:
Scapanus sp.
It is generally considered that fleas possessing two spermathecae
are more primitive than those with a single spermatheca, and
Hystrichopsylla is probably one of the most primitive genera of
fleas. In 1921, Jordan (A link between the double and single re-
ceptacula seminis of Siphonaptera. Ectoparasites, 1: 127.) ob-
served a species of flea normally having one spermatheca smaller
than the other, suggesting an intermediate stage between the paired
and single condition. It appears to me that this article suggests that
the ancestral forms of present-day fleas having a single spermatheca
formerly had paired spermathecae and lost one through the course
of evolution.
Fii.'. 1. Hystrichopsylla gigas dippiei Roths., with thi-ee spermathecae.
JULY, 1953]
STARK SPERMATHECAE
137
To explain the presence of a third spermatheca is not possible
from evidence deduced from the morphology of an otherwise nor-
mal HystrichopsyUa specimen. One supposition might be that an-
cestral fleas once had four spermathecae and this flea exhibits three
as is normally found in the Tabanidae (Diptera), the third sperma-
theca being all that remains of the second pair. From a genetic
point of view, any explanation of the processes that have caused
this condition from the evidence derived from this flea and other
single mounted specimens showing similar anomalous conditions is
not only useless but quite pointless. The evidence necessary for an
explanation as to the origin would have to come from genetic
analysis, progeny tests, etc. Certain limited suppositions may be
deduced on a morphological basis.
In his second article on monstrosities of Siphonaptera (opxit.)
Smit describes a female Xenopsjlla cheopis with paired spermath-
ecae and paired bursae copulatrices. He concludes that this is not
atavism but merely a duplication of organs, and that this lends un-
certainty to the theory that the ductus obturatorius is a remnant
of the ductus seminalis of the ancestral second spermatheca. There-
fore another supposition regarding this specimen of Hystrichop-
sylla would hold that anomalous duplication has occurred, such as
six toes in some mammals (five being normal since descendency
from early amphibians) . To explain the manner of this duplication,
causing a third spermatheca, would be a hazardous guess, and
answers to these other questions are beyond the scope of this paper.
It is hoped that this short description, with illustrative drawing,
will serve as a small steppingstone in the final analysis of this un-
usual condition among fleas and other insects.
SYSTEMATIC STUDIES IN PLECOPTERA. By William E. Ricker, Indiana
University Publications, Science Series No. 18. Pp. 1—200, 154 text figs.
The Indiana Univ. Press, Bloomington, 1952. Price $3.50.
This work is divided into three parts: I. The genus Nemoura in North
America (pp. 10—61); IT The family Perlodidae (pp. 62-145); and III.
Miscellaneous descriptions and revisions. There is also a bibliography and
an index. Dr. Ricker was able to study the late Dr. T. H. Prison’s collection
and notes; in addition he borrowed material from museums and private
individuals both here and abroad. His paper contains many keys, including
some to mature nymphs ; 1 new genus, 30 new subgenera, 32 new species,
1 new specific name, and many new synonymies are proposed. — H.B.L.
138
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
A NEW SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES OF AMBRYSUS
FROM GUATEMALA
(Hemiptera: Naucoridae)
Ira La Rivers
University of Nevada, Reno
The following descriptions are based upon material submitted
for examination by Dr. H. B. Hungerford, and are offered at
this time so they will be available for a forthcoming report on
Cuatemalan aquatic Hemiptera.
Ambrysus hungerfordi spicatus La Rivers, subspecies novum
General appearance : small, rotund for the genus; size 7—8 mm.
long, 5—6 mm. wide. Dorsum bicolored, lighter anteriorly, darker
posteriorly, glistening but not polished. Venter strongly contrast-
ingly colored with blackish-browns and yellows.
Head: Ground-color light yellow, shiny, impunctate or essentially so; two
prominent, median, longitudinal hrown lines beginning in anterior quarter of
head and becoming increasingly wide posteriorly, fusing there with a con-
spicuous bilobed brownish spot. Front widely but smoothly protuberant
between eyes. Viewed from behind, eyes insignificantly protuberant above
head surface. Head shallowly set into anterior pronotal border.
Pronotum: Shiny, but not polished, roughly and shallowly punctate;
ground-color light yellowish-brown, with varied darker mottling: edges smooth,
unserrate, conspicuously set with long, but not dense, yellowish flying hairs;
per cent of lateral pronotal curvature is 15% (85:: 13) ; postero-lateral angles
usually present, but not conspicuous, and approximately at widest point of
pronotum.
Hemelytra: Basically dark, weakly variegate blackish and brownish,
lighter along embolium; densely, shallowly and roughly punctate, each
puncture seating a white spot; embolium tending to be somewhat short and
wide for the genus (length is 36 per cent of width, 30:83), but definitely not
inflated, light yellow on anterior two-thirds, dark on posterior one-third,
edged with sparse, yellow hairs. Hemelytra moderately exposing lateral con-
nexival edges, postero-lateral connexival angles moderately spined; eonnexival
edges densely, yellowishly pilose; hemelytra just attaining abdominal tip.
Venter: Yellowish-brown, abdomen densely furred with yellowish, short,
hydrofuge pelt; eonnexival postero-lateral angles sharply, rather finely
spinose, the spination quite evident on all segments except I; all connexival
edges except I-H are strongly and markedly dentate or serrate, and the
posterior half of H may show incipient serration. Female subgenital plate
smoothly and moderately concave at the tip, lateral angles blunt, rounded.
Male genital process short, rather spinose, straight, leaning outwardly. Female
abdominal segment V with greatly enlarged secondary connexival spinose
angle, which is the chief distinguishing feature of the subspecies.
Legs: Prolegs — coxa and trochanter well developed, femora greatly in-
crassate ; smooth, shiny, yellow ; combined tibia-tarsus, when closed, attaining
JULY, 1953]
LA RIVERS NEW AMBRYSUS
139
adjacent (proximal) end of femur. Mesolegs — smooth, shiny, yellow, narrow;
femur flattened, tibia square, reddish spination developed along the “corners” ;
distal end ventrally with one complete, prominent, transverse row of spines
set in a solid row across extreme tip instead of the usual two rows (in this
case, the second row is reduced to 2-3 spines on each side, leaving the mid-
section bare) ; tarsus obscurely 3-segmented, first segment short, incon-
spicuous, segments II-III long, narrow, terminating in two weakly curved
c’awe. Metalegs — larger replicas of the mesolegs.
Type locality: — Guatemala, Rio de Paz of San Diego, Pan-
American Highway, 15 (iv) 47, R. R. Miller (Univ. Kansas
collection) .
Location of types: — Holotype, male, and allotype in collection
of the Snow Museum of the University of Kansas at Lawrence. One
paratype each in the collections of the U. S. National Museum and
the University of Michigan.
Material examined: — Guatemala, Cuilapa, 10 km, SW of,
21(iv)46, R. R. Miller, paratype (USNM) ; Mexico, Chiapas
(Ixtapa), 27(iv)41, I. J. Caritrall, paratype (UM).
With a desire to keep the key to Mexican ambrysi (in press)
up to date, the following couplet is offered as a means of including
A. h. spicatus in that key:
9 (8). Secondary postero-lateral connexival angle of abdominal
sternite V greatly enlarged caudally, the primary angle
reduced to a smooth, broad curve (see illustration).
hungerfordi spicatus
Secondary postero-lateral connexival angle of abdominal
sternite V reduced to a smooth curve, the primary angle
dominant, and sharp-pointed . (remainder of hungerfordi coinplex)
The typical subspecies, A. h. hungerfordi Usinger, 1946, is
known from northern to southern Mexico; further collecting may
possibly extend its range into extreme southwestern United States,
andA.h. spicatus appears to be the southernmost known segment of
the species. The pudicus group of Ambry sus, to which A. hunger-
fordi belongs, is a distinctive, variable section of the genus ob-
viously Mexican in origin. Although A. pudicus has been previously
reported in error from the United States, a recently discovered
bona fide member of the group extends its range northward into
southern Nevada (in press), which very probably conctitutes the
true northern limits of the group.
140
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
Ambrysus dyticus La Rivers, species novum
General appearance: a mottled species of medium size for the
genus; size 9.5—11.0 mm. long, 6.75—7.5 mm. wide. Dorsum, while
variegated brown and yellow, is lighter anteriorly, darker poster-
iorly; shiny but slightly shagreened. Venter rich yellow except
along lighter lateral borders, which darken a bit anteriorly.
Head: Ground-color whitish-yellow to deep yellow with a variable devel-
opment of darker brownish spotting and streaking, taking the form of two
median series of dots, developing into two basal spots caudally. Surface shiny,
smooth, minutely punctulate. When oriented so that dorsal plane is perpen-
dicular to line-of-vision (i.e., the greatest amount of dorsum exposed to view)
front of head is seen to be slightly and truncately protuberant before eyes.
Eyes greyish, outer and inner margins only slightly curved, posterior margin
strongly curved: eyes essentially flush with the head surface. Head broadly
and rather shallowly seated in anterior pronotal border. Labrum same color
as head front.
Pronotum : Shiny, smooth, minutely punctulate, incipient transverse
ragulosities developing centrally behind region of deepest head penetration.
Ground-color whitish-yellow, with a variable development of brownish
mottling and dotting on disc. Broad, whitish, posterior pronotal border con-
spicuously separated by a transverse line (interrupted in the middle) from
the varicolored disc. Lateral edges smooth, non-serrate, without any pilosity;
when head is firmly seated into anterioi pronotal border, outer edge of
pronotum and eye form essentially a smooth contour, i.e., the emargination
caused by the juncture being non-existent or insignificant. Per cent of
pronotal lateral curvature is 15% (40: :6). Pcstero-lateral angles quasi-
distinct, well rounded.
Hem elytra: The most contrastingly mottled portion of the dorsum, heavy
brown-and-yellow variegation, the brown areas conspicuously white-punctate:
when best developed, the pattern of light areas consists of a large, light area
on embolium, a generally slightly darker, irregular spot at postero-internal
embolar angle, a light border along anterior two-thirds of corium-membrane
juncture, wider posteriorly and giving rise to a forward-projecting branch
medially; a wide, vague light area adjacent to outer hemelytral border; clavus
light along sutures, and medially. Surface shiny but not polished, shagreened.
Embolium moderately stout for the genus (width is 33 per cent of length,
15:45), smooth, non-pilose laterally; anterior two-thirds to three-fourths
yellowish, posterior part dark brown. Hemelytra strongly exposing lateral
connexival margins, which are yellowish, with dark spots at connexival junc-
tures. Postero-lateral connexival angles weak-angulate, non-spinose. Hem-
elytra just, or not quite, attaining abdominal tip.
Venter: Generally very light yellow, covered with pale hydrofuge pelt;
embolar venter paler externally; postero-lateral connexival angles variably
developed, anteriorly to posteriorly, nearly right-angled on segments I-H,
gradually developing a somewhat caudally-slanted aspect to the angles on
JULY, 1953]
LA RIVERS YEW AMBRYSUS
141
segments lil-V, each angle, from I to V, protruding progressively more later-
ally; margins of segments I-II absolutely smooth, of segments III-V minutely
irregular. Female subgenital plate quadrisinuate across the broad tip, this
sinuosity varying from a nearly level line to one in which the lateral sinuosi-
ties become weak-angulate and may extend caudally farther than the median
2
Fig. A. Region of postero-lateral connexival angle on left side of abdomi-
nal sternite V, of Ambrysus hungerfordi hungerfordi Usinger, ventral view.
(1) Primary postero-lateral connexival angle. (2) Secondary postero-lateral
connexival angle.
Fig. B. Region of postero-lateral connexival angle on left side of abdomi-
nal sternite V. of Ambrysus hungerfordi spicatus n. subsp., ventral view.
(1) Primary postero-lateral connexival angle. (2) Secondary postero-lateral
connexival angle.
Fig. C. Accessory genitalic structures of Ambrysus hungerfordi spicatus:
(1) outline of tip of female subgenital plate; (2) outline of male genital
process.
Figs. D-G. Showing four variations of the female subgenital plate and
the male genital process of Ambrysus dyticus n. sp.
142
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
sinuosities, -which are always low and rounded. Male genital process similarly
variable in shape, well developed, from club- to boot-shaped (see illustration).
Legs: Prolegs — whitish yellow, smooth, shiny, coxa and trochanter well
developed, femur typically incrassate, combined tibia-tarsus narrow, when
closed against femur just attaining adjacent (proximal) end of femur.
Tarsus one segmented. Mesolegs — whitish-yellow, smooth, shiny, femur flat-
tened, tibia somewhat square, each corner bearing variable red-.spination ;
tibia with distal end ventrally with two prominent, transverse rows of spines,
the terminal row set solidly across tibial apex, the secondary or proximal
row incomplete on outer or anterior edge, slightly more than half of the
length of terminal row. Tarsus smooth, long, narrow, same color as tibia,
obscurely three-segmented, the first segment inconspicuous, the others long,
terminating in two slender, moderately curved claws. Metalegs — larger
replicas of the mesolegs.
Type locality: Guatemala, Lake Ayerza, ll(v)47, R. R. Miller
(UK).
Location of types: Holotype male, allotype and several para-
types in the collection of the Snow Museum, University of Kansas,
Lawrence; one paratype in the collection of the University of
Michigan.
Material examined: Guatemala, Cuilapa, 10 km, SW of,
21(iv)46, R. R. Miller, paratype (UM) .
Ambrysus dyticus seems to be a southern development of the
signoreti group of the genus, most closely related in accessory gen-
italic structures to the recently described Ambrysus occidentalis La
Rivers, 1951, from extreme southwestern United States, differing
from the latter chiefly in smaller size and much reduced connexival
spination. In actuality, the two species are probably not particularly
close within the group, since, despite the gross similarity of female
subgenital plates and male genital processes, there is some differ-
ence in body proportions and convexity.
References
La Rivers, Ira
1951. A revision of the genus Ambrysus in the United States. (Hemip-
tera: Naucoridae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entom., 8 (7): 277-338, illus.
1953. New gelastocorid and naucorid records and miscellaneous notes,
with a description of the new species Ambrysus amargosus (Hemip-
tera: Naucoridae). Wasmann Jour. Biol. 11 (1) : 83-96, 1 text fig.
[In press.] The Ambrysus of Mexico (Hemiptera: Naucoridae). Univ.
Kansas Sci. Bull.
UsiNGER, Robert L.
1946. Notes and descriptions of Ambrysus Stal with an account of the
life history of Ambrysus mormon Montd. (Hemiptera, Nau-
coridae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 31 (1) : 185-210, inch pi. X.
JULY, 1953]
RYCKMAN INFECTED TRIATO^^IA
143
TRIATOMA RUBIDA SONORIANA INFECTED WITH
TRYPANOSOMA CRUZI IN SONORA, MEXICO’
Raymond E. Ryckaian
Department of Entomology, School of Tropical and Preventive Medicine,
Loma Linda, California
Triatominae have been reported infected with Trypanosoma
cruzi Chagas from seven states in northern Mexico. Mazzotti
(1940) reported the following species infected; Dipetalogaster
maximus (Uhler) at La Paz, Baja California; Triatoma ruhida
(Uhler) at Imala, Mocorito, Novolato, and Culiacan in the state
of Sinaloa. Pequeho (1947) reported Triatoma gerstaeckeri (Stal)
infected in the states of Nuevo Leon, Tamaulipas and Coahuila;
infected Triatoma were also reported from Durango and Chihua-
hua by the same author,
A search of the literature and correspondence with workers in
Mexico and the United States indicated that infected Triatominae
have not previously been reported from the state of Sonora, Mexico,
Bernard Gerard collected two nymphs (5th instar) of T. ruhida
sonoriana (Del Ponte) 5 miles north of Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico
on February 15, 1951. Fecal droppings from both specimens
were microscopically examined and found to contain flagellates.
Intestinal contents of the male bug were subcutaneously in-
jected into four white rats when the latter were eight days of age.
At a subsequent passage of the trypanosomes, six species of bugs
were fed on infected rats on the twenty-first, twenty-fourth, twenty-
seventh and forty-fifth days after inoculation. These species became
infected as a result of feeding on the infected rats; they were
Triatoma phyllosoma pallidipennis (Stal), T. ruhida sonoriana
(Del Ponte), T. protracta (Uhler), T. infestans King, Mestor meg-
istus (Burmeister) and Rhodnius prolixus StM. Blood smears made
from rat tail blood and stained with Wright’s and Field’s stains
revealed flagellates morphologically similar to Trypanosoma cruzi.
When sectioned^, cardiac muscle fibers contained clusters of Leish-
mania bodies typical of Trypanosoma cruzi.
The strain of Trypanosoma cruzi isolated from bugs collected
at Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico, has produced a higher blood para-
^ This investigation was supported in part by a research grant {E-173) from
the National Institutes of Health, Public Health Service.
- ACKNOWLEDGMENT — Cardiac sections of the infected rats were made in the
Department of Pathology, School of Medicine, College of Medical Evangelists, by
S. Rene Modglin, M.D.
144
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
sitemia in young white rats than strains isolated by the author from
T riatoma collected in nature at Riverside, California. The Sonoran
strain frequently produces a blood parasitemia of thirty flagellates
per high-dry field, and counts as high as forty-seven have been
recorded. A culture of this strain is being maintained by the
Microbiological Institute, U.S. Public Health Service, Bethesda,
Maryland.
The author collected two adults of T. ruhida sonoriana (cf?)
six miles north of Hermosillo, Sonora, Mexico, on April 26, 1952.
Feces examined from the female were swarming with flagellates;
feces of the male were negative. Infective fecal material from the
female bug was administered by intraperitoneal injection into two
white rats when they were nine days of age. Blood smears of tail
blood from both rats contained motile flagellates thirty-five days
after inoculation.
Literature Cited
Mazzotti, Luis
1940. Triatomideos de Mexico y su Infeccion Natural por Trypanosoma
cruzi Chagas. Medicina Revista Mexicana, 20 (358) :95-109.
Pequeno, E. Aguirre
1947. Una Nueva Localidad en la Distribucion Geografica de los Triato-
mas Naturalmente Infectados por Trypanosoma cruzi en la Repub-
lica Mexicana. Archives Medicos Mexicanos, 5 (8) : 350—358.
NOTES ON THE ECOLOGY OF BOMBUS SONORUS
IN ORANGE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA AND
NEW PARASITE RECORDS
( Hyrnenoptera : Bombidae. Diptera: Sarcophagidae, Conopidae, Phoridae)
Raymond E. Ryckman
Depart nent of Entomology, School of Tropical and Preventive Medicine,
Loma Linda, California
During the summer and fall of 1951, several populous bumble-
bee nests were encountered while field research was being conducted
near San Juan Capistrano, Orange County, California. Five nests
were studied, all underground in abandoned rodent burrows or in
deep natural crevices in the soil.
T. H. Frison (1926) records a species of calliphorid fly, Brach-
icoma sarcophagina (Townsend), from Bomhus auricomus (Rob-
ertson), B. americanorum (Fabricius), B. himaciilatus Cresson,
JULY, 1953]
RYCKMAN BOMBUS SONORUS
145
Fig. 1. Abdomens of Bombus sonorus Say, dorsal and ventral, to show
dipterous puparium in each.
146
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
B. vagans Smith, and B. fervidus (Fabricius). Davidson in Cali-
fornia reared a species of Brachicoma from the larvae of Bomhus
fervidus; it was named B. davidsoni by Coquillett.
On September 25, 1951, a total of 116 adult bees were captured
from nest No. 1. Subsequent visits were not made to this nest until
November 1, at which time only a few dead and dying bees re-
mained. Much of the comb had been eaten by larvae of the dried
fruit moth, Vitula serratilineela Ragonot.
PARASITES
The 116 active bees collected from nest No. 1 on September 25
were placed in a cyanide jar for a short time and then stored over-
night in a refrigerator at a temperature of 40° F. When removed
from the refrigerator, seven dipterous maggots crawled from the
bees. These maggots were Sarcophaga (Helicohia) morionella Al-
drich; they soon pupated and all had emerged by October 26, 1951.
Dead and dying bees collected on November 1 were examined for
parasites. Dipterous pupae filled the abdominal cavities (fig. 1.).
Of the three bees collected from nest No. 3 on November 1, one
contained a large dipterous larvae in the abdominal cavity.
Parasitic Diptera reared from Bomhus sonorus Say are :
Sarcophagidae
Sarcophaga (Helicohia) morionella Aldrich. Del. by C. W. Sabrosky.
Sarcophaga litorosa Reinhardt. Det by C. W. Sabrosky.
Sarcophaga tuherosa sarracenioides Aldrich. Det by H. R. Dodge.
Conopidae
Physocephala sp. (Wings distorted on emergence). Det. by C. W. Sabrosky.
Non-parasitic Diptera reared from nest of Bomhus sonorus Say:
Phoridae
Megaselia sp. Det. by W. W. Wirth.
Conicera atra (Meigen) . Det by W. W. Wirth.
The author is indebted to W. W. Wirth, C. W. Sabrosky and
H. R. Dodge for identifying the specimens and to W. R. Thomp-
son and H. E. Milliron for checking their files for records of Dip-
tera parasitic on bumblebees. Representative specimens of all
species mentioned have been retained by the U.S. National Museum
and the Communicable Disease Center, Atlanta, Georgia.
Literature Cited
Prison, Theodore H.
1926. Contribution to the knowledge of the interrelations of bumblebees
of Illinois with their animate environment. Annals of the Entomo-
logical Society of America, 19 (2) : 203—235, inch pi. xvii.
JULY, 1953] HOTTES — APHIDOLOGICAL GLEANINGS
147
APHIDOLOGICAL GLEANINGS
(Homoptera)
F. C. Hottes
Through the generosity and photographic skill of Dr. and
Mrs. Borner I have acquired a eopy of Food Plant Catalogue of
the Aphididae of U.S.S.R. published in the Russian language in
1929 by the renowned aphidologist A. K. Mordvilko. From this
work, I wish to call attention to the following: On page 55 he lists
from Rosoideae Neolachnus rosae Cholodkovsky. Mordvilko’s
description of the genus, which is not indicated as new, is very
inadequate, his remarks being limited to the end of the rostrum,
and to a pigmented spot near the stigma of the wing. He further
questions if Lachnus subterraneus Del Guercio is not a migrant of
N eolachnus rosae. The genus Neolachnus is not listed by Neave in
his Nomenclator Zoologicus (vols. HI or V). However I have
found two references to this genus, one by Judenko, who devotes
almost three pages to it. His discussion is in Polish, except for
about one page in English. The genus is also listed by Borner who
gives the type as rosae Choi. Borner also indicates that this genus
is a synonym of Macuolachnus described by Gaumont in 1920
with the same species as type. Both genera are placed as synonyms
ot Lachnus by Borner.
On page 34, Paracerataphis tremulae Mordv. (gen.n,, sp.n.)
is listed, the material having been taken on the under side of
the leaves of Aspen growing in the vicinty of Vladivostok. Neither
the genus or species are described in full, Mordvilko limiting his
remarks to the fact that the genus is close to Cerataphis Lichten-
stein but with 4-segmented antennae. He describes the larvae as
being ash-gray. There are only two generations of virgins annually.
Paracerataphis tremulae is said to be an anolocyclic form, having
lost its primary host in the U.S.S.R. The genus Paracerataphis is
not listed by Neave in his Nomenclator Zoologicus (vols. HI
or V). Neither the genus or species is recorded in the volume of
the Zoological Record which covers the literature for 1929. 1 can
find only one reference to Paracerataphis, that of Borner who
places it as a synonym of Dor aphis.
On page 40, Tuherculatus multituberculatus sp.n. is listed,
this is followed by Tuber culatus flavus sp.n. Both species are
listed from the under sides of the leaves of Quercus cerris; both
are said to be light yeTow, and the adult virgins always alate. On
148
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
page 88, Hyalopterus skorkini sp. n. is listed. The host is given as
Phragmites communis. I have not been able to locate references
in Aphid literature to the three species mentioned above, nor do
they appear to be listed in the volumes of the Zoological Record
available to me. Their status as species may be que^^tioncd.
On page 57, Anur aphis distincta Mordvilko is listed from
Amagdalus nana; this species is not here listed as new, but per-
haps should be. The antennal tubercles of this species are said
to be longer than those of Anuraphis' persicae Sulzer, being two
and one-half to three times longer than their diameter. On page
79, Fullawayella lonicerae Mordvilko is listed from the floral parts
of Lonicera chrysantha ; it is not indicated as a new species, but
probably should be. The antennal tubercles are described as
extending more toward each other than in Myzoides. The radial
sector is described as strongly convex, and the veins as being
bordered, (“are smokily striped”). On page 91, Brachycolus
asparagi Mordvilko is listed from Asparagus. This species is not
described further. I have not been able to locate the three species
mentioned above in Aphid literature, nor do they appear to be
listed in the volumes of the Zoological Record available to me.
Hartig, in 1841, published a paper which he called, “Versuch
einer Eintheilung der Pflanzenlause (Phytophthires Bunn.) nach
der Fliigelbildung.” In it he makes curious use of the latter “m”
after two previously described genera. The names thus character-
ized must be credited to him, despite the fact that they were still-
born. He made use of the terms as follows: on page 367, “Gattung
Lachnus m, zum Theil Lachnus llliger.” This is followed by a
rather complete description of the genus and a listing of species,
some of which are described as new. On page 368 the genus Aphis
is described as follows: Aphis m. zum Theil Aphis Lin. Fabr.”
Then follows a description of the genus and a listing of species,
some of which are described as new. On page 366 the genus
Chermes is treated in a similar manner. It is quite clear what
Hartig had in mind to do, but this method was faulty.
Not being able to locate in this country a copy of an aphid
paper published by Passerini in 1857, a photo copy has been
made available to me by a European colleague who has access to
a library rich in old and rare entomological literature. Hagen in his
Bibliotheca Entomologica, zweiter Band, p. 31, cites this paper
as follows: “Gli Afidi. Giornale i Giardini. XH, Giugno, 1857. 8.
JULY, 1953]
HOTTES APHIDOLOGICAL GLEANINGS
149
pg. 20.” Hagen however in error credits the paper to Carlo Pas-
serini who died in March of 1857, The correct author was G.
(Giovanni) Passerini, who at times also indicated his given name
by the letter J.
As a rule the paper printed by Passerini in 1860 is considered
to be a reprint of this 1857 paper. This is not true, and Horn and
Schenkling in their Index Litterature Entomologicae are in error in
so citing it, in band HI p, 919. The photo copy supplied me is
from a reprint (“estratto”) which must be as rare as the original.
The paper appears to deal with the biology and control of Aphids
ill general, and does not deal with the taxonomy of the family
Aphididae, lacking the following sections: Prospetto Dei Generi
Della Famiglia Degli Afidi, (which in the 1860 paper begins on
page 27 ) , Indice Delle Specie Di Afidi Osservate Finora In Italia
(which in the 1860 paper begins on page 31) , Annotationes Digno-
sticae (which in the 1860 paper begins on page 34) . Other differ-
ences which have been noted, some of them very minor, such as
the change of a species name, are as follows: The 1857 paper
lacks one footnote and has one that the 1860 paper does not have.
The references cited are not always the same, and sometimes not
given at all in the 1857 paper. The content of the following pages
as given in the 1860 paper differs slightly from that found on
corresponding pages of the 1857 paper. Page 5 differs from page
3, page 11 differs from page 8, by having the paragraph which
begins, “Non e pero” and a long footnote. Page 15 differs from
page 12, as does page 16 from page 12. Page 17 and 18 differ
slightly from pages 13 and 14, as do pages 19 and 20 from page
16. The 1857 paper ends on page 24 of the 1860 paper where the
paragraph which begins “In onta all” starts. However the 1860
paper lacks the footnote at the end of the 1857 paper. It will be
noted that the 1860 paper has material on pages 24, 25 and 26
which the 1857 paper does not have.
The 1860 paper by Passerini is best known in its reprint form.
I do not know of an original copy in America, the Journal in
which it was printed is extremely rare.
Aphid workers who have followed Wilson and Theobald in
their determination of Cinara pini (L.) have been perpetuating
their error. The species they determined as Cinara pini (L.) should
be called Cinara pinea (Mordvilko), a species frequently referred
to as Cinara pineti (Koch).
150
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
Koch in his work listed and described a species which he had
misidentified as Lachnus pineti (Fabricius). Article 31 of the
Code states that a trivial name based upon a misidentification can-
not be accepted as an available name for the species in question.
There is in fact no such name as Lachnus pineti Koch, all that
there is, is Koch’s misidentification of Lachnus pineti (Fabricius).
The true Cinara pini (L.) which occurs in England was apparently
not treated by Theobald, in his Monograph. It may be quickly sep-
arated from Cinara pinea by the presence of a median mesosternal
tubercle. I have not seen material of C. pini (L.) from America,
it is the species Mordvilko called Lachnus nudus DeGeer.
One page 3 of what appears to be an addendum following page
236 of Mordvilko’s vol. 1, “Insects Hemipteres, Fauna De La
Russie,” Mordvilko indicates and may describe the genus Chaito-
siphon as new. A genus by that spelling has not been recorded.
However on page 71 of the same work Mordvilko describes as new
the genus Chaetosiphon, Mordvilko mentions no type in connection
with either name, and if Chaitosiphon is not a misspelling of
Chaetosiphon the two genera would appear to have the following-
status: Bbrner has set the type of Chaetosiphon as Capitophorus
chaetosiphon Nevsky not described until 1928, Chaitosiphon has
not been recognized and may be a nomen nudum.
In his 1860 paper Passerini published as new Siphonophora
lactucae. Koch had in 1855 misidentified a species which he de-
scribed and called Siphonophora lactucae. Koch credited the spe-
cies to Fabricius. Lumbers has considered the lactucae described
by Passerini as a homonym of the species described by Koch and
has credited the species to him. There seems to be some question
as to just what species Koch called lactucae, most likely he had the
sonchi of Linnaeus, as indicated by Theobald. The species cannot
be credited to Koch, all that we have is Koch’s misidentified
Siphonophora lactucae (Fabricius) . Hence the name Passerini pro-
posed has priority over Acyrthosiphon (Lactucohium) scariolae
Nevsky, 1929.
Recently the late Dr. L. P. Wehrle and I described as new
Aphis piutapa. At that time I had not seen specimens of Aphis
tetrapteralis Cockerell. Since that time I have seen the type of
tetrapteralis and additional specimens determined as such by Pro-
lessor Palmer, and many additional specimens sent to me unidenti-
fied from Arizona. Despite differences which may be noted in
JULY, 1953] HOTTES APHIDO LOCI CAL GLEANINGS
151
publiihed descriptions the two species appear to be the same, the
shape of the cauda being very variable in tetrapteralis as well as
the number of sensoria on the third antennal segment. Dr. Dickson
has sent me material of the species described by him as Pergan-
deida cahuille; it also appears to be a synonym of Aphis tetrapte-
ralis.
In a letter sent to Reaumur in 1748, DeGeer, records some of
his observations made in 1745. These were published in 1755
under the title, “Secondes Observations, sur les Pucerons du pru-
nier, et en particular sur leur accouplement,” in the second volume,
Memoir es de Mathematique et de Physique, pp. 469—473, pi. XVII.
I am not aware of a reference to this paper in aphid literature,
either economic or taxonomic. DeGeer does not mention it in his
work published in 1773. It seems well that attention be called to
this paper so that it may be added to the extensive bibliography of
Hyalopterus pruni (Goeffroy).
In a paper called “Aphid homonyms” which I published in
1930, I gave the name Hyadaphis mellifera to the species Schrank
in 1801 had called Aphis xylostei, which was a homonym. At that
time I was not aware of some of the information herewith present-
ed, some of which was not yet in print. In view of the fact that
Kirkaldy made Aphis xylostei Schrank type of the genus Hya-
daphis' which he described in 1904, it seems important to call atten-
tion to the synonymy of this species despite the fact that I am not
now in a position to determine the specific name that must here-
after apply to the species deseribed by Schrank.
Aphis xylostei Schrank, 1801, a homonym.
Aphis sii Koch, 1855. This species was placed as a synonym of the above
species by Borner and Schilder in 1932. Koch placed the species de-
scribed by Schrank in the genus Rhopalosiphum. Despite placing the
species sii and xylostei in different genera, Koch’s descriptions have
much in common. This synonymy was followed by Dr. Lambers in 1934.
Kloet and Hincks in their Check List of British Insects 1945 use this
name.
Siphocoryne foeniculi Passerini, 1860. In a copy of Sorauer, Handbuch der
Pflanzenkrankheiten, corrected by Dr. Borner and sent to me in 1949,
Dr. Borner has replaced Hyadaphis sii (Koch) by Hyadaphis foeniculi
(Passerini), on what grounds I do not know.
Hyadaphis hyadaphis Kirkaldy, 1905. Kirkaldy proposed this name to replace
the name xylostei Schrank. It appears to have been overlooked by aphid
taxonomists.
Hyadaphis conii (Davidson), 1909. Davidson placed the species conii de-
scribed by him as a synonym of xylostei in 1914.
152
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
Hyadaphis coniellum Theobald, 1925. This species was placed as a synonym
of the species described by Schrank by Lambers in 1934.
Hyadaphis mellijera Hottes, 1930.
Hyadaphis schranki Lambers, 1931.
In a paper called “The evolution of cycles and the origin of
heteroecy (migrations) in plant lice,” Mordvilko in 1928 proposed
the name Drepanosiphum californicum for D. platanoides Wilson,
1909. This name seems to have been overlooked. I do not find it
in the volumes of the Zoological Record available to me. It is not
listed in the Food Plant Catalogue of Aphids by Dr. Patch. Wilson
described the oviparous females as being alate. This is not true for
Drepanosiphum platanoides Schrank, under which Wilson de-
scribed this species.
In the issue of the Zoologischer Anzeiger for March 11, 1895,
Mordvilko described by means of a key to the genus Lachnus, sev-
eral species which he indicated as new. As a rule these species are
said to have been described by him in: Raboty iz Laboratorii Zoo-
logicheskago Kabineta I. Varshavskago Universiteta, 1895. For
some time, I have concerned myself with the problem of which
paper has priority. In the course of doing this I have experienced
great difficulty due to the extreme rarity of the periodical in which
the paper was published. However, I can now report that the paper
was not originally published in Raboty iz Laboratorii Zoologiches-
kago Kabineta Varshavskago Universiteta, which has been trans-
lated for me as “Contributions of the Laboratory of the Zoological
Department of the Imperial University of Warsaw,” but in War-
saw Universitet Izviestiia. The title of this paper is rarely given;
Cholodkovsky cites it in Russian; Dr. Patch cites it in her Food
Plant Catalogue as follows : K f aunie i anatomii sem’ [i] Aphididae
Privislinskago Karaia. The title is given in Annals of the Ento-
mological Society of America, vol. XXXIII, p. 490 as, “On the
Fauna and Anatomy of the Family Aphididae of the Visla Re-
gion”; here however the pages are cited incorrectly.
As printed and bound in the copy of Izviestiia now in the
Library of Congress, which by the way is the only complete volume
of the year 1894-95 I have been able to locate, the paper is divided
into parts, no. 6: 1—16; no. 7:17—48; no. 8: 49—80; no. 9: 81—112;
issued on the following dates: no. 6: Sept. 30, 1894, no. 7 : Oct. 31,
1894, no. 8: Nov. 30, 1894, no. 9: Dec. 31, 1894. No. 1: 113-136;
no. 2: 137-168; no. 3: 169-184; no. 4: 185-200; no. 5: 201-224;
no. 6: 225—256; no. 7: 257—274, issued as follows: no. 1: Jan. 31,
JULY, 1953] HOTTES APHIDOLOGICAL GLEANINGS
153
1895, no. 2: Feb. 28, 1895, no. 3: Mar. 28, 1895, no. 4: Apr. 30,
1895, no. 5: May 31, 1895, no. 6: Sept. 30, 1895, no. 7: Oct. 31,
1895. The new species were described in Part I, 1895 and date
from Jan. 31. They were described on the following pages L. bog-
danowi n.sp. p. 115—118, L. pinihabitaiis n.sp. 118—119, L. nudus
DeGeer p. 119—124, L. pineus mihi=Z/. pineti Koch, p. 126—130,
L flavus n.sp, 133—134, L. juniperinus n.sp. p. 134—136. L. pich-
tae n.sp. was not described except in the key on page 104 of part
nine issued in 1894 and hence should carry that date. All species
now belong in the genus Cinara. The copy of this paper in the
Library ol the British Museum of Natural History, which appears
to be a reprint, has the text continuous from start to finish, with
no indications of divisions into parts and with no reference to dates
other than on the title page, 1894 —go doda. “(i.e. of the year
1894.)” and the publishers name and date 1894-95. This copy also
has the title page “Raboty iz laboratorii Zoologisheskago Kabineta
Imperatorskago Warshawskago Universiteta.” Thus we seem to
have evidence that the paper was printed twice, once in Izviestiia,
and once in the Raboty series, a series which to some extent might
be called parasitical. As printed in Izviestiia and in Raboty the
pages were numbered the same. Mordvilko appears to have pub-
lished other of his papers twice; I know of several such, but in
these the pages are not the same.
Literature Cited
Bornek, Carl
1930. Beitrage zu einem neuen System der Blattlause. Archiv fiir klassi-
fikatorische und phylogenetische Entomologie, Band I Heft 2. pp.
175, 178, 189.
Borner, Carl & Schilder F. A.
1932. Sonderabdruck aus Sorauers Handbuch der Pflanzenkrankheiten,
vol. V. Zweiter Teil, p. 612.
Cockerell, T. D. A.
1902. A new plant-louse from Southern California. Bui. Southern Cali-
fornia Acad. Sci. 1(4) :40. [ISot Bui. 8, California Acad. Sci.
1:40, as given in Patch, 1938:273. — Ed.]
Davidson, W. M.
1909. Notes on the Aphididae collected in the vicinity of Stanford
University. Journal of Economic Entomology, vcl. 2, p. 304.
1914. Plant-louse notes from California. Journal of Economic Ento-
mology, vol. 7, p. 133.
Dickson, R. C.
1940. A new Pergandeida from the Colorado Desert. The Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, vol. XVI, No. 2, pp 57—58.
154
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
Hartig, Th.
1841. Versuch einer Eintheilung der Pflanzenlause (Phytopthires
Burm. ) nach der Fliigelbildung. Zeitschrift fiir die Entomologie.
Dritter Band, Erstes und zweites Heft. pp. 366, 367, 368, 369.
Hotter, F. C.
1930. Aphid homonyms. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Wash-
ington, vol. 43, p. 184.
Hottes, F. C. & Wehrle, L. P.
1951. Arizona Aphididae. Proceedings of the Biological Society of
Washington, vol. 64, pp. 49—50.
JUDENKO, EuGENJUSZ
1930. Data concerning the fauna and the biology of plant lice from the
surroundings of Pulawy. Bui. Entom. de la Pologne, vol. 9 (3-4)
pp. 146—148 and p. 183.
Kirkaldy, G. W.
1904. Bibliographical and nomenclatorial notes on the Hemiptera. En-
tomologist, vol. 37 p. 279. (Not seen.)
1905. Catalogue of the genera of the Hemipterous Family Aphidae, with
their typical species together with a list of the species described
as new from 1885 to 1905. The Canadian Entomologist, vol. 37,
p. 416. (hyadaphis, n. n. indicated as type for genus Hyadaphis.)
Koch, C. L.
1855. Die Pflanzelause Aphiden, pp. 137—139. pp. 199, 230.
Lambers, D. Hille Ris
1931. A list of the Aphididae of Venezia, Tridentina. Part Two. Mem.
Mus. Stor., Nat. Venezia Tridentina, vol. I, pp. 40-41. (Not seen).
1934. Notes on Theobald’s “The Plantlice or Aphididae of Great Brit-
ain,” vol. II & HI. Stylops, vol. 3, part 2, p. 26.
1947. Contributions to a monograph of the Aphididae of Europe. Re-
print from Temminckia, vol. VH. p. 255.
Mordvilko, a. K.
1895. Zur Biologie und Systematik der Baumlause (Lachinae Pass,
partim) des Weichselgebietes. Zoologischer Anzeiger, vol. XVHI
No. 469 and No. 470. pp. 74, 96-103.
1894-1895. K faunie i anatomii sem’(i) Aphididae Privislinskago karia.
(Iz Laboratorii Zoologicheskago Kabineta Varshav-fskago] Uni-
versiteta). In Warsaw. Universitet Izviestiid. pp. 115—136.
(Not seen.)
1914. Insects Hemipteres Vol. I. Faune de la Russie, p. 71. addendum
of same, p. 3.
1928. The evolution of cycles and the origin of heteroecy (migrations)
in plant-lice. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 10,
vol. H, p. 570.
1929. Food Plant Catalogue of the Aphididae of U.S.S.R. pp. 34, 40,
55, 57, 79, 91.
Neave, Sheffield Airey
1940. Nomenclator Zoologicus, vol. HI.
1950. Nomenclator Zoologicus, vol. V.
JULY, 1953]
RYCKMAN CUTEREBRA LATIFRONS
155
Nevsky, W. P.
1929. The plant lice of Middle Asia III. Zoologisclier Anzeiger, vol. 82,
p. 197.
Passerini, G.
1857. Gli Afidi. (Photo copy from Dr. Hans Sachtleben, Berlin, Ger-
many). Estratto dal giornale i Glardini, fasc. XII, giugno, pp.
1 - 20 .
1860. Gli Afidi Con Un Prospetto Dei Generi Ed Alcune Specie Nuove
Italiane, pp. 1—40.
Patch, E. M.
1938. Food-plant catalogue of the Aphids of the World, including the
Phylloxeridae. University of Maine, Maine Agric. Expt. Sta., Bui.
393, pp. 35-421.
ScHRANK, Franz von Paula
1801. Fauna Boica. Zweiter Band, p. 107.
Theobald, F. V.
1925. New and little-known aphides. Ent. Mo. Mag. 61, p, 75.
1926. The Plant Lice or Aphididae of Great Britain, vol. I. p. 186.
1929. The Plant Lice or Aphididae of Great Britain, vol. Ill, p. 145.
CUTEREBRA LATIFRONS REARED FROM NEOTOMA
FUSCIPES MACROTIS
(Diptera: Cuterebridae)
Raymond E. Ryckman
^ Department of Entomology, School of Tropical and Preventive Medicine,
Loma Linda, California
On April 16, 1952, a young wood rat, Neotoma juscipes mac-
rotis Thomas, was captured and brought to the laboratory alive.
The collection was made in San Timoteo Can^mn, Riverside County,
California at a point eleven miles southeast of Redlands. When
captured, the young rat was found to be parasitized by four warbles.
Three were located on the ventral aspect of the neck and shoulders,
one on the postero-superior aspect of the hind leg. The animal was
reared, as described below. Three larvae pupated April 27, 29 and
30. On April 30 the animal was anesthetized and the fourth warble
excised; this specimen was preserved in 75% alcohol. Adult
cuterebrids emerged as follows: one male on June 3, the two
females on August 15 and September 5.
Rearing Technique — Immediately after capture, the young rat
was placed in an Army Medical School Model rat cage (fig. 1).
The bottom tray was covered with moist sand to a depth of one
inch. As the larvae matured and left the animal, they fell through
156
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
RAT CAGE
(ARMY MEDICAL SCHOOL MODEL)
the coarse screen grating into the sand and pupated. Wood rats are
insectivorous and it is important to protect the larvae from the rats.
Pupae recovered from the sand were placed in pint jars con-
taining two inches of slightly moistened sand. The mouths of the
jars were covered with muslin in order to retain the flies. After
emergence each fly was pinned with its puparium.
The author has found, as did Beamer, Penner and Hibbard
(1943), that wounds produced by warbles heal quickly and with
little disturbance to the host rat.
The reared specimens have been deposited in the U.S. National
Museum, where they were identified by C. W. Sabrosky as C.
latifrons Coquillett. In a personal communication, he states that
“This is the first we have and the first we know of associated with
the puparium.”
Literature Cited
Beamer, R. H., Penner, L. R. and Hibbard, C. W.
1943. Some notes on the biology of the pack rat cuterebrid (Cuterebrid
[sic!] beameri Hall) in Kansas. Journal of the Kansas Entomo-
logical Society, 16 (2): 47—50, incl. 1 pi.
JULY, 1953]
WILLIAMS GEYUS SOLIERELLA
157
ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS TO “THE WASPS OF THE
GENUS SOLIERELLA IN CALIFORNIA”
( Hymenopteva : Sphecidae, Larrinae)
Francis X. Williams
Research Associate, Department of Entomology,
California Academy of Sciences
Since the publication of my paper on the genus Solierella in
California (1950. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sci-
ences 26 [11] :335— 417) more material has come to hand which
necessitates a few changes and some additions. These notes are
based on a collection made chiefly by the California Insect Survey,
Department of Entomology and Parasitology, University of Cali-
fornia, mostly in 1948 and 1949, and on specimens collected by
me in the summer of 1950 while a guest at the California Insect
Survey Camp in the San Gabriel Mountains, Southern California.
Thanks are extended to the above Institution and to Drs. J. W.
MacSwain and P. D. Hurd who made the collection available to me.
1. Solierella boharti Williams
Solierella boharti Williams, 1950. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 26(11) :366.
Solierella lasseni Williams, loc. cit. :366— 367. New synonymy.
Three females from Echo Lake, El Dorado County, July 21,
1949 (P. D. Hurd) : 2 Buck’s Lake, Plumas County, July 14,
1949 (P. D. Hurd), and August 9, 1949 (J. W. MacSwain) 4
cf and 4 $, Tanbark Flat, San Gabriel Mts., Los Angeles Co., 2700
feet elevation, June, July, 1950; 4 cf. Crystal Lake, San Gabriel
Mts., 6000 ft. (F. X. Williams). One of the females from Echo
Lake is entirely black, the remaining females have the abdomen
red. My Solierella lasseni is only a color phase of S. boharti. All
the males are black. This species varies in length from about 4
mm. in the male to 8.75 in the largest female.
2. Solierella sonorae Williams
(Figures 1—3. 7)
Solierella sonorae Williams, 1950. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 26(11) :368.
Four females, Palo Verde, Imperial County, collected as fol-
lows: 1 9 March 7, 1947 (E. G. Linsley) ; 3 ? April 8, 1949 (P. D.
Hurd) ; 1 $, Borego, San Diego County, April 5, 1949 (P. D.
Hurd) ; 1 9, Cottonwood Springs, Riverside County, April 26,
1949 (J. E. Gillaspy), and 1 cT, Yaqui Well, San Diego County,
April 25, 1949 (L. W. Quate).
158
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
The largest female is 9 mm. long, and all have the disc of the
propodeum mainly finely granulate and with a delicate median
Carina. The single male is 6 mm. long, and also has the abdomen
reddish; the tarsi are pale brown and there is a dorsal creamy
yellow stripe on the posterior tibiae, while the apex of the fore
trochanters is pale yellow. The clypeus has the lateral teeth in-
curved; the frontal V is long, rather sharply margined, and con-
stricted above; the antennae are moderately stout — much as in the
common S. striatipes — with segment 3 widening distally (fig. 7).
The extension of the last visible ventral segment is long and
slender; the lobe of the aedeagus with a curved point — as in S.
boharti, and S. fossor (Rohwer). The vestiture is all silvery.
3. SoLIERELLA MAJOR (Rohwer)
(Figures 6, 8)
Silaon major Rohwer, 1917. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 53:247—248.
One female and 4 males. Crystal Lake, San Gabriel Mts., Los
Angeles County, elev. 6000 ft., June 29, 1950 (F. X. Williams)
Taken beneath a honey-dewed shrub.
The female is 8.75 mm. long and differs from the type (described from
North Yakima, Washington) in having the third pair of legs red. The frontal
V is not constricted above. It differs from .S. striatipes in lacking the low
lateral clypeal tooth and in having a well developed tarsal comb. The males
average 6.5 mm. long; they are black with the head and thorax subopaque
and with strong close punctures. The abdomen is more finely punctate. The
tarsi are chiefly pale reddish-brown; the hind tibiae with a creamy white
stripe above; venation dark; abdomen red. Clypeus strongly carinate, the
produced portion truncate, with a shining median lobe that widens as viewed
from in front, the lateral angles are rounded ; frontal carina running into the
open apex of the frontal V which is shallow, heavily rimmed and subtending
an angle of somewhat less than 90 degrees, converging above, the greatest
width of the V being about twice the distance between one of its edges and
the compound eye on that side; upper U slightly indicated; ocelli in nearly
an equilateral triangle; a smooth area between each posterior ocellus and the
compound eye. Antennae more slender than in S. sonorae and S. striatipes,
the third segment rather slender, not expanding much distally, its length at
least 2)4 times the apical diameter (Fig. 8). Disc of propodeum with a
median carina and strong olique carinae, the posterior face with a narrow
V-like groove and transverse carinae. Second submarginal cell receiving both
recurrent veins. Last visible ventral segment with the extension tapering from
a broad base and a little shorter than in S. sonorae; aedeagus nearest to 5.
striatipes, terminating in profile as a rounded club, curved at nearly right
angles. Vestiture, of .silvery pile.
In one male specimen the carinulae of the disc of the propo-
deum are arranged in more or less concentric fashion (as some-
JULY, 1953]
WILLIAYIS GENUS SOLIERELLA
159
times occurs in S. striatipes). Since the female specimen is not
typical, having the posterior legs red, the male herein described
may differ from that which may eventually be taken in the type
locality. The males from the San Gabriel Mountains differ from
both S. striatipes and S. sonorae slightly in the clypeal outline, in
the more slender antennal segments, the somewhat blunter frontal
V, and slightly in the last visible ventral segment and aedeagus.
I am indebted to Dr. Karl V. Krombein, of the United States
National Museum for comparing the female Solierella major from
the San Gabriel Mountains, with the type.
4. Solierella striatipes (Ashmead)
Niteliopsis striatipes Ashmead, 1899. Ent. News, 10(1) :9.
One male, Tracy, San Joaquin County, July, 1946 (E. G. Tins-
ley) .
Males of this species seem rarely to have the facial pile silvery
instead of pale brassy.
5. Solierella vierecki (Rohwer)
Niteliopsis vierecki Rohwer, 1909. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 35(1) :112.
One male, White Water Canyon, Riverside County, April 2,
1948 (J. W. MaeSwain) ; 1 ^5 Mt. Palomar, San Diego County,
4000 ft. elevation, June 19, 1950 (F. X. Williams) .
Both specimens of this wide-fronted species are in fine condi-
tion. The clypeus of the male has a rather narrow median wedge
and the fore trochanters are feebly excavate basally.
This wasp appears to be rare in California.
6. Solierella similis (Bridwell)
Silaon similis Bridwell, 1920. Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., 4(2) :402-403.
One fer^ale, Carriville, Trinity County, 2400—2500 feet, June
18, 1934 (4'. Aitken) ; 1$, Quincy, 4 mi. W., Plumas County, July
2, 1949 (J. W. MaeSwain) ; 2 $, Buck’s Lake, Plumas County, July
14, 1949; 1 cf, Tanbark Flat, San Gabriel Mts., June 25, 1950 (F.
X. Williams) .
7. Solierella vandykei Williams
Solierelli vandykei Williams, 1950. Proc. Calif Acad. Sci., 26(11) :371.
One female, China Flat, El Dorado County, June 28, 1948 (J.
W. MaeSwain).
The dorsulum is more shining and more delicately punctate
than in S. simili», its relative. Clypeus with a steep preapical break.
Thus far an uncommon species. Male unknown.
160
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
8. SoLiERELLA CORizi Williams
Solierella corizi Williams, 1950. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 26(11) :372— 373.
Four females, Tracy, San Joaquin County, summer of 1949 (J.
W. MacSwain, Ray F. Smith); 1 cT, Quincy, 4 m. W. Plumas
County, July 16, 1949; 1 $, Bridge Creek Camp, Lassen County,
August 9, 1949 (J. W. MacSwain). These are typical large speci-
mens that show no postocellar convexities. A female from Blythe,
Riverside County, has a pair of postocellar tubercles. Specimens
from Llano County, Texas, may or may not have these tubercles,
and they show other variations among themselves.
9. Solierella inermis (Cresson)
Nysson inerme Cresson, 1872. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 4(3) :224.
What I take to be this species is represented by one male and
one female from Liana County, Texas, June 12, 1941 (J. E. Gil-
laspy) . They much resemble those that I have studied from west-
ern Kansas, and except slight differences in clypeal outline and in
aedeagus suggest small Solierella corizi. The Solierella of the iner-
rnis, mirifica Pate, and corizi group need study in larger series.
10. Solierella blaisdelli (Bridwell)
Silaon blaisdelli Bridwell, 1920. Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., 4(2) :401.
One female, Amedee, Lassen County, July 4, 1947 (J. W. Mac-
Swain) .
11. Solierella peckhami (Ashmead)
Dr. Karl V. Krombein 1951, in “Hymenoptera of North Amer-
ica North of Mexico — Synoptic Catalog,” U. S. Dept. Agr.,
Monogr. 2:943, gives the synonym of this widely distributed spe-
cies as follows:
Plenocidus peckhami Ashmead, 1897. Psyche, 8:130. .
Plenoculus niger Ashmead, 1899. Psyche, 8:339 ?. N. syn.
Silaon rohweri Bridwell, 1920. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. Proc., 4:398. N. syn.
Solierella (Silaon) arenaria Krombein, 1939. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. Bui. 34:
139 $ . N. syn.
Two males, Tanbark Flat, San Gabriel Mts., summer of 1950
(F. X. Williams) .
12. Solierella clypeata Williams
Solierella clypeata Williams, 1950. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 26(11) :376-378.
One female, Tanbark Flat, San Gabriel Mts., summer of 1950
(F. X. Williams).
JULY, 1953]
WILLIAMS GENUS SOLIERELLA
161
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 1. Solierella sonorae Williams. Male. From Yaqui Well, San Diego
County. Fig. 2. Same. Last visible ventral segment. Same data. Fig. 3.
Same. Male aedeagal lobe. Same data. Fig. 4. Solierella affinis (Rohwer).
Female. Bridge Creek Canyon Camp, Lassen County. Fig. 5. Same. Clypeal
outline of another specimen. Same data. Fig. 6. Solierella major (Rohwer).
Male. Clypeus. San Gabriel Mts. Fig. 7. Solierella sonorae Williams. An-
tennal segments 3 and 4 from within. Yaqui Well, San Diego County. Fig.
8. Solierella major (Rohwer). Male. Antennal segments 3 and 4 from within.
San Gabriel Mts.
162
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
13. SOLIERELLA AUSTRALIS Williams
Solierella australis Williams, 1950. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 26(11) :379— 380.
Five females and 1 male, Tanbark Flat, San Gabriel Mts., June-
July, 1950; 1 9, Mt. Palomar, San Diego County, June 19, 1950
(F. X. Williams).
14. Solierella affinis (Rohwer)
(Figures 4, 5)
Niteliopsis affinis Rohwer, 1909. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 35(1) :113— 114.
What I regard as this species is represented by 6 females, as
follows: 1 9, Quincy, 4 mi. W., Plumas County, July 3, 1949 (J. E.
Gillaspy) ; 2 Buck’s Lake, Plumas County, July 14, 1949 (P.
D. Hurd) ; 2 Bridge Creek Camp, Lassen County, July 9, 1949
(J. W. MacSwain) ; 1 9, Lassen Peak, 7500 ft., July 18, 1949 (J.
W. MacSwain).
These are large specimens; the type described from Colorado
is 4.25 mm. long. The 6 specimens measure 5.5, 5.4, 5.1, 5.1, 5.0
and 4.30 mm. respectively. The mandibles are creamy white basally.
The clypeal outline varies somewhat, as figured, being intermediate
between S. peckhami and S. arcuata; in S. arcuata the clypeus is
more broadly and evenly arched and is reddish apically. The
slightly troughed disc of the propodeum has a median carina but
no enclosing one, the latter being present in S. hlaisdelli and S.
peckhami; sides of the propodeum with rather numerous oblique
carinulae. Pygidial area with fine deep punctures. There is a
tendency for the second submarginal cell to receive both recurrent
veins.
I have been unable to discover the male of Solierella affinis.
15. Solierella albipes (Ashmead)
Plenoculus albipes Ashmead, 1899. Psyche, 8(275) ;338-339.
One Amedee, Lassen County, July 4, 1947 (T. F. Leigh) ;
1 $, Tracy, San Joaquin County, May 31, 1949 (J. W. MacSwain) .
Corrigenda: My reference, ^‘Solierella albipes (Ashmead)
Krombein, 1938, An. Ent. Soc. Amer., 31:469” in Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci., 26(11) :385 (1950), should be deleted.
16. Solierella sayi (Rohwer)
Niteliopsis sayi Rohwer, 1909. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 35(1) : 114-115.
Two $, Quincy, 4 m. W., Plumas County, June 30 and July 3,
1949 (P. D. Hurd) ; 1 $, Hills backs of Oakland, July 20, 1949
(J. E. Gillaspy) ; 2 $ and 7 cT, Tanbark Flat, San Gabriel Mts.,
summer of 1950 (F. X. Williams).
JULY, 1953]
RYCKMAN & AMES — CACTI INSECTS
163
INSECTS REARED FROM CACTI IN ARIZONA
(Dermaptera, Coleoptera, Diptera)
Raymond E. Ryckman and Charles T. Ames
Department of Entomology, School of Tropical and Preventive Medicine,
Loma Linda, California
Decomposing cacti have been found to be a very prolific breed-
ing habitat for many insects. It is the opinion of the authors that
cacti are ecological oases for many insects.
On April 13, 1952, a fallen and decomposing Cereus gigantea
Engelmann was examined. Syrphid larvae were so numerous that
when this cactus was disturbed, movement of the larvae was audible
at a distance of three feet. It was possible to scoop up handfuls of
the maggots.
In the following list the initials in brackets are those of the
persons who identified the insects, i.e., A. B. Gurney (A.B.G.), C.
W. Sabrosky (C.W.S.), H. B. Leech (H.B.L.), M. W. Sanderson
(M.W.S.), 0. L. Cartwright (O.L.C.), R. E. Blackwelder (R.E.B.),
W. W. Wirth (W.W.W.).
Species reared from Opuntia basilaris Engelmann
DIPTERA
Syrphidae
Volucella esuriens (Fabricius) , (W.W.W.). Tucson, Ariz., December 27, 1952,
Species reared from Cereus gigantea Engelmann
DIPTERA
Lonchaeidae
Lonchaea striatifrons Malloch. (C.W.S. ). 7 miles west of Wickenberg, Ariz.,
December 26, 1951.
Milichiidae
Desmometopa sp. (? tarsalis Loew), (C.W.S.) . 7 miles west of Wickenberg,
Ariz., December 26, 1951.
Sphaeroceridae
Leptocera sp. (? approximata Malloch). (C.W.S.). Quartsite, Ariz., Novem-
ber 28, 1950.
Syrphidae
Volucella isahellina Williston. (W.W.W.) 7 miles west of Wickenberg, Ariz.,
December 26, 1951, and April 13, 1952.
Volucella apicifera Townsend. (W.W.W.) . 7 miles west of Wickenberg, Ariz.,
April 13, 1951.
Drosophilidae
Drosophila sp., laiwa. (W.W.W.). 7 miles west of Wickenberg, Ariz., Decem-
ber 26, 1951.
164
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [\ OL. XXIX, NO. 3
Heleidae
Dasyhelea mutahilis (Coquillett). (W.W.W. ). Quartsite, Ariz., November 28,
1950.
Culicoides copiosus Root and Hoffman. (W.W.W. ). 7 miles west of Wicken-
berg, Ariz., December 26, 1951.
DERMAPTERA
Labiidae
Spongovostox apicedentatus (Caudell). (A.B.G. ).7 miles west of Wickenberg,
Ariz., April 13, 1952.
COLEOPTERA
Staphylinidae
Belonuchus sp. near punctiventris Casey. (H.B.L., & AI.W.S. ). Quartsite,
Ariz., November 28, 1950.
Aleochara ponderosa Casey. (R.E.B.) 7 miles west of Wickenberg, Ariz.,
April 13, 1952.
Xanthopygus cacti Horn. (R.E.B.) . 7 miles west of Wickenberg, Ariz., April
13, 1952.
Stilo nedon sp. (R.E.B.). 7 miles west of Wickenberg, Ariz., April 13, 1952.
Physetoporus grossulus (LeConte). (R.E.B.). 7 miles Avest of Wickenberg,
Ariz., April 13, 1952.
Histeridae
Hololepta (Leionota) yucateca Marseuil. (O.L.C.). 7 miles west of Wicken-
berg, Ariz., April 13, 1952.
Hololepta sp. (O.L.C. ). 7 miles west of Wickenberg, Ariz., April 13, 1952.
Carcinops sp. (O.L.C. ). 7 miles west of Wickenberg, Ariz., April 13, 1952.
T enebrionidae
Cynaeus angustus (LeConte). (R.E.B.). 7 miles west of Wickenberg, Ariz.,
April 13, 1952.
The authors believe that the insects mentioned above frequently
depend on cacti as an ecological niche in which to breed. No at-
tempt has been made to include incidental insect visitants to
cacti or such common phytophagous species as Chelinidea tabulata
Burmeister.
The authors are indebted to the taxonomists mentioned above,
for identification as indicated. Representative specimens have been
retained by these specialists in the U. S. National Museum, Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences, and the Illinois Natural History
JULY. 1953]
DENNING LTMNEPHTLIDAE
165
A NEW GENUS OE LIMNEPHILIDAE
(Trichoptera )
D. G. Denning
1684 Oak Park, W^alnut Creek, Calif.
Recent collections of caddisflies sent to the writer have con-
tained several interesting new species of Limnephilidae. Herein
is described a new genus, remarkably different from others in the
family, together with four new species. All are in genera which
are rather rare in collections and are very poorly known. All locali-
ties are from the v/estern montane region. Unless otherwise desig-
nated types of the new species are in the author’s collection.
Rossiana Denning, new genus
This genus is remarkably distinctive from other described
genera, in several respects it bears little resemblance to any other
Limnephilid genus. Of the described genera it is probably nearest
Lepania Ross, but differs greatly from that genus and others in
many wing venational characters, in the very peculiar maxillary
palpus and the genitalia.
Charactei'istics. General structure as for family. Head wide, ocelli
prominent; postero-lateral wart elongate, slender, anterior warts small,
circular, forming a triangle with median ocellus. First and second segment
of labial palpi wide, flattened, ventral surface concave. Maxillary palpus
(one present on specimen), with basal segment long, almost twice as long
as second and third combined; a shallow elongate excavation occupies distal
portion of basal segment, arising from near proximal end of cavity are the
second and third segments, directed outwards at nearly right angles to basal
segments, second segment slightly longer than third, fig. IB. (Antennae,
first pair of legs and one of second pair of legs missing from holotype of
type species). Spur count on second and third pair of legs: 4 - 4 ; no spines
present on last tarsal segment of hind leg. Fore wing, fig. lA, practically
same width throughout, anterior margin broadly rounded: stigma indistinct;
oblique crossvein between Sc and margin; distally Ri sinuate and almo.st
touching distal part of Sc, fork R2+3 considerably basad fork R4+S, R2 arising
about midway discal cell, fork R4+B arises beyond discal cell, discal cell
narrow, short, shorter than pedicel ; fork M1+2 considerably before crossvein
r-m. Hind wing not excised, costal margin without hamuli; Ro arises about
midway discal cell which is closed and shorter than pedicel, M1+2 divided,
stem of M atrophied, most of Cu2 atrophied.
It is with pleasure that I name this new genus in honor of Dr.
H. H. Ross, Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana, Illinois, who
has made so many noteworthy contributions to our knowledge of
the Trichoptera.
Genotype, Rossiana montana, new species.
166
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
Rossiana montana Denning, new species
Male: Length 9.5 mm. General color blackish. Head and thorax black-
ish, wings uniformly dark brown, legs long, fulvous, spurs a trifle lighter in
color.
Genitalia as in flg. 1. Ninth segment annular, dorsal and ventral portions
narrowed, lateral portion considerably expanded, sternal margin projected
caudad as a wide truncate strap, best seen from ventral aspect, fig. ID ;
setation sparse. Tenth segment projects caudad slightly beyond basal seg'
ment of clasper, from lateral aspect appears somewhat flattened, narrow
throughout, distal margin curved slightly dorsal; seen from dorsal aspect,
fig. 1C, cleft about midway, each lateral part truncate distally and only
slightly divergent, mesal portion lightly sclerotized. Cerci, seen from lateral
aspect, greatly constricted ventrally into a narrow finger-like process, quite
closely appressed to each side of tenth tergite, and extending ventrad beyond
it; when seen from dorsal aspect, fig. 1C, subtriangular. Clasper with basal
segment massive, not much longer than broad, dorsal margin straight, ventral
margin arcuate, ventral and distal margin bearing long fulvous setae, distal
segment narrow, longer than basal segment, somewhat finger-like ; seen from
ventral aspect mesal margin of basal segment bears a short truncate mesad
directed process, apical margin dentate ; distal segment broadly curved
mesad, ventral margin dentate, bearing minute setae. Aedeagus from ventral
aspect, fig. IE, short, not fieely extensile, somewhat vasiform; arising from
distal portion and projecting beyond distal margin is a dense mass of slender,
acute, heavily sclerotized spines.
Holotype: Male. Pass Creek, near summit of Gibbons Pass.
Bitterroot National Forest, Ravalli County, Montana, June
30, 1949. Elev. 6700 feet, (C. P. Alexander).
Dr. Alexander states that the collecting conditions were very
definitely early spring. The above material was collected on the
Montana side of the Continental Divide, which is about 15 miles
west of the Big Hole Battlefield National Monument.
I would like to express my thanks to Dr. H. H. Ross who ex-
amined this specimen and who also expressed the opinion that it
represented an undescribed genus and species.
Ac) Cryptochia furcata Denning, new species
In 1950 Ross erected a new genus, Cryptochia, to include a
single species C. pilosa (Banks) which has been recorded from
Washington, Oregon and Idaho. The present species, furcata, thus
represents the second described species in the genus. On the basis
of the tenth tergite, clasper s, aedeagus and several other genitalic
differences this species may readily be distinguished from pilosa.
Male: General characteristics essentially similar to those included in the
generic characters as set forth by Ross. Length 8 mm. Head and thorax
JULY, 1953]
DENNING — LIMNEPHILIDAE
167
CRYPTOCHIA FURCATA
Explanation of Figures
ISuijw. a-ioj ‘y]; ‘BijBjiuaS 3 {biu ‘vuvjuoiu vuvisso^i 'i •Jij
IB, maxillary palpus; 1C, cerci and tenth tergite, dorsal aspect; ID, sternum
of ninth segment, ventral aspect; IE, aedeagus, ventral aspect. Fig. 2. Cryp-
tochia furcata, male genitalia, lateral aspect ; 2A, tenth tergite, dorsal aspect ;
2B, claspers, ventral aspect; 2C, aedeagus, lateral aspect. Fig. 3. Imania
chama, male genitalia, lateral aspect, 3A, claspers and tenth tergite, ventral
aspect; 3B, left lateral lohe of tenth tergite, dorsal aspect; 3C, aedeagus,
lateral aspect. Fig. 4. Radema tavala, male genitalia, lateral aspect; 4A,
ventral aspect of ventral process of tenth tergite structure; 4B, tenth tergite*
dorsal aspect.
168
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
dark brown, antennae and wings brownish, legs fulvous. Venation very simi-
lar to that illustrated and described by Ross for pilosa. Eighth tergite bear-
ing a number of rather long scattered setae.
Genitalia as in fig. 2. Ninth segment with tergum and sternum nar-
rowed, lateral aspect considerably expanded. Tenth tergum reaching caudad
beyond remainder, cleft nearly to base, fig. 2A; seen from lateral aspect
ventral margin sinuate, apex greatly narrowed, directed slightly ventrad.
Cerci small, ovate, lightly sclerotized. Arising from distal surface of segment,
approximate to lateral margin of ninth segment there appears a heavily
sclerotized structure as follows: (1) a large heavily sclerotized spine-like
process, ventrad directed and acute apically, mesal surface extended mesad
as a triangular caudad-directed plate; (2) a slender dorsal process, apically
sub-acute and ventrad directed, apex with a few scattered setae. Claspers
ventral in position, somewhat cresent-shaped, heavily sclerotized, projected
caudad as a large broadly rounded process, best seen from ventral aspect,
fig. 2B ; dorsally clasper bears an apically blunt, lightly sclerotized filamen-
tous process. Aedeagus, fig. 2C, consists of a dorsal pair of heavily sclero-
tized blades, apically acute and gradually curved ventrad; ventral portion
consi.sts of a rather massive heavily sclerotized blade, apically furcate, apex
hamate, dorso-distal surface semi-membranous.
Holotype. Male. Glacier National Park, Montana, Lake
McDonald, Fish Lake Trail, July 3, 1949, (C. P. Alexander).
Paratype. Male. Selkirk Mts., Head of Sawmill Creek, West of
Wycliffe, British Columbia. Elev. 6050 feet, July 22, 1950, (Hugh
B. Leech). Deposited in the collection of the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco, California.
Imania chama Denning, new species
This represents the seventh species in the genus described from
the Nearctic region, Ross (1950) classified the species into four
groups: chama belongs in the tripunctata group along with tri-
punctata Banks, gnathos Ross and cascadis Ross. On the basis of
the male genitalia it can easily he distinguished from those species.
The species is most closely related to tripunctata Banks, differing
from it in the size and shape of the ventral style of the clasper,
which, although variable in tripunctata is spine-like and not blade-
like, the shape of the tenth tergite, the entirely different aedeagus
and the absence of the apicodorsal lobe of the ninth tergite.
Male: Length 9 mm. Head, thorax, antennae blackish, femur dark
brown, remainder of leg fulvous; wings dark brown except a narrow light
spot along r-m, a larger white spot near fork of M and a light spot somewhat
smaller where Anals join margin.
Genitalia as in fig. 3. Ninth segment narrow, annular, sternum wider
than tergum. Tenth tergite divided into two lateral lobes, latero-apical
margin produced into an acute apex when seen from dorsal aspect, fig. 3B,
JULY, 1953]
DENNING^ — LIMNEPHILIDAE
169
from lateral aspect tergite appears rooflike. Cerci rather inconspicuous,
leaflike from dorsal view. Clasper with basal segment massive, dorsal portion
projected caudad at right angles to remainder, a dense cluster of long setae
distally; dorsal ramus of apical segment ellipsoid from lateral aspect, from
ventral aspect about same width throughout, black peglike teeth scattered
irregularly on a trifle more than half the ventral surface, much more dense
near apical margin ; ventral ramus only slightly longer than bi'oad, consider-
ably narrower than width of dorsal ramus, only apical margin bearing a
dense row of black peglike teeth ; bladelike ventral style arising on meson
from base of clasper, divergent and acuminate from ventral aspect, fig. 3A ;
broad, arcuate, apically subtruncate from lateral aspect. Aedeagus, fig. 3C,
tubular, dorsal arms curved ventrad, apex truncate ; from ventral aspect apex
widely furcate.
Holotype: Male. Albany Co., Wyoming, Snowy Range Mts.,
outlet of Telephone Lake. Elev. 10,500 feet, July 29, 1950, (D. G.
Denning) .
Radema tavala Denning, new species
This species bears closest resemblance to R. incerta (Banks),
but can easily be separated from it by differences in the aedeagus,
tenth tergite and apical segment of clasper.
Male: Length 7 mm. Head, thorax and antennae black, legs fuscous,
wings brownish. Spurs 1—2—4.
Genitalia as in fig. 4. Ninth segment with dorsum greatly reduced, pro-
jecting cephalad from dorsal portion is a thin flap-like process. From lateral
aspect tenth tergite consists of the following processes: (1) a dorsal pair of
arcuate bladelike processes, (2) a pair of thin filamentous processes, slightly
widened distally, (3) a ventral pair of large, ventrally coneave processes, a
heavily sclerotized lateral ridge may cause this process to appear divided, a
cluster of rather long setae present at apex of this ridge; from dorsal aspect
dorsal processes ( 1 ) are elongate, closely appressed, bearing a few minute
laterad directed setae, lying alongside are a pair of thin pi'ocesses which
arise from the large ventral piece, fig. 4B ; from ventral aspect large ventral
process (3) appears triangular, with apices slightly divergent, fig. 4A. Cerci
small, slender throughout, heavily sclerotized. Clasper with basal segment
elongate, narrowed distally; apical segment long, rod-like, sinuate, sharply
acuminate. Aedeagus long, tubular, bearing a pair of apically acute, fairly
long, slender ventral arms.
Holotype. Male. Head of Metolius River, Oregon, May 21,
1950, (Fender & Jewett).
Literature Cited
Ross, Herbert H.
1950. Synoptic notes on some nearctic Limnephilid caddisflies (Trichop-
tera, Limnephilidae ) . American Midland Naturalist, 43(21:410-
429, 22 figs.
170
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
NEW SPECIES OE PODABRUS FROM WESTERN
NORTH AMERICA
(Coleoptera: Cantharidae)
Kenneth M. Fender
McMinnville, Oregon
Since my notes on the species of Podahrus of Oregon and Wash-
ington were published^, I have been permitted the privilege of
examining certain specimens that were before Fall at the time of his
revision of the genus^. It has been found that errors in my paper
v/ere present, due largely to the lack of type material, and to in-
adequacies of Dr. Fall’s studies. His descriptions were sufficient at
the time of his study but are now far outmoded because of the
captures of species unknown to him, but closely resembling some
of his species.
The specimens before me that were studied by Fall indicated by
a black card on the pin, are from the Ralph Hopping collection
and were kindly loaned by E. S. Ross and Hugh B. Leech of the
California Academy of Sciences.
Indications are that several species of Podahrus are much more
local in range than they were previously supposed to be. Others
have a much greater range than heretofore known. A true under-
standing of the western representatives of the genus cannot be
formed until adequate collections are made from poorly sampled
or uncollected areas.
Following my grouping^, Podahrus edmundsae should be placed
in Group I, P. piceatus and P. ochocensis in Group H, and P.
alexanderi in Group HI.
Podabrus edmundsae Fender, new species
Shining, black; head rufotestaceous with front narrowly infuscate apic-
ally, varying to black behind eyes; apical segment of palpi piceous, basal
segments darker above; pronotum rufotestaceous with a quadrangular black
spot medially on anterior margin, basal margin narrowly black, this black
area sometimes extending up the sides, a small, rather obscure spot on inner
side of each discal convexity; posterior sternites bordered with rufotestaceous,
fifth and sixth with a triangular pale area medially on apical margin, that on
sixth being larger, extending nearly to base of segment, seventh and eighth
sternites brunneous to rufotestaceous. Pubescence cinereous, thick and de-
pressed. Length 10.5 to 13 mm.
^ Fender, K. M., 1945, Pan-Pacific Ent., 21 (2) ; 77-80.
- Fall, H. C., 1928, Entomologica Americana, (n. s.) 8 ( 2') : 65-103.
® Fender, K. M., 1949, Pan-Pacific Ent., 25 (1) : 29-32.
JULY, 1953]
FENDER PODABRUS
171
Male: Head slightly wider than pronotum, finely sparsely punctured in
front, coarsely punctured between eyes, becoming scabrose punctate on neck ;
eyes large and prominent; antennae slender, extending to apical third of
elytra, third segment slightly longer than second, intermediate segments three
and a half times as long as wide. Pronotum transverse, anterior angles
rounded, sides arcuate, subparallel to hind angles which are angulately pro-
duced, explanate near anterior angles, rather strongly reflexed near hind
angles; disc finely sparsely punctulate, a little more coarsely so anterior to
convexities Avhich are low and orbicular, median impressed line incomplete,
not eroded. Elytra finely rugulose, more coarsely so apically. Body beneath
finel}^ rather closely punctulate, seventh sternite with a large triangular
somewhat membranous medial area; protibiae not modified; metacoxae with
an apical process which is tipped by a tuft of pale setigerous hairs. All claws
with a long acute tooth, causing them to appear broadly cleft.
Female: Similar to male; pronotal markings present hut less pronounced,
antennae extending to about middle of elytra, intermediate segments about
three times as long as wide, fifth and sixth sternites, protibiae and metacoxae
not modified.
Holotype, male, Station 0, Peavine Ridge, McMinnville, Ore-
gon, June 19, 1948, K. M. Fender; allotype, female, McMinnville,
Oregon, May 22, 1941 ; nine paratypes from the following Oregon
localities. High Heaven, McMinnville; Amity; Marys Peak,
Corvallis.
Podabrus edmundsae is very close to P. conspiratus Fall, from
which it may readily be separated by the pronotal markings, those
of P. conspiratus being confined to a large quadrangular dark spot
medially on the anterior margin.
Fall placed his P. conspiratus as near and possibly a mere var-
iety of Podabrus comes Leconte. He, however, had only the female
from which to diagnose and realizing the weakness of female char-
acters indicated that should the male protibiae be unmodified, P.
conspiratus should be associated with P. mexicanus Gorham and
P. tenuis Fall. The male of P. conspiratus, like that of P. ed-
mundsae, does not have the protibiae modified. Both species are
quite closely akin to P. binotatus Leconte as indicated by tbeir
genitalia. Like these two species P. binotatus has the pronotum or-
namented, but with only a dark spot on each convexity, and the
elytra are yellow.
It gives me great pleasure to dedicate this fine species to Dr.
J. C. Dirks-Edmunds. Through her interest in ecology and general
biology she has not only added new species to be described but
is helping to increase the knowledge of species already known.
172
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, xNO. 3
Podabrus piceatus Fender, new species
Feebly shining to opaque; head black with front flavous to apex which
is infuscate, palpi flavous with apical segment dark brownish, first two or
three antennal segments pale beneath ; pronotum rufotestaceous, with or
without a median longitudinal black stripe which when present attains and
usually expands along apical and basal margins, or these margins alone may
be more or less widely black medially; elytra flavous with suture narrowly and
apices widely infuscate; body beneath black, apices of coxae and femora and
bases of trochanters and tibiae pale, more widely so on front legs ; male
genitalia brownish orange. Pubescence aureous, fine, thick and suberect.
Length 7 to 9 mm.
Male: Head wider than pronotum, finely sparsely punctured in front,
more closely coarsely so behind the prominent eyes, becoming rugose-punctate
on neck; antennae slender, extending to about middle of elytra, segments
two to four progressively longer, intermediate segments about three times as
long as wide. Pronotum as long as wide, anterior angles obliquely truncated,
sides straight, converging slightly to prominent hind angles, basal margin
feebly convex in outline, strongly sharply reflexed, sides explanate near
anterior angles; discal convexities crescentic and strongly raised, each one
half or less as wide as median concavity, median longitudinal impressed line
short, extending from near base to middle of concavity, disc finely micro-
reticulate, closely and moderately coarsely punctured. Elytra finely rugose-
punctured basally, becoming coarsely so apically, costae feebly indicated.
Body beneath finely closely punctured, with long, fine transverse rugae on
sternites. All claws armed with a stout acute basal tooth.
Female: Similar to male; head as wide as pronotum, eyes smaller and
less prominent, antennae extending to basal third of elytra, pronotal con-
vexities less pronounced, median impressed line very short.
Holotype, male, and allotype, female, from Station 3, Peavine
Ridge, McMinnville, Oregon, June 9, 1948, collected by K. M.
Fender; 62 paratypesf from the following Oregan localities: Mc-
Minnville, Peavine Ridge (McMinnville), Baker Creek (McMinn-
ville) , Dayton, Dilley, Damascus, Pistol River (coll. Borys Malkin) .
Collection dates range from May 16 to June 10.
Podabrus piceatus is close to Podabrus extricatus Fall which is
smaller (6 to 7 mm.), has the pronotum flavous with a narrow
median dark stripe, more shining, less closely punctured, and the
convexities nearly as wide as the median concavity and thus less
sharply rounded ; the pubescence of P. extricatus is coarser, longer
and sparser. Podabrus extricatus was incorrectly cited from Ore-
gon by me^, the proper species being P. piceatus. P. extricatus is
not now known to occur outside California.
^ Fender, K. M., 1945, Pan-Pacific Ent., 21 : 79.
JULY, 1953]
FENDER PODABRUS
173
A series of eight specimens of Podabrus was collected by Borys
Malkin along the Pistol River, Curry County, Oregon. They are
black with small red spots at the anterior angles of the pronotum;
the bases of the antennae and sides of the head beneath the an-
tennae are pale. Another series, without the red pronotal spots
except in an occasional female, has been collected at Crater Lake,
Wallowa Lake, Bear Springs (Wapinitia Hgwy.), Mottet Ranger
Station (Blue Mts.) and Takakkaw Falls, Oregon, and Toho
National Park, British Columbia (C. P. Alexander). No external
character has been found to separate this latter series from Poda-
brus piniphilus Eschscholtz. By the conformation of the male gen-
italia, both the above series show a much closer affinity with P.
piceatus (fig. 1) and P. extricatus than with P. piniphilus (fig. 2 ) .
They may prove to be but extremes of a variable species. Clearer]
genitalia may be required to verify the relationship.
Fig. 1. Podabrus piceatus n. sp., male genital armature, ventral view.
Fig. 2. Podabrus piniphilus Eschscholtz, male genital armature, ventral view.
174
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
Podabrus ochocensis Fender, new species
Opaque, black; head in front of eyes pale, varying to sides of front pale;
basal two or three antennal segments pale beneath; explanate sides of pro-
notum flavous, pale areas sometimes connected near anterior margins; anterior
tibiae and tarsi sometimes brunneous; apical margins of abdominal sternites
narrowly pale. Pubescence cinereous, fine, thick and depressed to suberect.
Length 6 to 7.5 mm.
Male: Head wider than pronotum, coarsely closely punctured behind
antennae, more closely so on neck, finely sparsely punctured in front; eyes
large and prominent; antennae slender, extending to the middle of elytra,
second segment about two-thirds length of third, third evidently shorter than
fourth, intermediate segments about three times as long as wide. Pronotum
one-eighth wider than long, anterior angles oblique, sides parallel to middle,
concavely narrowing to hind angles which are acute, sides rather widely
explanate, becoming strongly reflexed at hind angles; disc coarsely closely
punctured, becoming less coarsely so on explanate sides, median concavity
deep and so closely punctured that punctures are difficult to distinguish,
similarly punctured on the anterior third; a longitudinal impressed line is
obliterated except for a short distance between convexities. Elytra finely
rugose-punctate, with two faint discal costae. Body beneath finely rather
closely punctured, pubescence short and depressed; all claws armed with a
stout basal tooth, those on the middle and hind legs short but less than right
angles; those on front legs more acute, free angle extending nearly as far as
the claw proper.
Female: Similar to male; head slightly narrower than pronotum, eyes
smaller and less prominent; antennae extending to basal fourth of elytra,
intermediate segments about two and a half times as long as wide. Pronotum
less strongly explanate at sides, sides feebly sinuate, narrowing slightly from
oblique anterior angles to hind angles which are feebly prominent.
Holotype, male, allotype, female, and nine paratypes, from
OcHoco Creek, Ochoco National Forest, Oregon, June 14,
1941, collected by D. McKey-Fender and K. M. Fender.
This species runs to Podabrus scaher Leconte in Fall’s key. It
fits still more closely Fall’s description of P. scaber, his key being
in error where he states the pronotum is black with a lateral red
spot. Actually the species has the thorax black with the sides quite
widely reddish yellow. In P. scaber the pronotal convexities are
low and flattened on top, the median concavity is shallow, this disc
is quite evenly coarsely punctured, the elytra being strongly coarse-
1)" rugose-punctate.
JULY, 1953]
FENDER PODABRUS
175
Podabrus alexaiideri Fender, neAV species
Feebly shining, black; sides of the front, mandibles, all but apical
segments of palpi and basal two or three antennal segments beneath, rufotes-
taceous; in males, front more or less widely brownish along margin, and a
feeble pale spot at sides and near anterior angles of pronotum; apical seg-
ments of palpi brownish ; apices of all coxae and femora narrowly pale, a
little more widely so on coxae. Pubescence cinereous, short, suberect and
inconspicuous. Length 8.5 to 9 mm.
Male: Head slightly wider than pronotum, opaque, closely rather coarsely
punctured behind antennae, front shining and hnely sparsely punctate; eyes
prominent and rather coarsely faceted; antennae slender extending to middle
of elytra, third segment twice as long as second, intermediate segments about
three times as long as wide. Pronotum small, transverse, about one-fourth
wider than long, anterior angles obliquely truncated, sides straight, converging
slightly to hind angles which are acute; disc opaque, finely rather sparsely
punctured, becoming rugulose on anterior third, convexities widely separated,
median longitudinal line slightly raised or absent, a deep submarginal sulcus
present along basal margin. Elytra closely rugose-punctate, discal costae
feeble. Body beneath finely punctured, a little more closely so on abdomen.
All claws finely cleft.
Female: Similar to male; front pale on each side beneath antennae:
head slightly narrower than pronotum, eyes smaller and less prominent,
antennae extending to basal third of elytra, intermediate segments about two
and a half times as long as wide. Pronotum transverse, sides parallel from
obliquely truncated anterior angles to prominent basal angles. All claws
toothed at base.
Holotype, male, allotype, female, and eleven paratypes, from
SuNWAPTA Pass, Banff National Park, Alberta, Jul}^ 21-26,
1949, collected by C. P. Alexander.
This species is related to Podabrus fissilis Fall. In that species,
the head in front of the antennae is rufotestaceous, the pronotum of
the male is nearly as long as wide and the sides are sinuate. The
male genitalia are decidely different; in P. fissilis the apical margin
of the dorsal plate of the tegmen is very shallowly, widely emargin-
ate, while in P. alexanderi it is deeply, less widely so.
It is a great pleasure to dedicate this species to Dr. C. P. Alex-
ander, in gratitude for his interest in my studies as well as for his
many fine additions to my collection.
176
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
A NEW SUBSPECIES OF TRACHYKELE BLONDELI
(Coleoptera: Buprestidae)
Jacques R. Helper
Mendocino, California
Trachykele blondeli cupreomarginata Heifer, n. subsp.
Structurally and chromatically nearly like typical T. blondeli but differ-
ing from it in having the elytra laterally margined with cupreous color, smooth
median line of pronotum and usually entire central portion of pronotum
cupreous, black elytral markings paired and more distinct, and elytra usually
a little more abruptly narrowed from apical third to apices. Male genital
apparatus with tips of side pieces a little more swollen than in T. b. blondeli.
Holotype male 15 mm. long, maximum width 5 mm. ; allotype female 14.5 mm.
long, maximum width 5 mm.
Holotype, male, from Cypress Ridge, Marin Co., California,
IV-4-51 ( J. Heifer collector) ; chopped from living Sargent cypress
[Cupressus sargentii Jepson] .
Allotype, female, Cypress Ridge, Marin Co., California, V-30-50
(Anderson collector) .
Paratypes, 7 males from the type locality (which is sometimes
know as Carson Ridge) ; 5 hear the same data as the holotype, 1 is
labled X-15-15, H. C. Muzzall collector, dead in Sargent cypress,
and 1 loaned by F. T. Scott is labeled “Marin County, July, 1933,
Collected from cypress log. Cal. Dept. Agr. No. 33621”; also 5
females, 3 from Mill Valley, Marin Co., Calif., VI-18-50, VH-14-50,
and VHI-27-50, Jon Schorer collector, on trunks and foliage of
Monterey cypress (Cupressus macrocarpa Hartw.) in the town of
Mill Valley; 1 labeled Cypress Ridge (nr. Woodacre) , VI-12-21, F.
E. Blaisdell collector, one labeled San Geronimo, California, XI-12-
21, J. White collector; and one fragmentary specimen bearing the
same data as the holotype except that it was chopped from dead
Sargent cypress. There is, in addition, one specimen, loaned by
Dr. W. F. Barr, labeled San Rafael, Marin Co., Cal., VII-17-33, and
one labeled Cypress Ridge, Marin Co., VI-2-51, A. & J. G. Edwards
collectors, loaned by Dr. J, G. Edwards. There are also six speci-
mens collected from Sargent cypress near Camp Meeker, Sonoma
County, Calif., H-7-52, J. Heifer collector, of which three were
collected alive from their pupal cells in the wood, the other three
being dead and more or less damaged. There are also six specimens
labeled Mendocino, Calif., (Mendocino County) VH-24-52, J. Hei-
fer collector, chopped from pygmy cypress Cupressus pygmaea, of
JULY, 1953]
HELFER — TR4CHYKELE
177
which two are perfect, the other four being more or less damaged
or incomplete.
Five or six additional specimens of this same new form were
collected by W. Russell and D. Giuliani, at the type locality. These
specimens were seen by Dr. Van Dyke and he assured me that they
were all typical of this new subspecies, having the characteristic
cupreous markings.
In the past this form has been confused sometimes with T.
opulenta Fall, sometimes with T. hlondeli s.str., but it is clearly
related to the latter as shown by the condition of the scutellum,
strong angulation of pronotal crests, character of elytral markings,
general form, punctuation, larval characters, and male genitalia.
T. b. blondeli ranges from British Columbia into Oregon and pos-
sibly into northern California, the larvae mine the wood of giant
arborvitae or red cedar (Thuja plicata) . This new form, T. b. cup-
reomarginata, occurs in a few isolated cypress groves not far inland
along the coast of California from Marin county northward. In the
Mill Valley area it has moved into planted Monterey cypress
(Cupressus macrocar pa) and the San Rafael record may indicate
its occurrence in planted cypress as no native cypress occur there,
as far as I know.
LARVAE. The larvae of the new subspecies differ from those of
T. b. blondeli in that the anterior margin of the lab rum is emarg-
inate at the middle and also distinctly narrowly indented near each
side, the pubescence is brown, the anterior margin of the ligula is
broadly feebly arcuate, the labial palpi are obsolescent; in the
larvae of T . b. blondeli the anterior margin of the labrum is broadly
shallowly emarginate without the indentations at the sides, the pub-
escence is yellowish-white, the anterior margin of the ligula is feebly
emarginate, and the labial palpi are reduced.
Observations in the field show that this form mines the heart-
wood of living cypress tress ranging in size from three and a half
feet high and with trunks only two inches in diameter to the largest
trees available. Trees so attacked appear thrifty and show no ill
effects. Trees which are a little deformed or scarred in some manner
appear to be more often attacked than perfectly normal appearing-
trees, and some trees which proved to be infested had portions of
their trunks of a distinctly darker color. A cerambycid, Atimia
dorsalis Le Conte, attacks the Sargent cypress trees and, on Cypress
Ridge, is responsible for a considerable flowing of pitch on the
178
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
trunks and larger limbs. The larval mines of T rachykele commonly
extend into the main roots of the trees well below the surface of the
ground, and also extend as much as two feet into limbs, but pup-
ation and emergence seem always to occur in and from the trunk.
Adults have been beaten from the foliage of the Sargent cypress on
Cypress Ridge in the summer. Larvae and adults were chopped
from Sargent cypress near Camp Meeker in early February, and
pupae were found in pygmy cypress near Mendocino on July 24th.
NOTES ON THE GENUS METROBATES IN CALIFORNIA
WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES
(Hemiptera: Gerridae)
Robert L. Usinger
University of California, Berkeley
The species of Metr abates are typical inhabitants of swift-flow-
ing rivers and streams and have long been known from the eastern
and southern United States and from Central and South America.
The genus was first recorded from California in 1948 (Usinger, La
Rivers, Chandler and Wirth, Biology of Aquatic and Littoral In-
sects, Univ. of Calif. Syllabus SS, p. 175) on the basis of a series
of specimens collected in Putah Creek beneath the railroad bridge
near Davis, Yolo County, October 24, 1942. These specimens were
identified as Metr abates trux Bueno by H. B. Hungerford and L. D.
Anderson, although it was noted that the dark markings of the
upper surface were much more extensive than in the typical form
described from Colorado and subsequently recorded from Texas,
Kansas and Arizona as well as from Oregon and Idaho. Drake and
Harris (Ann. Carnegie Museum, 21: 87, 1932) stated that Texas
specimens differ from the Oregon and Idaho specimens “in having
the basal portion of the second antennal segment yellowish brown.”
Since 1942 the dark form of Metr abates trux has been found on
several occasions in northern and central California by H. P.
Chandler. Most of these specimens are apterous, as was the original
series from Putah Creek, but recently Mr. Chandler found a high
percentage of macropterous forms in a stream at Oroville, Butte
County, July 27, 1951.
JULY, 1953]
USINGER METROBATES
179
All specimens from northern California have the second anten-
nal segment uniformly dark and, in the apterous forms, the pale
area of the pronotum reduced to a median spot which is narrowed
posteriorly, the mesonotum with the median stripe reduced to an
elongate spot which tapers anteriorly, the pale spots in the longi-
tudinal black fasciae much reduced, and the sublateral pale stripes
greatly reduced and sinuate. The dark markings are also more
extensive on the metanotum and abdominal tergites.
The typical pale form was taken by me in the Colorado River at
Yuma, Nov. 3, 1951, and by Mr. J. D. Lattin and me in the Color-
ado River near Parker Dam in March, 1952.
Variation in Metrobates has been studied in Florida by Hussey
and Herring (Florida Ent., 32: 166—170, 1949) where it was found
that hesperius populations formed three subspecies and anomalus
populations two subspecies. The Florida subspecies differed in
pilosity of antennae and legs as well as in color, whereas no differ-
ences in pilosity have been discovered in California specimens.
Nevertheless, California specimens are easily separated into a
southern and a northern form. For the dark form from northern
California I propose the subspecies name Metrobates trux infusca-
tus Usinger, new subspecies, with the holotype, male, allotype,
female, (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and designated paratypes from
the apterous series collected in PuTAH Creek near Davis, Cali-
fornia, Ocotober 24, 1942, R. L. Usinger.
Book Notice
GENERA INSECTORUM — The following two parts on Coleoptera have been
published during the first half of 1953. The plates in both are in black and
white, printed by a photographic process ; the publishers state that lithography
in color has become too expensive.
Fascicule 192. Carabidas Subfamily Carabinee. By G. Vacher de Lapouge.
Plates 2 to 10, to accompany the Marquis Lapouge’s monograph of the
Carabinse. These are plates of the adult beetles; plate 1 (larvae) was pub-
lished in the first (1929) of the previous four parts.
Fascicule 210. Endomychidae. By H. F. Strohecker. Pp. 1-140, 64 text
figs, (many compound), 5 pis. There is a key to subfamilies, and keys to
genera within the various subfamilies, for the world fauna. Genotypes are
cited; the few described fossils are catalogued. Two new genera and one new
species are described, and five new generic names proposed. — H.B.L.
180
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIX, NO. 3
Book Notices
LONGICORN BEETLES OF CHINA. By J. Linsley Gressitt. Longicornia
(Paris) 2:1—667, 22 pis., 1 map. December, 1951. Price 4800 francs
(priced at $14.50 in J. D. Sherman’s 66th catalogue).
This book-sized issue, volume 2 of the new French journal Longicornia,
provides a means for the identihcation of all the species of Cerambycidae
known from China and Korea, and includes keys to the various categories
from subfamilies down. New locality records are given, as well as docu-
mented records from the literature ; the sources of distributional and host
records are correlated by a system of superscript numerals. In all, 1895
species and subspecies in 392 genera are treated. The location of the type
specimen is usually indicated, and the type species of each genus is cited.
About 350 host plants are listed. One hundred and three species, 11 sub-
species, eight genera, and one subgenus are described as new; two tribal
names are emended, and new names are proposed for two genera, two
species, and one subspecies.
Appendix I (pp. 622-623) treats two species omitted from the earlier
text. Appendix II (pp. 623-624) lists species questionably or erroneously
recorded from China. Appendix III (pp. 624-630) describes “additional new
forms.” Appendix IV (pp. 630-631) comprises a summary, and a page of
statistics by areas. Appendix V (pp. 632-634) is chiefly a list of names
published by Breuning in 1947, and unknown to Gressitt until his own
manuscript was partly through the press (in fact the manuscript was written
under difficulties, much of it after the Communists were in control of Canton,
and was mailed in small lots from Hong Kong) . There is an index of host
plants, and one of taxonomic names. The 32 plates illustrate 166 species,
including nearly all the new ones and some Gressitt species not previously
figured. — H. B. Leech.
PLANT DISEASES IN ORCHARD, NURSERY AND GARDEN CROPS.
By E. Gram and A. Weber; translated from the Danish by E. Ramsden,
edited and adapted by R. Dennis. Quarto. 618 pp., 350 text figs., 10 pis.
in color. Philosophical Library, Inc., 15 E. 40th St., New Yoi'k 16, N. Y.
1953. Price $18.50.
This is a translation of the second Danish edition (1944), with additions
and changes in both text and figures to better suit conditions met in England.
The main divisions of the text are: 1. The nature of plant diseases (pp.
13—98). IT Diseases of tree and bush fruit (pp. 99-228). III. Diseases of
vegetables and herbaceous fruit (pp. 229—404). IV. Diseases of ornamental
plants and trees (pp. 405-569). V. Control measures (pp. 571—603). Within
parts II, III and IV the arrangement of plants or crops is alphabetical; each
major part ends with a bibliography. For the more important crops and
plants (such as apple, lettuce, pea, potato, chrysanthemum, etc.), there are
useful quick identification tables (indented keys) to the symptoms of the
diseases attacking them. References to insects are fewer than might be ex-
pected. The book is printed on good stock, in large clear type; it is well
illustrated, and the text is arranged for ease of use. — H.B.L.
PATRONIZE
OUR
ADVERTISERS
1
When you want reliable,
up-to-date, technical information
concerning
PARATHION
and
MALATHON
consult American Cyanamid, the company that
developed both of these important contribu-
tions to the field of insecticides.
We welcome your inquiries.
AMERICAN Gmnamid
COMPANY
Manufacturer
Parathion Technical
and MALATHON Technical
Agricultural Chemicals Division
30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y*
11
that guards crops and livestock!
Du Pont fuels
the "JET"
O NE device that symbolizes today’s practical scien-
tific farms is the sprayer, spouting chemicals froba
one ”jet” or from twenty. High pressure or low, 3-gallon
or 1000-gallon, it is a sign of modern times in agricultiure.
Why is this true? Because today specialized farm
chemicals used in sprays are important to every kind
of farming. Chemical sprays are used to;
INSECTICIDES: epn 3oo, mar-
late* methoxychlor, DEE-
NATE* DDT, LEXONE* benzene
hexachloride, KRENITE* dinitro
spray, Du Pont Cotton Dusts,
Du Pont Dairy Cattle Spray and
Dairy Barn Insecticide, Du Pont
Livestock Spray & Dip No. 30.
Kill flies and mosquitoes on livestock, in barns and
other farm buildings.
Control the insects and diseases that attack fruit and
vegetables, cotton and corn, hay and pasture.
Kill the weeds in fields and fencerows and the brush in
rangeland, pasture and woodland.
Many new spray chemicals as well as other products
for the farm have been developed through Du Pont re-
search. They have been tested and proven through the
work of Du Pont scientists and technicians with the
cooperation of schools and experiment stations and prac-
tical farmers. You can look to Du Pont for chemicals to
guard your crops and make your farm more productive.
On oil chemicals always fellow directions
for opplicalion, Where warning or cau-
tion slalemenli on use of Ihe product ore
given, read them carefully,
'*E6.U. S.PaT. Off
FUNGICIDES: manzate,! par-
ZATE* (nabam and zineb), FER-
MATE* (ferbam), ZERLATE* (zi-
ram), Copper-A (fixed copper),
SULFORON* and SULFORON*-
X wettable sulfurs.
WEED AND BRUSH KILLERS: CMU,
AMMATE,* 2,4-D, TCA and 2,
4,5-T.
FEED SUPPLEMENTS: delster-
OL* Vitamin D 3 (”D ’’-activated
animal sterol), Methionine amino
acid.
SEED DISINFECTANTS: ARASAN*
for corn, grass, legumes, peanuts,
vegetables, sorghum, rice; CERE-
SAN* for cotton and small grains.
*HEO, U. S, PAT. OFFICE
tTRAOE MARK
BETTER THINGS FOR BETTER L I V I N G . . . T HR O U G H CHEMISTRr
Ill
PROVING GROUND
On this 300 acre experimental farm the
pesticide formulations developed in
Kohm & Haas laboratories are tested
under actual farming conditions. Result
of this constant research: — Better all-
around crop protection for farmers
everywhere.
DiTHANE Organic Fungicide is the
choice of thousands of farmers because
it protects many crops against diseases
without retarding plant growth.
RHOTHANE Insecticide’s unusual prop-
erties give farmers and orchardists
effective control of many insects —
from hornworms to tortrix.
K ATHON Herbicide’s ability to kill weeds
and brush without harming plants
makes it a potent weapon in the farmer’s
fight for more and better crops.
DDT finds many uses as an insecticide
— on dairies and farms — as a fly spray
or for crop protection.
TRITON B-1956 is the emulsifier, spreader
and sticker selected by many growers
to improve the effectiveness of insecti-
cides, fungicides and weed killer.
For the future, Rohm & Haas research
laboratories are working to produce
constantly improved chemicals — for
even better all-around crop protection.
DitHANE, RHOTHANE, KATHON, TRITON
are trademarks, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off.
and in principal foreign countries.
CHEMICALS FOR
AGRICULTURE
ROHM e HAAS
COM PANY
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
Representatives in principal foreign countries
IV
m
Imc.
MANUFACTURERS AND PROCESSORS
OF
• Sulphur
• Insecticides
• Fertilizers
• Seeds
Home Office and Plant
Sunland Ave. Fresno, California
P. O. Box 1669 Phone Fresno 2-4113
V
Launching a hopper stopper
Ranchers and growers go into fast action
when a grasshopper invasion threatens.
They team low-flying airplanes and
ALDRIN to stop hoppers cold.
Aldrin has earned international ac-
ceptance as the No. 1 hopper stopper —
in the Near East, in Canada, and every-
where in the U.S.A. Incredibly small
amounts of aldrin are all you need to
deliver the lethal punch that controls
hoppers on wide areas of land . . . just
two or three ounces per acre get them
all, no matter how heavy the infestation.
Get a sufficient supply of aldrin now,
and be ready to deal a knockout blow to
any grasshopper invasion coming your
way.
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
JULIUS HYMAN & COMPANY DIVISION
Chemical Partner of Industry and Agriculture
P.O. Box 2171, Denver 1, Colorado
Atlanta • Chicago • Houston • Los Angeles • New York
San Francisco • St. Louis • Portland, Ore. • Jackson, Miss.
VI
MULTI-FILM "L"
"L" STANDS FOR LIQUID
A SPREADER and DEPOSIT BUILDER
that really WETS and still DEPOSITS
MULTI-FILM "L" ADDS A PLUS VALUE
TO NEW ORGANIC PESTICIDES
Colloidal Products Corporation
ESTABLISHED 1920
2598 TAYLOR STREET • SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
Manufacturers of Spreaders - Deposit Builders for Agricultural Sprays
PACIFIC
DISCOVERY
An illustrated magazine
of natural sciences
published by the
CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCES
San Francisco 18 ,
California
BULLETIN OF
ZOOLOGICAL
NOMENCLATURE
Arrangements have been made for
completing volume 1, and for the pub-
lication of volumes 2 (applications in
regard to nomenclatural problems), 3
(documents considered by the Interna-
tional Commission on Zoological Nom-
enclature at Paris, 1948), 4 (Official
Record of the International Commission
at Paris), and 5 (Official Record of the
section on Nomenclature of the thir-
teenth International Congress of Zoology
at Paris, 1948).
All inquiries regarding publications
should be addressed to: International
Trust for Zoological Nomenclature, 41
Queen’s Gate, London, S. W. 7, England.
CHEMICALS
SINCE
FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION
Insecticides
Sulphurs
Fungicides
Parasiticides
Stauffer Knapsack Duster
A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS
Vlll
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Incorporated
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
(The World's Largest Manufacturers ot
Nicotine Products)
BLACK LEAF 40
The Standard for Generations
for
Control of Many Insects
It Is Easy on Friendly and
Beneficial Insects
Other BLACK LEAF Products Include
A Full Line of Agricultural Chemicals
and Concentrates
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS & CHEMICAL CORP.
Richmond, Virginia
SAN FRANCISCO OFFICE: 41 7 Montgomery Street
NEW ORTHO Fly Killer
KILLS FLIES IN 30 SECONDS
. . . Open Letter on Baiting Method
tor Fly Control in Dairies
Dear Sir:
This ‘better” is to advise you that wc have just obtained Federal permission to
sell our ORTHO Fly Killer. This new product offers an easy baiting method for
quick control of flies in dairy barns and similar situations.
New ORTHO Fly Killer contains Lindane and tetraethyl pyrophosphate and
has proved effective against all strains of resistant flies. Studies show there is a
synergistic value in combining Lindane and tetraethyl pyrophosphate. In addition,
by so combining these materials, one can use less toxicant with the advantage of
greater safety to the dairyman and animals.
ORTHO Fly Killer gives fast kill of flies (average 18 to 30 seconds), and is
also simple to apply and requires no special application equipment.
Application takes as little as five minutes per day. A small amount of ORTHO
Fly Killer is mixed in an ordinary sprinkling can with water and syrup (such as dark
corn syrup). Then it is simply sprinkled on clean barn floors and other such areas
where flies are a problem. Application is repeated once a day until the fly population
is brought under control and after that, every 2 or 3 days or as needed.
We believe that the use of baiting method for fly control as embodied in
ORTHO Fly Killer represents a distinct scientific advance and offers a practical
control of both resistant and non-resistant flies.
We are indeed hopeful that you will find this product of interest and that it will
merit the study and consideration of the experts within your group who are interested
in this field of science.
UN|M{ «MI
^ V
Leo R. Gardner, Manager of Research 8C Development
CALIFORNIA SPRAY-CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Richmond, California
Branches throughout the U. S. A.
TM ORTHO, Reg. U. S. Pat. Off.
There are many reasons for the ever-increasing use of Niagara
Sprays and Dusts hyWestern growers. Among these are the Niagara
laboratories in which every formulation is carefully compounded
and field-tested for maximum effectiveness; the strategically lo-
cated blending plants which assure a full measure of fresh, active
ingredients; and the always cooperative Niagara field representa-
tives in every local growing area. Because Niagara products are
manufactured from the finest materials . . . according to special-
ized, fully effective formulations . . . and under strict production
controls, the Niagara brand on insecticides and fungicides is the
finest protection a Western grower can buy.
Niagara offers Western growers additional help through a series of Field Service
Bulletins. If you would like a copy for your own information, without obligation, write
Niagara Chemical Division, Richmond, Calif., Dept. 141
SPRAYS & DUSTS
RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA • MIDDLEPORT, NEW YORK
Trade MorC
NIAGARA CHEMICAL DIVISION; FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Vel. XXIX October, 19S3 No. 4
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
CONTENTS
HUBERT — The biology of Paradixa californica. — 181
HUBERT — Another species of Rhamphomyia predaceous on mosquitoes 190
SIMONS — New California cicadas with taxonomic notes on other species 191
LOOMIS — A note on Otobius lagophilus — 198
RYCKMAN — First report of Paratriatoma hirsuta Barber from Nevada
and additional collections from Arizona and California 199
TEVIS — An outbreak of Nymphalis californica near Lake Almanor,
California 201
VAN DOESBURG — On some Neotropical Passalidae 203
MALKIN — New records of Arachnida from Alaska 205
GRESSITT — Notes on nomenclature and relationships of some Palearctic
and Nearctic Lepturinae 207
HOYT — Deformed abdominal tergites in Musca domestica Linnaeus 208
BARR — Orthezia annae Cockerell found in Idaho 210
TILDEN — The digging and provisioning behavior of Ammophila saeva
Smith 211
MALKIN — New Records of Oxyporus from Arizona 218
FIGG-HOBLYN — A new species of Acmaeodera from western Nevada 219
DRAKE & HOBERLANDT— -A new species of the genus Angilia from
the Philippines, with a catalogue of the described species 223
Book Notices and Reviews 200, 221, 222, 228
Errata for Volume 29 227
SAN FftANCISCO. CALIFORNIA • 1953
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
In coaomration with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
E. G. Linsley
EDITORIAL BOARD
P. D. Hurd, Jr., H. B. Leech
R. L. UsiNGER
E. S. Ross
Co-Editors
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution. '
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to H. B. Leech at the California Academy of Sciences. Golden Gate Park. San
Francisco 18, Calif., or to P. D. Huj^d, Jr., at, 112 Agricultural Hall, University of
California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All communicatioiis regarding non-receipt of numbers,
changes of address, requests fot sample copies, and all financial communications
should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller; at the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco 18, Calif.' ,,t '
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $4.00 per year in advance. Price for single
copies. $1.00. Make checks payable to “PamPacific Entomologist.”
BULLETIN OF THE CALIFORNIA INSECT SURVEY
1:1 Middlekauff, W. W. The Horse Flies and Deer Flies of California
Pp. 1-24, 1 pi. June 30, 1950 10.35
1:2 Freeborn, S. B., and R. M. Bohart. The Mosquitoes of California
Pp. 25—78, pis. 2-8. June 8, 1951 $0.50
1:3 Linsley, E. G., and J. W. MacSwain. The Rhipiphoridae of Cali-
fornia (Coleoptera). Pp. 79-88, pi. 9. June 29, 1951 $0.25
1 :4 Hurd, P. D. Jr. The California Velvet Ants of the Genus Dasymutilla
Ashmead (Hymenoptera:Mutillidae). Pp. 89—118, pi. 10. August
27, 1951 ■- $0.35
1:5 Hurd, P. D. Jr., and E. G. Linsley. The Melectine Bees of Cali-
fornia (Hymenoptera:Anthophoridae) . Pp. 119-140, pi. 11, 5 maps.
October 31, 1951.. .1 $0.25
1:6 Hurd, P. D. Jr. The Scoliidae of Ca.liioTma(Hymenoptera:Aculeata).
Pp. 141-152, pis. 12 and 13. June 27, 1952 , $0.25
2:1 Keifer, H. H. The Eriophyid mites of California ( Acarina'.Erio-
phyidae). Pp. 1—128, pis. 1-39. December 12, 1952 $2.00
2:2 Pritchard, A. Earl The Gall midges of California (Diptera:
Itonididae olim Cecidomyiidae). Pp. 125—150, pi. 40. February
27, 1953 : $0.35
Send orders to: University of California Press, Berkeley 4
Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the post office at
San Francisco, under act of August 24, 1912.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
VOL. XXIX, No. 4 October, 1953
THE BIOLOGY OF PARADIXA CALIFORNICA
(Diptera: Dixidae)^
Alexander A. Hubert
University of California, Berkeley'
This study was made to help fill the need for investigations of
the biologies of individual species of the family Dixidae. Paradixa
californica (Johannsen) was selected because an excellent breeding
site was discovered on the University of California campus, where
this research was done. Several artificial pools in a courtyard pro-
vided all of the ecological factors essential for the support of a
large population. Specimens were also collected from numerous
creeks and ponds elsewhere in the San Francisco Bay region.
In this paper, after a listing of distribution records for the
species, the different stages in the life cycle are discussed, starting
with the adult and ending with the pupa. A separate section on
methods is not included, because most of the techniques employed
are either standard practice in the study of mosquitoes or were
mentioned in a recent paper by Newell (1951).
DISTRIBUTION
In his original description, Johannsen (1923) recorded the
type locality of this species as Stanford University, California.
Garrett (1924) mentions that two variations of the species occur
in British Columbia. About half of the locality records listed
helow are based upon specimens in the California Academy of
Sciences collection (C.A.S.). The remainder of the specimens were
collected by the writer, or his associates at the University of
California.
California Records. Alameda County: Berkeley, V-23-15 (M. C.
Van Duzee) C.A.S.; IV-24-51 (F. Mok) ; 1950-51 (A. A. Hubert). Castro
Valley, IV-10-39 (T. H. G. Aitken) C.A.S. Pleasanton, XI-22-39 (T. H. G.
Aitken) C.A.S. Contra Costa County: 5 mi. W. Moraga, VI-17-51 (A. A.
^ Extract from a thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements of
the degree of Master of Science in Entomology in the Graduate School of the
University of California.
- Present address Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana.
182
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
Hubert). Marin County: 8 mi S.W. Fairfax, IV-22-51 (C. J. Weinman);
VI-23-51 (A. A. Hubert). 2 mi. W. Lagunitas, V-19-51 (C. J. Weinman).
Mill Valley, IX-11-45 (E. L. Kessel) C.A.S. Muir Woods Nat. Mon., V-19-15
(M. C. Van Duzee) C.A.S. 2 mi. N. Pt. Reyes Station, V-19-51 (C. J. Wein-
man). Mendocino County: 14 mi. W. Willits, VI-30-51 (W. C. Bentinck).
Monterey County: Carmel, VH-7-40 (T. H. G. Aitken) C.A.S. Del Monte,
X-19-39 (T. H. G. Aitken) C.A.S. San Mateo County: San Mateo, IV-42
(E. S. Ross) C.A.S. San Francisco County: San Francisco, III-25-26 (M. C.
Van Duzee) C.A.S. Santa Clara County: Stanford University, 1923? (0. A.
Johannsen?); III-29-41 (T. H. G. Aitken) C.A.S. Sonoma County: Occi-
dental, IV-22-51 (A. A. Hubert). 3 mi. N. Valley Ford, VII-14-51 (C. J.
Weinman) .
British Columbia Records. 1924? (C. B. D. Garrett.)
THE ADULT
General Habits. The adults of this species do not seem to differ
in their general habits from those of other kinds of dixids observed.
They prefer to rest head upward in places close to the water that
are shaded, cool, and moist. On rock surfaces they are found from a
few inches to three feet above the water. In the artificial pool, where
many observations were made, they were noticed to congregate in
the corners. It was also in these corners that most of the egg masses
were found. Adults were frequently captured in hollows beneath
dirt banks among the roots of plants. In steep seepage areas they
will rest on the thick wet moss. The only time when this species
was observed to rest on the leaves of shrubs was in the evening,
Dixidae seem to undergo a daily migration from the moister and
more sheltered niches close to the stream in the middle of the
day, to the overhanging or bordering vegetation in the cool of the
evening.
Very little time during the daylight hours is spent in actual
flight. The flights, when they do occur, are low and of short dura-
tion. When P. californica adults are disturbed, they fly a short dis-
tance along the bank and land again. At times they will fly out
from the bank and return almost to the exact spot which they left.
An individual will often hover at several places along the margin
of a stream or pool before choosing a resting place.
The Question of Feeding . — It has been generally accepted that
adults of the family Dixidae do not feed. This deduction has been
based principally upon the poorly developed mouthparts, which
are evidently not adapted for biting. However, Malloch (1917)
reported that he found adults on flowers, apparently feeding on
October, 1953]
HUBERT — PARADIXA
183
nectar. Montschadsky (1936), in contrasting the Dixidae with the
Culicidae, claimed that the former are plant feeders.
Adults of Paradixa californica, kept in an insect cage, were
observed to land on some apple slices and go through the motions
of feeding. Each apparently feeding individual crouched with its
body tilted at a slight angle to the apple and brought its mouthparts
in contact with the moist surface. It seemed to feed on one spot
for a while, and then spend some time exploring and probing with
its proboscis. However, all motions of the latter sort were barely
perceptible to the unaided eye. On another occasion a female was
seen while evidently attempting to feed on a dried out slice of
apple. A bowl of water was kept in the cage at all times.
During the summer of 1951 a number of females were seen in
the typical feeding or drinking attitude on the bank of one of the
artificial pools previously mentioned. Most of these were on damp
areas of the concrete bank, but one was crouched where the bank
was dry. The flies would maintain this position for several minutes
at a time, and no motion could be detected. These observations
were made during daylight.
The most plausible explanation for this behavior is that the
dixids are seeking moisture. However, the proximity of water in
all cases, and the apparent restriction of this habit to females,
indicate that they might actually be feeding. In any case, feeding
is not essential, because adults will mate, oviposit, and live as many
as fifteen days without taking any nourishment.
Longevity. — Previous estimates of the length of dixid adult
life fell far short of the averages recorded for Paradixa californica.
For example, Nowell (1951) stated that adult dixids usually live
two to three days. The over-all average for 16 individuals timed
by the writer was nine and one-half days. All specimens lived at
least four days, and the maximum time recorded was 15 days.
On the average the females lived slightly longer than the males. In
order to obtain the above figures, pupae were reared in individual
vials, and the dates that the adult emerged and died were noted.
In each vial was a wad of cotton moistened with water, but no
food material. Most of the vials were kept in the laboratory at an
average temperature of 70.8 degrees Fahrenheit. A cooler environ-
ment lengthened the life expectancy.
Mating Habits. — There are two distinct patterns in the mating
procedure of Paradixa californica. In one of them no swarming of
184
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
the males takes place, and mating occurs during daylight. The
other involves swarming flights and takes place in the evening. The
swarming of dixid males has been mentioned many times in the
literature, hut the other pattern has not been previously reported.
Although mating of the first type can occur during any kind
of weather, it is most often seen on cool overcast days. The first
case of this kind was observed on the bank of the artificial pool in
April, 1951. Others were seen throughout the remainder of spring
and summer. On most such occasions the adults engage in short
individual flights along the bank and do a considerable amount
of hovering. The males are slightly more active in this respect
than the females.
In mating a male flies over to a resting female and half flies,
half climbs onto her back. Mounting results in the male facing in
the same direction as the female. The male next climbs backward
over the larger female and gropes for the tip of the abdomen with
his terminalia. While continuing in his attempts to bring the gen-
italia together, he climbs over the side of the female and under-
neath, until he is suspended below her body in an inverted position.
Union of the copulatory organs occurs in this position. Usually
the female raises her hind legs, enabling the male to pass under
more easily. Actual copulation lasts from a few seconds to several
minutes.
The writer was not fortunate enough to witness any swarming
flights until a still evening in June, when several separate swarms
were seen. The adults had congregated on the undersides of the
leaves of a large bush on the bank of the pool. Several males
would begin flying opposite the end of a branch until seven or
eight individuals were swarming in a rather tight formation. The
flight of each consisted of a constant rising and falling with a
change in elevation of about three inches. Very little horizontal
distance was covered in these maneuvers. No actual copulations
were seen, although several couples paired off for a few seconds.
From time to time adults of either sex would drop out of the for-
mation and land on the lower side of a leaf.
Nowell (1951) records that female dixids fly down through the
center of a swarm, become paired with males, and the fused couples
settle on leaves or rocks below. He states that copulation is com-
October, 1953]
HUBERT PARADIXA
185
pleted in about a minute, and then the males fly back up into
the swarm.
Oviposition . — When ready to oviposit, the female Paradixa
californica locates a rock, or other suitable substratum with a
moist surface. Sheltered corners or areas hidden by plants are
preferred to unprotected spaces. The gravid female comes to rest
at a point about an inch above the surface of the water, and her
abdomen begins a series of pulsations, each one of which carries
the tip closer to the substratum. Soon after the tip has made con-
tact, the first white eggs appear and are attached to the bank by
the gelatinous substance in which they are enclosed. Laying of
the entire egg mass takes about half an hour.
Little difficulty is encountered in inducing females to oviposit
in captivity. A bowl with a small amount of water and an emergent
rock for the attachment of egg masses are all that is necessary.
Oviposition can occur within five days after mating.
THE EGG
Development . — Each egg consists of an elliptical white central
Fig. 1. Egg mass of Paradixa californica
186
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
portion surrounded by a more transparent eapsule. These eggs are
imbedded in a perfeetly clear gelatinous mass, which is attached to
a rock or floating branch at, or a short distance above the water-
line. As the partially submerged mass matures the gelatinous
matrix tends to disintegrate, and some eggs may even become
free and sink to the bottom. By the fourth or fifth day after ovi-
position, larvae can distinctly be seen within the eggs. The head
can be distinguished from the rest of the body, which is bent back
on itself. The extremities may be directed toward either end of
the egg. The eyes, prothoracic setae, and caudal bristles are visible.
A few hours before the eggs are ready to hatch, the larvae may
be seen to move and reverse position within their egg capsules,
which gradually weaken and become quite flaccid. The activity of
the larvae increases until they are turning and twisting with great
vigor. Emergence is achieved by thrusting repeatedly against the
weakening apex of the egg with either end of the body or the
middle loop, until a rupture is finally forced. The larva may come
forth in any position, depending on when the retaining membrane
gives way.
The maximum number of eggs counted in any mass was 100
and the minimum was 42. The average for six egg masses was 75
eggs. The egg stage average five days in length at room temperature.
No significant difference was noted at a temperature ten degrees
cooler.
Ability to Withstand Desiccation . — A chip of wood having sev-
eral attached egg masses in various stages of development was
removed from the water and placed in an empty bowl. For two
days the wood was kept only slightly damp, and for three more days
it and its egg masses were allowed to desiccate completely. At the
end of this period the egg masses had become reduced to some
stained areas on the dry wood. The chip was placed in a bowl of
water, and at once the water was literally covered with hundreds
of wriggling first instar larvae. Apparently development continued
to an advanced stage despite the five days that the eggs were out
of water.
Further evidence that at least a certain amount of desiccation
might not be abnormal in the development of the eggs of this
species was derived from an examination of masses along the bank
of the pool where most of these studies were made. The masses
October, 1953]
HUBERT PARADIXA
187
varied in height from half an inch to fully two inches above the
water surface. Most of these were on damp areas, but others were
apparently isolated by recession of the water. Fluctuations in the
level of the pool take place periodically, and many of the eggs
laid undergo this drying before they are inundated by a subsequent
rise in the water level. Admittedly this is an artificial situation,
but this adaptation must also aid in the survival of the species
under more natural conditions.
THE LARVA
General Characteristics . — The larvae of Paradixa californica
may be found along the margins of slowly flowing creeks, and in
small ponds and pools, both natural and artificial. They assume
the usual dixid position on a moist surface with the middle of the
body looped away from the water, and both head and posterior end
in the positive meniscus. Rocks and floating branches are the
favorite resting places, but occasionally larvae will crawl up on
emergent vegetation. Shade is always preferred to sunlight.
Although the larvae require an aquatic environment, they do
not hesitate to crawl up out of the water on the moist surface of
a rock or plant stem. Comstock (1924) best characterized the
typical dixid method of terrestrial locomotion when he reported
that larvae progress by alternate thrusts of the two ends of the
body, the bent portion travelling foremost. The larvae of californica
have paired prolegs on the first and second abdominal segments,
and a series of ambulacral combs on the fifth through seventh
abdominal segments, which alternately provide an anchorage enab-
ling the opposite side of the body to advance. At all times the
larvae are covered with a thin film of water. This not only provides
protection against desiccation, but it supplies them with a smooth
wet surface on which to slide.
The larvae of this species swim awkwardly and rather slowly.
The anterior half of the body swings forcefully to one side, the
bend occurring at about the fourth abdominal segment, and the
posterior half also moves to the same side. Then the process is
reversed, the middle loop exchanging sides with both ends of the
body.
The various instars feed exclusively on material floating in the
surface film of water. The head is tilted back until it is almost
ventral side up, and a current created by the labral and maxillary
mouth brushes conveys all small particles to the mouth. Everything
188
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
is taken into the mouth, but the larva lowers its head to a horizontal
position and egests larger pieces of inorganic material.
Reactions' to Stimuli. — ^When disturbed, a larva on a wet rock
I
surface will crawl away from the source of irritation with one or
two quick thrusts of the body. If teased with a brush from the
direction of the water, it will move up the rock until the stimulus
is discontinued. Similarly, if prodded from above, it can be in-
duced to reverse the direction of its body loop in one motion and
swim out from the rock.
A sudden bump against the container, or a prod with the brush,
will sometimes cause a swimming or floating larva to thrust itself
away from the surface film and sink down a short distance. If
the water is shallow, it will lie motionless on the bottom with its
body bent. It will swim back up to the surface after a few seconds
if the stimulus is not repeated. The spiracular lobes and lateral
lobes of the caudal end are folded inward holding a bubble of
air over the spiracles during these dives. This escape mechanism
enables the larvae to elude predators at the water surface.
Parasites and Predators. — Since Nowell (1951) discussed the
enemies of dixid larvae at some length, this account will be limited
to the writer’s experience regarding Paradixa californica. A hydro-
philid larva of the genus Tropisternus, which was collected with
some dixids of this species, had captured one of the latter when
taken. Another Tropisternus kept in a bowl of water was observed
to capture and eat a larva.
Some larvae being reared by the writer became infected about
the anal area with what appeared to be a fungus. Dr. E. A. Stein-
haus, insect pathologist at the University of California, was kind
enough to examine the infected specimens. His findings showed
the presence of large numbers of rod-shaped bacteria gathered
about the caudal end of the larvae. Cultures of the gelatinous mass
of bacteria yielded abundant growth of a gram-negative short rod
that did not ferment lactose. A gram-negative yellow pigmented rod
(probably a F lav o bacterium) was also present, but this was be-
lieved to be an adventitious species. No fungi were apparent either
on the larval specimens or the culture plates.
Rate of Development. — The length of the different instars was
determined by rearing the larvae from the egg stage. It was
necessary to collect third instar larvae and rear the fourth instars
individually after they molted, due to the high mortality and slow
October, 1953]
HUBERT PARADIXA
189
development. Most of the rearing was done either outside or in the
laboratory in finger bowls containing pond water. The water was
changed frequently to prevent the development of bacteria and to
introduce a fresh supply of food. The over-all average length of the
first instar was six and one-half days, of the second instar 10 days,
of the third instar 13 days, and of the fourth instar 33 days. The
average length of 63 days thus computed for the larval stage is
undoubtedly much longer than would be the case in the natural
habitat. If the minimum times for each of the four instars are
totalled a length of 43 days is obtained.
THE PUPA
The larvae of Paradixa californica always climb up out of the
water to pupate. Most pupae are found attached by their side to the
substratum a short distance above the surface of the water. They
remain in this position, with the abdomen tightly curled about
the cephalothorax, until the emergence of the adult. If they are
loosened accidentally by the current, they will float in the water
dorsal side up with the respiratory trumpets breaking the surface.
Emergence of the adult will take place whether the pupa is attached
to the bank or is in the water. However, the newly-emerged adult
is very fragile and is easily drowned.
A pupa that has recently shed its last larval skin still retains
a limited motility. The abdomen is not so firmly appressed to the
cephalothorax and can be used in crawling. An early pupa on a
wet rock surface can be induced to crawl away from a point of
irritation with surprising rapidity. It does so by straightening and
curling the abdomen. In this early stage the pupa can also right
itself in the water. The inability to move, which develops later, is
due to a hardening of the pupal skin.
Of all the stages in the life cycle, the length of the pupal stage
is the mot constant. In the laboratory it almost invariably lasted
three days. Four days was the longest time recorded.
Acknowledgments. The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness
to Dr. R. L. Usinger, who suggested the problem and helped immeasurably
during the course of this study. Thanks are due Dr. E. A. Steinhaus for the
examination of bacteria infecting the larvae. Acknowledgment is made of
the help rendered by W. C. Bentinck, C. D. MacNeill, and C. J. Weinman
in collecting dixid material. Dr. H. Dietrich, of Cornell University, was kind
enough to lend the writer the holotype of Paradixa californica for com-
190
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
parison with the material being studied. Dr. C. D. Michener, of the University
of Kansas, was very helpful in the final preparation of this paper for
publication.
Literature Cited
Comstock, J, H.
1924. A manual for the Study of Insects. New York; Comstock Pub-
lishing Co. (p. 295.)
Garrett, C. B. D.
1924. New American Dixidae. [Cranbrook, B. C.] 7 pp.
JOHANNSEN, 0. A.
1923. North American Dixidae. Psyche, 30:52-58.
Malloch, J. R.
1917. A preliminary classification of Diptera exclusive of Pupipara.
Bulletin Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, 12:161-411.
Montschadsky, a. C.
1936. Tableaux analytiques de la faune de I’URSS. Moscow, (pp. 89-98.)
Nowell, W. R.
1951. The dipterous family Dixidae in western North America (Insecta:
Diptera). Microentomology, 16:187-270.
ANOTHER SPECIES OF RHAMPHOMYIA PREDACEOUS ON MOS-
QUITOES (Diptera: Empididae)^ A species of Rhamphomyia was re-
ported by Frohne (1952. Mosquito News, 12 [4] :263) as being a water-level
predator of emerging mosquitoes in Alaska. The flies were said to be of
small size, and the wings were described as “smoky.” Both sexes were as-
sumed to be predaceous. In July, 1952, some medium-sized empidids with
similar predatory habits were collected by the writer in the Bitterroot Moun-
tains of southwestern Montana. These flies, which have clear wings and are
evidently a different species from those observed by Frohne, were tentatively
identified by Mr. G. E. Shewell of the Canadian Department of Agriculture,
Ottawa, as Rhamphomyia (Megacyttarus) argenteus Bigot. They were ob-
served flying back and forth at a height of six to twelve inches above sunlit
alpine pools, frequently darting to the surface of the water to capture pupae
and newly emerged adult mosquitoes. Small bits of twig and other floating
particles were struck in flight and immediately released. All specimens in a
small series collected at each of two sites were males. In one place the
mosquitoes being preyed upon were Aedes nearcticus Dyar and Aedes hexo-
dontus Dyar; in another they were a species of Culiseta. The elevations of
these localities were 7,500 feet and 8,300 feet respectively. — Alexander A.
Hubert, Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana.
1 From the Federal Security Agency, Public Health Service, National Institutes
if Health, National Microbiological Institute.
October, 1953]
SIMONS CICADAS
191
NEW CALIFORNIA CICADAS WITH TAXONOMIC NOTES
ON OTHER SPECIES
(Homoptera: Cicadidae)
John N. Simons
University of California, Berkeley
California has probably the largest cicada fauna of any area
of comparable size in the United States. Of the eight genera pre-
sent, Okanagana with 36 species and Platypedia with 18 species
are the most abundantly represented.
Recent collections by the author have uncovered an apparently
new species of Okahagana. In addition three new species of the
genus Platypedia have been found. Specimens of the latter were
part of a large collection of cicadas given by Mr. F. H. Wymore to
the California Academy of Sciences several years ago.
Okanagana davisi Simons, new species
Male: Head black above, much covered with appressed silvery pubes-
cence, as broad as anterior margin of pronotum. Pronotum black, with much
silvery pubescence, hind margin with faint edge of pale orange. Mesonotum
black, four median orange spots arranged in a semicircle, the X marked
anteriorly with orange to form a V, hind margin edged faintly with orange.
Metanotum black, hind margin edged faintly with orange. Abdomen black
above, each tergite with much silvery pubescence and margined laterally very
faintly with orange; beneath, each sternite pale orange; laterally the pleurites
orange but marked centrally with black. Aedeagus black; valve orange
marked with black laterally (fig. lA). Legs black; front femora with median
dorsal spot of chestnut, tips pale orange. Thorax beneath black with much
silvery pubescence. Forewings, costa to node pale yellowish, node to apex
black, remaining venation mostly black. Membranes of fore and hind wings
orange-red, variegated with black.
Measurements: body length 25 mm., wing expanse 63 mm.
Holotype (California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco) :
Mattole River Valley, Honeydew, Humboldt Co., California,
June 20, 1950 (J. N. Simons). Paratypes: same data as
type; Icf, Van Duzen River, Humboldt Co., California, August
II, 1948 (W. W. Wirth) .
0. davisi is closely allied to both 0. canescens Van Duzee and
0. tristis Van Duzee. It can be separated from the former on the
basis of I) the silvery pubescence on the notum as opposed to the
sparser and more golden pubescence found in 0. canescens, and
2) the hind margin of the pronotum being very faintly edged
with orange while in canescens this margin is conspicuously
192
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
orange. From 0. tristis this species can be separated on 1) its
silvery pubescent notum contrasted with the almost glabrous notum
of O. tristis, 2) the entirely pale abdominal sternites which in 0.
tristis are usually blackened laterally, though at times they may be
completely pale, and 3) the aedeagus in profile view (fig. lA)
having the lower surface bent upward in the apical fourth while
in 0. tristis this line is turned up in the apical third.
This species is named after the late William T. Davis, the most
important single contributor to the knowledge of Cicadidae of
North America.
Platypedia usingeri Simons, new species
Male: Head black above, almost glabrous, the supra-antennal plates
edged with pale orange. Pronotum not hairy, black except for the following
pale orange markings: narrowly on the anterior margin, median sulcus, and
broadly on the hind margin. Mesonotum not hairy, black except for hind
margin which is pale. Metanotum black edged with pale color. Abdomen
black above, each tergite with much silvery pubescence; beneath, each
sternite black, covered with short silvery hairs, especially towards the pleu-
rites. Aedeagus black; valve black (fig. IB). Legs mostly pale except for
front femora which are chestnut. Forewings, costa to node pale yellowish,
venation except for darker marginal cells mostly pale yellowish. Membranes
of fore and hind wings yellowish-white to white.
Measurements: body length 20 mm., wing expanse 39 mm., width of
forewing 7 mm., length of forewing 17.5 mm., length of valve 5 mm.
Female: Same as for male with the exception of the genitalia.
Measurements: body length 17 mm,, wing expanse 44 mm., width of
forewing 7 mm., length of forewing 19.5 mm.
Holotype male and allotype female (California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco) : Putah Canyon, Yolo— Solano Co’s.,
California, May 7, 1929 (F. H. Wymore). Paratypes: Scfcf.
same data as for holotype.
This species appears to be closely related to P. scotti Davis, P.
mariposa Davis, and P. middlekauffi n.sp. The author has not been
able to identify females of these three species, but the characteristic
shape of the aedeagus of the male separates P. usingeri from males
of the above species. In P. scotti the aedeagus is slightly notched
apically in dorsal view and in profile it turns up distaily. In P.
mariposa the aedeagus is smoothly arched on top, not sinuate as
here, and rather concave on the bottom surface retaining only the
subapical sinuation of P, usingeri. From P. middlekauffi it is dis-
tinguished primarily by the smoothly arched upper surface of the
aedeagus (fig. ID).
October, 1953]
SIMONS CICADAS
193
Platypedia sylvesteri Simons, new species
Male: Head black above, with a few short black hairs, supra-antennal
plates margined with orange. Pronotum black except for the following orange
areas: narrowly on the anterior margin, median sulcus, and broadly on the
posterior margin. Mesonotum black, hind margin pale orange, the areas
about the mesonotal X with many silvery hairs. Metanotum black, hind
margin pale orange. Abdomen black above, the tergites, especially on the
sides, covered with silvery pubescence; black beneath, densely covered with
silvery pubescence and hairs. Aedeagus black; valve brownish (fig. 1C).
Front legs, femora dark chestnut, black beneath, tibiae black in proximal
two-thirds, pale distally; middle and hind legs pale, striped with black.
Forewings, costa to note pale yellow, venation black; hind wings with
venation mostly pale except for darker marginal cells. Membranes of fore
and hind wings pale orange.
Measurements: body length 20 mm., wing expanse 47 mm., width of
forewing 9 mm., length of forewing 20 mm., length of valve 4.5 mm.
Holotype (California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco) ;
Panamint Mtns., Inyo Co,, California, May 29, 1937 (Thorn-
dike). Paratype: IcT, same data.
Two other species of Platypedia having orange basal wing mem-
branes and broad forewings (ratio of width to length 1:2) have
been described. They are P. harhata Davis and P. vanduzeei Davis.
C
u
Fig. 1. Lateral (left) and dorsal (right) aspects of the aedeagi of the
following species. A. Okanagana davisi Simons; B. Platypedia usingeri
Simons; C. P. sylvesteri Simons; D. P. middlekauj fi Simons.
194
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
P. sylvesteri differs from P. harhata in not having a densely hairy
head, and in having a differently shaped aedeagus. In P. harhata
the aedeagus is concave on the lower surface and bent down slightly
in the apical third. From P. vanduzeei this species can be separated
on the basis of the hairiness of the head and in differences in the
aedeagus. The aedeagus of vanduzeei in profile is sharply up-
turned in the distal two -thirds of its length.
Platypedia middlekauffi Simons, new species
Male: Head above black, almost glabrous, the supra-antennal plates pale
orange. Pronotum glabrous, mostly pale orange except for a horizontal line
paralleling and just anterior to the hind margin and several longitudinal
lines which are black. Mesonotum black, the hind margin orange, a few
short silvery hairs near the X. Metanotum black, the hind margin orange.
Abdomen black above, sparsely covered with silvery pubescence; black
beneath, with a few silvery hairs. Aedeagus black; valve black, with a few
short hairs posteriorly, (fig. ID). Legs almost entirely pale except for front
femora which are chestnut. Foreivings, costa to node, pale yellow, venation
except for dark marginal cells also pale yellow: hind wings with venation
mostly pale. Membranes at base of fore and hind wings pale yellowish.
Measurements: body length 19 mm., wing expanse 42 mm., width of
forewing 6 mm., length of forewing 19 mm., valve length 4.5 mm.
Female: Same as for male with the exception of the genitalia.
Measurements: body length 17 mm., wing expanse 44 mm., width of
forewing 6.5 mm., length of forewing 20 mm.
Holotype male and allotype female (California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco) : Auburn, Placer Co., California, June
11, 1929 (F. H. Wymore) . Paratypes: 2(5* cT, 2 $$, same data.
This species appears to be unique in having the pronotum
mostly pale orange in color. However, several specimens taken in
the same locality by Mr. Wymore, although agreeing structurally
in all other details with the type, do not have the orange pronotum.
These would fall next to P. dmilis Davis but can be separated from
this species on the basis of 1) the hind margin of the pronotum
of similis being broadly pale yellow while in P. middlekauffi it is
only faintly edged with chestnut, 2) the aedeagus of P. similis in
profile is very straight on the distal three-fourths of the lower sur-
face except for a subapical sinuation while in middlekauffi this
surface bends downward at this point. It is not possible to separate
females of P. scotti Davis, P. mariposa Davis, and P. usingeri n.sp.
at this time. Characters of the aedeagi of these species are discussed
following the description of P. usingeri.
Platypedia putnami (Uhler)
Three color varieties of Platypedia putnami (Uhler), varieties
October, 1953]
SIMONS CICADAS
195
keddiensis, occidentalis, and lutea, were described by Davis^.
Subsequently he elevated all of these forms to full species standing.
This was done primarily on the basis of differences in distribu-
tion of the several forms. Actually P. lutea and P. putnami now
appear to be almost sympatric in distribution, with only slight
color differences separating them. In view of this the author pro-
poses 1) to place the name lutea in synonymy, putnami (Uhler)
having priority over lutea Davis, and 2) to shift keddiensisf Davis
and occidentalis Davis into infraspecific standing along with put-
nami (Uhler).
The known distributions of the forms are listed below and also
indicated in fig. 2.
1. P. putnami putnami (Uhler). Ariz., Calif., Colo., Nebr., Nev., N.
Mex., and Utah.
P. lutea Davis. Ariz., Calif., Mont., Nev., S. Dak., Utah, and Wyo.
2. P. putnami keddiensis Davis. Calif., and Ore.
3. P. putnami occidentalis Davis. Calif.
Platypedia bernardoensis Simons, new combination
At the time W. T. Davis described Platypedia rufipes var.
bernardoensis and P. rufipes var. angustipennis^ it was suggested
that they might be specifically different from P. rufipes. To the
author it appears that bernardoensis, which differs from rufipes
in the shape of the aedeagus, the coloration of the venation of the
fore wing, and in being a larger insect, is a different species. He
also feels that var. angustipennis which is differentiated from bern-
ardoensis on the basis of minor color differences is synonymous
with that species.
Color Variation in California Cicadas
Several genera of California cicadas have been reported to
have species which display considerable variation in coloration,
this variation generally being expressed as a non-pigmented or
pallid type of individual. The genera involved are Diceropracta
StM (D. apache Davis and var. ochraleuca Davis), Okanagodes
Davis (0. gracilis Davis and var. pallida Davis), Clidophleps Van
Duzee (C. distanti Van Duzee and var. pallida Van Duzee), and
Okanagana Distant (O. triangulata Davis and var. crocina Wy-
more, 0. arboraria Wymore and var. crocea Wymore, and 0. rub-
^ Davis, W. T., 1920. North American Cicadas belonging to the genera Pla-
typedia and Melampsalta. Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 28:106-109.
- Davis, W. T., 1932. Additional records of North American cicadas with
descriptions of new species. Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 40 :259-260.
196
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
rovenosa Davis and var. ruhida Davis) . Okanagana vanduzeei Dis-
tant has had two partially pigmented forms, var. consohrina Dis-
tant and var. californica Distant described. In 0. pallidula Davis
this variation from predominately dark specimens to lighter col-
ored forms is reversed with the pale specimens being much more
common than the darker var. nigra Davis.
Recently a series of 19 entirely pale male 0. vanduzeei Distant
were taken near Lake Curry, Napa Co., Calif. In addition to these
October, 1953]
SIMONS CICADAS
197
specimens 42 0. vanduzeeiYai. consohrina Distant (var. californica
Distant) males and two typically black 0. vanduzeei Distant males
were captured. Previous collections of this species in the San Fran-
cisco Bay area had indicated that the ratio of dark forms to the
intermediate consohrina type was about two to one.
Since the major effort in collecting the Lake Curry population
was directed toward first taking the pale forms and later in obtain-
ing the typical vanduzeei no claim can be made for a random sam-
ple of the population. In addition it should be pointed out that ob-
servations of the population indicated that air temperature seemed
to exert some influence as to whether the pale or intermediate forms
were singing. No records of the actual temperature were made but
most specimens of the pallid form were taken between 10:00 A.M.
and 11:00 A.M. and as the temperature increased more and more
consohrina were caught. Since collections were generally made over
a period of several hours the tendency to acquire a biased sample
was somewhat lessened. However, the observation certainly il-
lustrates one complicating factor in the taking of a truly random
sample of such a heterogeneous population.
Additional specimens of this pale form, ranging in distribution
from Humboldt Co., Calif, to Inyo Co., Calif, have also been ob-
served in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences.
Another species which exhibits this same variability in color
and in which it has not been previously reported is Okanagana
utahensis Davis. In the collection of the California Academy of
Sciences there is a long series of pale examples of this species as
well as several typically dark individuals taken by Mr. F. H.
Wymore at Davis, Solano Co., Calif. In addition one specimen
from Kings Co., Calif, has been seen. So far no records of either
this form or the pale form of 0. vanduzeei have been seen from
outside of California, but it would be rather surprising if these cases
are restricted geographically, in view of the seemingly sympatric
distributions of the other species discussed here. For the present the
author will regard all the color forms discussed here as being
within-population variants and therefore proposes that the use of
varietal names be discontinued for these categories until more posi-
tive evidence that infraspecific groups are being dealt with is found.
There are at least two hypotheses which might be proposed to
explain color variation in cicadas: 1) a mutation from the dark
198
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
to the pale form which has since perpetuated itself, and 2) the
expression of genetic factors, possibly multiple recessive in nature.
Evidence for the former might be found in the case of Okanagodes
gracilis Davis where oftentimes the entire sample of a population
will be pale. The differences in observed ratios of numbers of dark,
intermediate, and pallid individuals of populations of 0. vanduzeei
Distant however could probably be better explained on the basis
of the expression of recessive genetic factors. Unfortunately cicadas
do not lend themselves to the type of experimental work which it
would be necessary to employ in order to work out a solution
to this problem.
A NOTE ON OTOBIUS LAGOPHILUS (ACARINA:ARGASIDAE)
This brief note contributes a new locality record of the tick Otobius
lagophilus Cooley and Kohls, in California. Over 200 unfed larvae and five
females of this species were collected from the immediate entrance to an
active rodent burrow in Lonetree Canyon near Tracy, San Joaquin County,
California, in August, 1951. This burrow was one of several which were dis-
persed some five to ten feet above the canyon floor in sandstone cliffs. The
location was approximately five miles equidistant from a sheep ranch to the
east and a cattle ranch to the northwest. Fresh droppings from sheep, cattle,
and various rodents were in evidence in the immediate vicinity.
Upon returning to this area in June, 1952, 13 males, 11 females and two
cast nymphal skins were recovered. Four specimens were taken from the
original site of the 1951 collection and 20 specimens plus the two nymphal
skins were taken from the fine sand underneath an old watering trough in
the center of the canyon floor. One male Sylvilagus hachmani (Waterhouse)
was shot immediately south of this area but upon examination proved negative
for 0. lagophilus.
The only other published California record of this species of tick is an
account of 17 nymphs taken around Barstow, San Bernardino County in 1924.
Other records on the collection of this species are from Alberta, Canada;
Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon and Wyoming.^
These ticks are uually associated Avith members of the Lagomorpha,
namely, species of Lepus and Sylvilagus. They have also been recorded once
from a cat and also once from inside rodent burrows. Such a collection ex-
tends the known distribution of this species in California and lends further
support to the belief that many small rodents may play a more significant
role as a host animal than heretofore suspected. — Edmond C. Loomis, Bureau
of Vector Control, 2180 Milvia St., Berkeley 4, Calif.
^ Cooley, R. A. and G. M. Kohls. 1944. The Argasidae of North America, Central
America and Cuba. Amer. Midland Nat., Monograph No. 1.
October, 1953] ryckman — paratriatoma
199
FIRST REPORT OF PARATRIATOMA HIRSUTA BARBER
EROM NEVADA AND ADDITIONAL COLLECTIONS
FROM ARIZONA AND CALIFORNIA^
( Hemiptera : Reduviidae )
Raymond E. Ryckaian
Department of Entomology, School of Tropical and Preventive Medicine,
Loma Linda, California
On June 4, 1953, six nests of Neotoma sp., 16 miles north of
Searchlight, Clark County, Nevada, were examined. These wood-rat
nests were all built in and around the base of Yucca. Of the six
nests examined three contained Paratriatoma hirsuta Barber, as
follows: Nest No. I, one 4th instar; Nest No. II, three 5th instars
and six adults; Nest No. Ill, two 4th instars, one 5th instar and 15
adults. The above collections were made by the author assisted
by R. D. Lee, C. C. Lindt, C. T. Ames and C. P. Christianson.
During the past three years the following additional collections
of P. hirsuta have been made in Arizona and California.
Twenty miles south of Mesa, Pinal County, Arizona, April 14, 1952, (R. E.
Ryckman and K. Y. Arakawa). Specimens collected, one 3rd instar, one
4th instar and nineteen 5th instars.
Seven miles east of Desert Center, Riverside County, California, November
28, 1950 (R. E. Rychman).
Marquitta Mine, east of Quartzsite, Yuma County, Arizona, November 28,
1950 (R. E. Ryckman).
Lucerne Valley, 18 miles southeast of Victorville, San Bernardino County,
California, July 13, 1953, (R. E. Ryckman, C. C. Lindt). Specimens
collected, one nest contained twenty-two 4th instars, four 5th instars and
two adults, ^ .
Snow Creek, north base of Mt. San Jacinto, Riverside County, California,
January 15, 1951, (B. Gerard).
Usinger (1944) has previously reported P. hirsuta from Mo-
jave, Death Valley, Palms to Pines Highway, Palm Springs and
Boron, California and the Phantom Ranch in the Grand Canyon,
Arizona. Wood (1949) reported collections from Gila Bend, Mari-
copa County, and Brenda, Yuma County, Arizona.
Literature Cited
Usinger, R. L.
1944. The Triatominae of North and Central America and the West
Indies and their public health significance. U. S. Public Health
Service, Public Health Bull. No. 288, p. 48.
1 This investigation was supported by a research grant (E-173) from the
National Institutes of Health, U. S. Public Health Service.
200
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
Wood, S. F.
1949. Additional observations on Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas, from Ari-
zona in insects, rodents, and experimentally infected animals.
Amer. Jour. Tropical Medicine, 29(1) : 43-55.
Recently Published
THE COLEOPTERA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. By Edwin C. Van
Dyke. Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Sciences, No.
XXH, pp. [4-1- ] 1—181, inch 7 pis. July 15, 1953. Price $3.50.
Dr. Van Dyke wrote some of the manuscript for this paper more than 40
years ago, and completed it in 1951. He corrected the first galley proofs prior
to his death. The work is based on the large collections made by Dr. F. X.
Williams and other members of the California Academy of Sciences ex-
pedition to the Islands, 1905—1906, but species previously reported from the
Islands are mentioned or discussed. There are descriptions of 71 new species
and 10 new subspecies; keys to the species are given for the larger genera;
57 species and subspecies are figured on the plates.
SOME NEW AND NOTEWORTHY APHIDAE FROM WESTERN AND
SOUTHERN SOUTH AMERICA (Hemiptera-Homoptera). By E. O. Essig.
Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, 4th Series, Vol.
XXVHI, No. 3, pp. 59—164, 56 text figs. July 15, 1953. Price $2.00.
This is a well-illustrated report on aphids collected in Chile, Peru, Argen-
tina, Bolivia and Colombia by Dr. and Mrs. E. S. Ross and Dr. and Mrs.
A. E. Michelbacher, on an expedition for the California Academy of Sci-
ences, December, 1950, to April, 1951 ; and on a collection from Mendoza
Provincia, Argentina, supplied by L. A. Bahamondes. Twenty-five genera,
including 55 species (14 new) are treated, and previous South American
records are given from the literature. There is a valuable host-plant index
(pp. 141—154) wherein the species and their general distribution are cited.
THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY — LINGNAN DAWN— REDWOOD EX-
PEDITION. By J. Linsley Gressitt. Proceedings of the California Academy
of Sciences, 4th Series, Vol. XXVHI, No. 2, pp. 25—58, 13 text figs.
July 15, 1953. Price 60 cents.
A general account, illustrated with photographs, of the expedition to the
area around Suisapa (Dawn Valley; much publicized as the Valley of the
Tiger), in southwestern Hupeh Province, China. Tens of thousands of insects
and other animals were collected, in the hope of finding some ancient faunal
elements of possible North American affinity which might have survived with
Metasequoia and the other ancient trees associated with it. The latest known
fossil deposits of Metasequoia were laid down in Oregon about 20,000,000
years ago (John Day Miocene). The collections are now at the California
Academy of Sciences. — H.B.L.
October, 1953]
TEVIS NYMPHALIS
201
AN OUTBREAK OF NYMPHALIS CALIFORNICA
NEAR LAKE ALMANOR, CALIFORNIA
Lloyd Tevis, Jr2
Department of Zoology, University of California, Davis, Calif.
On July 10, 1951, an outbreak of caterpillars of the California
tortoise-shell butterfly (Nymphalis calif ornica (Boisduval) ) was
noted near Lake Almanor in the vicinity of Prattville, Plumas
County, California.
The chief shrubs of the coniferous forest at 4500 feet elevation
are manzanita ( Arctostaphylos patula Greene) bitter cherry (Prun-
us emarginata (Douglas) Walpers), squaw carpet (Ceanothus
prostratus Bentham) , and mountain whitethorn ( C. cordulatus Kel-
logg), but the caterpillars ate only leaves of the last-named species.
Their feeding and defecating produced a continuous crackling
sound in the brushfields.
The outbreak covered hundreds of acres but was localized in
discontinuous patches which varied in size from few to many
shrubs. By the time the caterpillars pupated, which was between
July 10 and 14, nearly all the whitethorn of the infested areas had
been defoliated. A month later these same shrubs were again fully
clothed with leaves.
Caterpillars about to pupate deserted the defoliated whitethorn,
migrated across ground, and ascended plants which gave shade
and cover. The greatest concentration of chrysalids occurred on the
underside of boughs of white fir, but manzanita, willow, cherry,
ponderosa pine, Douglas fir, and incense cedar also were utilized.
Some caterpillars pupated at ground level; others climbed to a
height of ten or more feet.
Caterpillars migrating across ground were attacked by giant
carpenter ants (Camponotus levigatus (F. Smith)) and golden-
mantled ground squirrels (Citellus lateralis (Say)). With little
effort the squirrels captured any desired number of larvae, and
study of the stomach contents of trapped specimens revealed that
caterpillars were then the main food.
Not being arboreal, the squirrels took few chrysalids. On the
^ My records are from an investigation into the influence of rodents on refores-
tation conducted by the Department of Zoology of the University of California at
Davis, in cooperation with the California Forest and Range Experiment Station of
the United States Forest Service.
202
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
Other hand, chipmunks (Eutamias amoenus (Allen), speciosus
(Allen), townsendii (Bachman), and quadrimaculatus (Gray)
seemingly did not relish the hairy caterpillars, and they searched
instead in the trees and bushes for chrysalids. E. amoenus ate
practically nothing else. Doubtless other kinds of rodents, such as
the nocturnal white-footed mice, also ate N . californica stages,
but no study was made of their feeding habits.
Sometimes a chipmunk would be attracted by a pendulant
chrysalid thrashing widly from side to side and audibly striking
an adjacent leaf or twig. In one instance, I noted a small wasp
clinging to a swinging chrysalid. In spite of the violence of the
movements, it was not dislodged. Parasitism by wasps could not
have been heavy, for at least 80 per cent of some 50 pupae that
I collected survived to maturity, and many of those that died had
been damaged in transit.
When I returned to Lake Almanor on August 14, the butter-
flies had emerged and gone. None was to be seen. Presumably they
had migrated to the northeast into Lassen National Park and
surrounding areas.
According to the Park Naturalist, Mr. P. E. Schulz, the invasion
of the park was one of the heaviest on record. He noted the first
swarm on July 26, but the greatest number of butterflies did not
appear until early August. One ranger saw a tremendous concentra-
tion of them flying up the nearly vertical face of Brokeoff Moun-
tain, streaming over the ridge some two to four feet above the top,
and cascading down the opposite side. The insects seemed to drift
with the air currents. On August 19, I saw innumerable butterflies
ascending the barren east slope of Mount Lassen and swirling
about the summit at an elevation of over ten thousand feet. A severe
hailstorm that afternoon killed or drove them away. Storer (1933
Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 9(2) :67— 68) recorded myriads of but-
terflies of this species streaming up the east slope of Mount Lassen
on July 30, 1931.
At Lake Almanor in 1951 there was no further occurrence of
caterpillars, at least until mid-September when I left the region. In
regard to predation it should be noted that rodents which ate cater-
pillars and chrysalids were numerous; yet they did not prevent a
major outbreak of the butterflies. I observed no predation by birds.
In 1911, Bryant (Condor, 13(6) :195— 208) found that the Brewer
blackbird destroyed a significant number of butterflies.
October, 1953] doesburg — passalidae
203
ON SOME NEOTROPICAL PASSALIDAE
(Coleoptera)
P. H. Van Doesburg
Baarn, Nederland
During the past three years I have had the pleasure of studying
and identifying the extensive collection of Passalidae in the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. I wish to express my
sincere thanks to the Department of Entomology there and to Hugh
B. Leech, in charge of Coleoptera, for enabling me to examine the
collection.
As usual most of the beetles belong to those species which are
abundant in every collection, ior example Popilius disjunctuslWiger ,
Passalus punctiger St. Fargeau et Serville, Pas'salus inter stitialis
Eschscholtz, etc. Nevertheless a few species, among which one is
undescribed, are worth mentioning. A note on a specimen in my
private collection may be added.
PopiLius LENZI Kuwert
Kuwert, 1897. Novitates Zoologicae, 4:301.
The locality of this species, mentioned by Kuwert — ^the Cocos
Islands — ^has been questioned, the genus being strictly neotropical
and all students in Passalidae thinking of the Cocos Islands sit-
uated south of Java. There were many specimens of P. lenzi in the
Academy’s collection and Mr. Leech wrote me: “There are two
Cocos Islands. The one you have in mind is doubtless that also
called Keeling IsL, SW. of Java. But the other one, and the one on
which our specimens of lenzi were taken, is SW. of Panama, ap-
proximately half way between Panama and the Galapagos Islands.
It belongs to Costa Rica.” Mr. Leech generously sent a beautiful
series of lenzi for my private collection.
PopiLius TENUIS Kuwert
Kuwert, 1897. Novitates Zoologicae, 4: 290.
Kuwert placed this species under his genus Petrejoides. Gravely
(Memoirs Indian Museum, 7(1) : 22, 1918) records Petrejoides as
a synonym of Pseudacanthus Kaup. In the Academy’s collection I
found one specimen agreeing exactly with Kuwert’s description of
tenuis. The elytra are not fused, as is the case in Pseudacanthus,
consequently the species must be placed under Popilius Kaup.
Paxillus schneideri Kuwert
Kuwert, 1898. Novitates Zoologicae, 5:301.
Mitrorhinus Kaup, by all recent students in Passalidae taken
204
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
as a subgenus of Passalus Fabricius, contains those species which
have a median angular process on the anterior margin of the
head. A specimen in my private collection agrees fairly with
Kuwert’s description of M. schneideri, and is also from Peru. The
antennae, however, have 5 lamellae; in consequence this specimen
should belong to the genus Paxillusl Kuwert does not say anything
about the antennae.
Passalus dominicanus van Doesburg, new species
This species belongs to the subgenus Pertinax Kaup, (amend.
Luederwaldt) . It is distinguished by the anterior border of the
head, the clypeus being visible, separated from the anterior margin
by a dull groove running between the outer tubercles. Moreover
there is a shallow concavity between the outer tubercle and the
angle of the head. This concavity is also dull in contrast with rest
of the surface of the head, which is smooth and shining.
Labrum coarsely punctured, hairs long, sides somewhat convergent.
Mandibles each with three terminal teeth. Anterior border of head between
outer tubercles straight, without secondary tubercles; below anterior border
the clypeus is visible as a narrow, vertical burr, separated from anterior
border by a dull groove. Central tubercle not prominent, careniform, united
at its base with the low parietal ridges. Inner tubercules less widely separated
than outer tubercles, situated nearly half way between central and outer
tubercles; they are long, stout, directed forwards and united with central
tubercle by straight frontal ridges. The frontal angle is about 90°. Between
outer tubercle and anterior angle of head a transverse, dull concavity.
Canthus prominent laterally beyond eyes. Occiput right behind eyes coarsely
punctured and provided with a tuft of thick, stiff bristly hairs. Anterior
margin of mentum concave on either side of middle, primary scars present;
middle of mentum smooth, lateral lobes coarsely punctured and hairy.
Antennae with 3 long lamellae, wholly covered by long, brown hairs.
Pronotum transverse, smooth, with sparse, microscopical punctures all
over, median groove complete and very distinct; marginal grooves broad,
irregularly provided with coarse punctures, just as their enlarged anterior
ends ; a few punctures in the distinct scars. Scutellum smooth.
Elytra together nearly twice as long as broad, their sides parallel; dis-
tinctly grooved, dorsal grooves distinctly punctured, lateral grooves with
coarse punctures. Elytra and epipleurae without hairs. Metasternal plate and
intermediate areas united, entirely smooth, a few punctures only in hind
corners. Lateral areas narrow, linear, glossy, without hairs. Scars of meso-
sternum scarcely indicated. Anterior angle of mesosternum with two groups of
hair-bearing punctures, rest of mesosternum smooth and hairless. Abdominal
sterna polished, also in the scars. Legs but thinly hairy, middle and hind legs
without spines. Length 27 to 28 mm.
Six specimens from La Capito, St. Domingo, March 5, 1917,
October, 1953]
MALKIN — ^ARACHNIDA
205
(R. H. Beck coll.). Holotype and 3 paratypes in the collection of
the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, 2 paratypes in
my collection.
I am indebted to Mr. W. D. Hincks of Manchester, England,
for confirming my opinion that the species is new.
NEW RECORDS OF ARACHNIDA FROM ALASKA
(Araneida, Phalangida)
Borys Malkin
University of Washington, Seattle, Wash.
During the summer of 1951 1 spent ten weeks in southeastern
Alaska, from the second half of July until the end of October.
Although insect collecting was unfortunately incidental to my main
occupation a considerable collection was accumulated and in it
nearly 1000 specimens of spiders representing 59 species. Several
of these are new, and 16 others are not listed from Alaska by
Chamberlin and Ivie’^. Since the new species must await description,
only new records will be mentioned here. In addition to the spiders
four species of Phalangids were taken of which two, according to
Dr. Clarence J. Goodnight of Purdue University who identified
them, are additions to the Alaskan fauna in that group. It might be
commented by the way that the spider fauna of Alaska must be very
imperfectly known if 59 species were taken in a relatively short
period of time in an area (southeastern Alaska) from which
Chamberlin and Ivie list only 86 species ! The entire spider collec-
tion is placed in the American Museum of Natural History and for
the identification of it 1 am indebted, as usual, to my friend Dr.
Willis J. Gertsch of that institution.
ARANEIDA
Antrodiaetus pacificus Simon. Ketchikan, July 28, (1 male).
Pardosa metlakatla Emerton. Wrangell, July 30— Aug.. 4, (3 females).
Cluhiona norvegica Thorell. Port Beauclerc in Kuiu Isl., Aug. 6, (1 female).
Clubiona trivialis Koch. Ketchikan, July 18—28, (1 male and 3 females).
Xysticus pretiosus Gertsch. Ketchikan, July 18-28, (1 male and 1 female) ;
Wrangell, Sept. 1-20, (1 female).
206
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
Misumena vatia Clerck. Ketchikan, July 18-28, (20 specimens, of both sexes,
adult and immatures) ; Wrangell, Aug. 1—4, (1 female).
Sitticus palustris Emerton. Totem Bay in Kupreanof Isl., Aug 17—18, (30 speci-
mens of both sexes adult and immature). These spiders were collected
from under stones and rocks exposed by the tide. Undoubtedly the
animals hide in a dense web with which they enmesh themselves when
the tide floods their refuge. Mr. Paul Macy of the U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service and 1 observed also pseudoscorpions surviving the incoming
tides in the same manner in Totem Bay, and elsewhere in similar
situations.
Metellina curtisi McCook. Wrangell, Sept. 1—20, (1 female) ; Ketchikan, July
18-28, (4 females) ; Port Protection on Prince of Wales Isl., Aug. 10—20,
(2 males) ; Point Barrie on Kupreanof Isl., Sept. 9, (2 females) ; Manefee
Inlet in Etolin Isl., Sept. 22, (1 female) ; Mayer’s Chuck on Cleveland
Peninsula (mainland), Sept. 22, (1 female).
Aranea gemmoides Chamberlin & Ivie. Ketchikan, July 18-28, (1 male).
Pityohyphantes robrofasciatus Keyserling. Wrangell, Aug. 1-4, (1 immature).
Linyphia digna Keyserling. Wrangell, Aug. 1—4, (1 male).
Leptyphantes ziha Korsch. Wrangell, Aug. 7—12, ( Imale).
Collinsia ksenia Crosby & Bishop. Wrangell, Aug. 1—4, (4 females) ; Port
Beauclerc in Kuiu Isl., Aug. 6, (1 female).
Erigone metlakatla Crosby & Bishop. Big Castle Isl. in Duncan Canal, Aug.
27, (3 males, 1 female) ; Castle River on Kupreanof Isl., Aug. 28, (2
males, 3 females).
Erigone whymperi Cambridge. Big Castle Isl. in Duncan Canal, Aug. 27,
(20; both sexes) ; 10 miles east of Wrangell on mainland, Sept. 20, (12;
both sexes) ; Wrangell, Sept. 1—20, (6 males, 1 female) ; Ideal Cove in
Mitkof Isl., Sept. 4, (1 male) ; Falls Creek on Mitkof Isl. (Wrangell
Narrows), Sept. 1; Three Mile Arm in Kuiu Isl., Sept. 10, (2 males) ;
Menefee Inlet in Etolin Isl., Sept. 21, (1 male, 3 females) ; Red Bay in
Prince of Wales Isl., Sept. 14, (20; both sexes) ; Scenery Cove in Thomas
Bay (mainland), Sept. 2, (6 males, 2 females).
PHALANGIDA
Leuronychus pacificus Banks. Ketchikan, July 18-28; Wrangell, July 30; and
the following localities on Prince of Wales Island: Red Bay, Aug. 9;
Port Protection, Aug. 10—20; 6 miles east of Point Baker, Sept. 15.
Phalangium opilio L. Ketchikan, July 18—28; Wrangell, Aug. 1-4. This very
common species usually lives in close association with men and follows
them. According to Dr. Goodnight it is found in the northern U.S.A.,
Canada, northern Europe, and Siberia, so its presence in Alaska is to
be expected. It seems strange though that such a large and common
form is not officially reported from that area.
Reference
Chamberlin, R. V. and Ivie, W.
1947. “The Spiders of Alaska.” Bull, of the Univ. of Utah, 37 (10) :
1—103, 99 figs. (A total of 247 species of spiders is listed for
Alaska, 86 of which are found in southeastern Alaska.)
October, 1953]
GRESSITT — LEPTURINAE
207
NOTES ON NOMENCLATURE AND RELATIONSHIPS OE
SOME PALEARCTIC AND NEARCTIC LEPTURINAE
(Coleoptera : Cerambycidae)
J. L. Gressitt
Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu
In the “Longicorn beetles of China”^ I united certain genera of
Lepturinae as subgenera, but now feel that they are distinct. I am
indebted to Mr. R. A. Crowson and Mr. E. A. J. Duffy for pointing
out significant differences. Centrodera and Apatophysis are gen-
erically distinct (see Longicornia, 2:48). Toxotus and Oxymirus
are generically distinct (see Longicornia, 2:56). Rhagium is to be
reinstated as a genus, as Stenocorus Geoffroy has no standing, hav-
ing been used in a polynominal system. The “subgenus Stenocorus
(s. str.) ” reverts to Allorhagium. (See Longicornia, 2 :54) .
Pseudopachyta Swaine and Hopping is a synonym of Sachal-
inobia Jacobsen. While helping me sort longicorns at the California
Academy of Sciences, Mr. Hugh B. Leech detected the close re-
lationship of the Nearctic to the Palearctic forms. Sachalinohia
koltzei is probobaly a subspecies, at best, of P seudopachyta rugi-
pennis (Newman). The California Academy of Sciences collection
contains only females of rugipennis and only a male of koltzei. The
two forms may be cited provisionally as follows:
Sachalinobia rugipennis rugipennis (Newman) new combination
Toxotus rugipennis Newman, 1844, Zoologist, 2:476.
Evodinus rugipennis Aurivillius, 1912, Coleopt. Cat., 39:188.
Pseudopachyta rugipennis, Swain & Hopping, 1928, National Mus. Canada,
Bull. No. 52: 14 (key), 16 (descr.).
Host: Pinus.
Distribution: Eastern Canada and northeastern U.S.: Ontario,
Quebec, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Maine, Michigan.
Sachalinobia rugipennis koltzei (Heyden)
Brachyta koltzei Heyden, 1887, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., 31:304.
Sachalinobia retata Jacobson, 1899, Ann. Mus. Zool. St. Petersburg, 4:40.
Sachalinohia koltzei,] uc., 1902, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., (1902) :363; Gressitt,
1951, Longicornia, 2:55.
Host: Abies.
Distribution: E. Siberia; Manchuria; Korea; Sachalin; Japan
( Hokkaido, Honshu) .
1 Longicornia (Paris), 2: 1-667, 22 plates, 1 map, 1961.
208
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
DEFORMED ABDOMINAL TERGITES IN
MUSCA DOMESTICA LINNAEUS
(Diptera: Muscidae)
Charles P. Hoyt
Natural History Museum, Stanford University, California
While examining the specimens of Musca domestica discarded
from a genetical experiment being carried on by Mr. Wm. Clough-
ley of Stanford University, the author came upon a number of
individual flies which exhibited abnormal developments of the
abdominal tergites. Mr. Cloughley kindly consented to make further
rearings of the strain in which a great number of individuals
showed deformities of the third abdominal tergite. However, due
to some unpredictable misfortunes this strain was lost before any
conclusive data could be gathered. It is felt by the author that the
nature of the abnormalities and the results which were obtained
from the few successful crosses might be of interest, especially
since similar developments have been noted in Drosophila melano-
gaster Meigen (Bridges and Morgan, 1911) and in Calliphora
erythrocephala (Meigen) (Fraenkel and Harrison, 1938).
The abdominal deformities illustrated here are of specimens
obtained during these rearing experiments. All drawings were made
from the dorsal aspect. The retractable abdominal segments of the
females are not shown in these illustrations and the terminal,
under-curved, abdominal segments of the male are likewise omitted.
Figure lA illustrates a female in which the third abdominal
tergite is developed only on the right side. Figure IB depicts a
female in which both right and left sides of the third tergite are
developed, but the central section is absent. Figure 1C is of a
normal female. Figure ID illustrates a female in which the fourth
abdominal tergite formed only on the left. In this specimen there
are additional deformities of the sixth and seventh abdominal
segments. Figure IE shows the abdomen of a male in which the
third abdominal tergite is developed only on the right.
The examples shown in figures lA, B, C and E were taken from
a particular inbred strain. These illustrate all of the types of de-
formities noted in the progeny of this strain. The example depicted
by Figure ID illustrates a type of deformity found in two individ-
uals of an entirely separate strain of flies originating from a
different geographical locality.
October, 1953] hoyt — musca domestica
209
The first cross, made after the discovery of the abnormalities
of the third tergite type, was between two normal flies from this
strain. This resulted in a total of 23 adult progeny, of which 17
per cent were deformed. The second cross, again made with normal
flies from this stock, resulted in 5 per cent abnormal individuals.
F rom these progeny five crosses were attempted between abnormal,
normal with abnormal, and normal with normal flies. Only one of
these, that of normal with normal, produced eggs. Several genera-
210
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
tions later (because of the absence of the author the intervening
progeny were not examined) counts were again made of progeny
from a mass culture of this strain. This fairly large group of flies
contained approximately 20 per cent deformed individuals. All
of these were deformities of the third abdominal tergite of the types
illustrated by figures lA, B and E. In all of the progeny observed
the deformities were slightly more common in the females than in
the males, although there did not seem to be any significant differ-
ence in numbers.
It seems unlikely that this deformity was caused by an en-
vironmental factor such as deficient nutrition, as the flies of this
strain and of other strains were reared under nearly identical con-
ditions. Only this particular strain showed abnormalities of the
third tergite and these appeared in more than six generations. How-
ever, due to the aforementioned circumstances no data were gath-
ered definitely indicating the inheritable nature of this interesting
development.
Literature Cited
Bridges, C. B., and Morgan, T. H.
1919. The second chromosome group of mutant characters. Carnegie
Institute of Washington Publication No. 278, pages 123—304 and
plate 11.
Fraenkel, G., and Harrison, J. L.
1938. Irregular abdomina in Calliphora erythrocephala (Mg.). Proceed-
ings of the Royal Entomological Society of London, Series A,
General Entomology, 13: 95—96, fig. 3.
ORTHEZIA ANNAE COCKERELL FOUND IN IDAHO.— The scale insect
Orthezia annae Cockerell is known only from several widely scattered lacali-
ties in the southwestern United States. It has been recorded from Presidio,
Texas; Las Cruces, New Mexico; “Arizona”; Palm Springs, California; and
Fallon, Nevada. During 1952 several collections, constituting a considerable
northward extension of the known range of this species, were made in
southeastern Idaho. Both adult females and nymphs of 0. annae ( determined
by Harold Morrison) were collected in the vicinity of Malta, Cassia County,
during March, July and September by G. Zappettini, L. A. Sharp and the
writer. This scale was found on the roots of shadscale, Atnplex confertifolia
(Torr. ) and saltsage, A. nuttalli S. Wats, and was associated with an ant,
Campanotus vicinus Mayr (determined by M. R. Smith). The coccinellid,
Brumus parvicollis Casey was commonly encountered on shadscale plants,
where it was observed feeding on 0. annae. — ^W. F. Barr, University of
Idaho, Moscow, Ida.
October, 1953]
TILDEN AMMOPHILA
211
THE DIGGING AND PROVISIONING BEHAVIOR OF
AMMOPHILA SAEVA SMITH
(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)
J. W. Tilden
Department of Biological Science
San Jose State College, San Jose, Calif.
During the summer of 1949 individuals of this species were
found on the floor of Bixby Canyon, Monterey County, California,
and the activities of the females were observed. According to Wil-
liam Donald Murray (personal communication) Ammophila saeva
Smith is distinct from A. procera Dahlbom. It seems of interest
therefore to record the behavior of A. saeva and to compare with
that of A. procera. The habits of the two species are very similar;
those of A. saeva seem not to have been recorded previously^.
Observations On Ammophila Saeva Smith
On June 30 a female was seen digging in dry alluvial soil con-
taining numerous small gravelly deposits, The soil was friable but
somewhat firm, and in all subsequent cases where digging was
noted, it was done in soil of this type. Natural consolidations were
seldom chosen, but roadways, paths and abandoned campsites,
where the activities of man had packed the earth, were favored by
the wasps. Most of these areas were quite close to the stream. The
light sediments at some distance from the stream seemed to be
entirely unsuited to the activities of the insect.
The burrow was far advanced when first located. When the
wasp went below it stayed for two to three seconds, returning with
a load of material in its mandibles. It backed out, turned to the
right, and deposited the earth about five inches away from the
opening, then returned to the left and entered the hole head first.
In each case the same movements were made. In a few instances it
returned to the right instead of to the left, but in no case did this
individual turn to the left in approaching the mound of excavated
earth. These movements resulted in the execution of small circles
on the ground: out to the right, back to the left.
The wasp ceased digging after twenty minutes and closed the
^ ACKNOWLEDGMENTS — Special thanks are due to Dr. William Donald
Murray for identification of the wasp, and for reference, without which no com-
parison of the habits of various species would have been possible. His help and
encouragement are gratefully remembered. The determination of Hilarella and a
reference to its biology are due to the kindness of Dr. Curtis W. Sabrosky.
212
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
opening with a small rock about one-half inch in diameter. The rock
was straddled and seemed to be grasped mostly in the mandibles.
It is not clear that the fore legs assisted in the process. After closing
the opening, the wasp flew away. It had not returned in half an
hour, so the burrow was investigated. The pile of removed earth
measured three and one-half by two inches, but the boundaries
were irregular. The rock closure was lifted and the hole below was
found to be open.
Later the same day, the burrow was found sealed and with a
small piece of wood covering the place where the opening had been.
The area had been smoothed and the piece of wood looked like
any number of others in the vicinity. If the site had not been
marked by a small stake, it might not have been rediscovered by
the observer. A second burrow had been dug about twenty inches
from the first, and also covered, this time by two pebbles inserted
deeply into the opening.
When by noon the next day (July I) the wasp had not re-
turned, the first burrow was dug out and found to be three and one-
fourth inches deep and to extend more than six inches back from
the opening. The diameter of the vertical part was between one-
half and three-fourths inches, but irregular and varying because the
wasp had gone around the larger pebbles. The chamber at the end
of the horizontal portion was about two inches long and one inch
in height. This chamber was the only part of the tunnel that had
not been refilled, but dimensions in the rest were not difficult to
take since the loose material lay at different angles than the original
soil. The chamber was provisioned with a single larva of the
sphingid moth, Smerinthus cerisyi Kirby, which was one and three-
fourths inches in length. A single egg had been laid on the pleuron
of the last segment just above the right side of the anal prolegs.
The second burrow was also dug out and found to be similar in
most respects, with allowances for the differences in the soil.
On July 3 a female, presumably the same one, was collected
and on July 13 a male. No other specimens were taken although
several were observed from time to time.
At noon on July 12, another female was seen working in the
same area. By 3:15 p.m. she had nearly completed her burrow, to
judge by the size of the excavation pile. She dug as had the other,
by means of mandibles only, and carried the earth farther from
October, 1953]
TILDEN AMMOPHILA
213
the opening, depositing it about seven inches from the hole. This
seemed to be an individual character in these wasps, each having
a characteristic carrying distance because of the size of the circle
started upon leaving the opening with a load. Whereas the previous
female had turned always to the right when carrying the earth,
this one turned to the left and returned to the right. It was a
“left-handed” individual.
As the wasp dug, small flies loitered around the opening. They
were very agile and active. One only was taken; it was identified
by Dr. Curtis Sabrosky of the United States National Museum as
Hilarella hilar ella (Zetterstedt) (Sarcophagidae) . Dr. Sabrosky in-
forms me that there are a number of related species with these
habits and suggests that if more had been collected, other species
might have been represented. Allen (1926) reviewed the species of
these flies, and mentioned that J. B. Parker found they larviposit,
the small larvae perhaps, being dropped into the mouth of the
wasp’s burrow. In one case eight maggots were reared from a
caterpillar found in the burrow of Sphex extrematata var. picti-
pennis Walsh. He stated that M. R. Smith seemed to find that eggs
were laid on the caterpillar before it was put in the burrow. (Since
these flies, in common with many Sarcophagidae, have been ob-
served to larviposit, it may be that small larvae rather than eggs
were laid on the larvae.)
The wasp left the area at 3:51 p.m. without covering the open-
ing. This individual never covered the burrow upon leaving it. At
4:14 p.m. it returned, made a sweeping flight around the area,
investigated the vicinity of the burrow and began at once to dig.
In every observed instance, returning females behaved in a similar
fashion when returning without provisions. Returning empty-
handed was by flight, and the burrow investigated prior to
resumption of digging.
At 4:22 p.m. the wasp stayed below and did not come out again
that evening. By this time the spot had become shaded and cool,
and it was found on this and other occasions, that relatively high
ground temperatures were necessary to the insect’s activity. The
wasp spent the night in the burrow, as was tested by placing a
rather large rock over the opening. Next morning when the weather
cleared, the rock was removed and the wasp came out and flew
directly away.
The next day (July 13) was clear in the morning but fog rolled
214
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
in early in the day and no digging was noted. The wasp was seen
to investigate the hole but instead of digging she ran along the
ground to the edge of the nearby vegetation and rested in the dry
grass, where she spent the night. It seemed a matter of circum-
stances whether the night was spent in the burrow or not. Both
types of behavior were noted several times.
Duties prevented observations for three days, but on July 17
a female, presumably the same one, was observed covering a hole.
The wasp scratched with the prothoracic legs in a circular motion,
moving around the hole and throwing the dirt back between the
other two pair of legs. Most of the covering was done by backing
up to the opening. When the hole had been filled to somewhat above
the surrounding level, a small rock was placed on the mound. In
this instance no stone was used for tamping.
Without resting, the wasp began to investigate the surrounding
area. After about ten minutes, she selected a spot some three inches
from the previous site and began to dig. She apparently did not
encounter any underground obstacles, since excavation was unus-
ually rapid and seemingly complete in 72 minutes. She then flew
away without covering the opening. She also turned to the left
in digging, and this together with the habit of not covering the
opening led to the assumption that it was the same individual as
before. The day turned cold and the wasp did not return that
evening.
It was 3:20 p.m. the following day (July 18) before further
observations could be made. The wasp was not in evidence, and the
hole was still open. The nearby covered hole was dug out; it con-
tained a Smerinthus larva. No egg was found, and at the time it was
supposed that it had been brushed ofl during the excavation, but
observations by Griddle (1924) may place a different interpreta-
tion on the matter. He describes how a caterpillar of the related
Smerinthus geminatus Say fS. jamaicensis Drury of the present
lists) was buried by Ammophila procera on one day and exhumed
the following day to be oviposited on.
After the caterpillar had been examined, both the dug out and
the open hole were filled and the area smoothed, and the return of
the wasp was awaited. She returned soon, at 3:31 p.m., dragging
a large Smerinthus larva. The wasp was astride the larva, holding
it near the head in the mandibles, and walking on all six widely-
October, 1953]
TILDEN AMMOPHILA
215
spaced legs. The larva seemed not to be any great burden to the
wasp, which moved rapidly and easily.
The wasp was disturbed to find no hole, and walked around the
exact location of the now filled-in opening, still dragging the larva.
Then she set the caterpillar down a short distance away and in-
vestigated the area most carefully, returning occasionally to re-
examine the larva. After some ten minutes of these actions, the
wasp selected a new site and began to excavate a new burrow. She
dug very rapidly, making numerous loud buzzing sounds. Soon
the burrow was deep enough so that the wasp was underground for
several seconds, and during one of these trips the larva was re-
moved and examined. No egg was found, so it seems that oviposi-
tion may occur after the larva is placed in the burrow. The larva
was returned as nearly as possible to the same place.
At 4:12 the burrow was complete and the wasp took wing and
flew several times in long low sweeps around the vicinity. She
located the larva from the air, dropped to the ground beside it,
resumed a position astride the larva and dragged it to the new
burrow. She dropped the larva an inch or so from the mouth of
the burrow and went down into the hole, returning with a load of
earth. Two such trips were made. Then she backed into the opening,
dragging the larva after her, not straddled, but seized in the
mandibles. No egg was deposited at this time. The wasp remained
below nearly three minutes, and when she returned to the surface
was carrying more material. Several more trips were made, each
with a load of earth. On one of these trips a large rock was placed
over the opening by the observer, to prevent the wasp from coming
out. She could be heard buzzing loudly below, but when the rock
was removed continued her work without concern. This last excava-
tion required eight minutes, and may have been a final cleaning out
of the chamber.
Next the wasp retired a foot or so from the nest, and groomed
her antennae for a short time. Then she began to gather pebbles
about one-fourth inch in diameter and to dump them into the
burrow. The observations at this time were made from about 18
inches without disturbing the wasp. The observer placed pebbles
of an appropriate size near the opening and these were accepted
and used. Small pebbles and larger rocks placed in the same way
were examined, apparently being measured by the expanse of the
mandibles, and discarded without being used.
216
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
When the hole was nearly full of pebbles, perhaps three-fourths
of an inch from the top, the wasp began to fill the remainder with
gravel and sand. As before, she faced away from the burrow and
loosened the earth with her mandibles, then kicked it backwards
with the prothoracic legs, the material passing between the other
two pairs of legs and beneath the upraised abdomen. During this
process, she stopped from time to time and seizing a small rock
in her mandibles, carried it to the hole and used it to tamp the
earth in the opening. The tamping was quite vigorous, the wasp
raising the fore part of the body and beating the loose earth with
a pushing motion. At the termination of each tamping act, the
rock that had been used was either placed in the opening or laid
beside it, while another layer was kicked in. Each time a different
rock was used for the tamping. When the hole was slightly more
than flush with the surface, a small rock was placed over the spot
where the hole had been. Then the surrounding area was carefully
smoothed. The filling of the hole with small material, including the
use of the rocks as tools, took one minute and thirteen seconds.
The wasp then sought a sheltered and sunny location and
groomed herself, after which she rested for nearly four minutes.
She then began to search the vicinity, taking short Alight and
alighting repeatedly. However, no more excavation was done that
day. The time was nearly Ave o’clock and day had become cool. The
wasp flew away and did not return. The small Hilarella flies re-
mained near the burrow during the entire process, even entering
the hole while the wasp was below, but the wasp did not appear to
notice them in any way. The caterpillar was then dug out but
again, no egg was found.
Other excavations were observed on several occasions, without
signiAcant deviation from the patterns recorded above.
Comparison of the Behavior of Ammophila Saeva With That
OF A. Procera and Certain Other Related Forms
The habits of certain species, mostly in eastern United States,
have been recorded numerous times. Wheeler and Wheeler (1924)
note the use of pebbles by these wasps in tamping the burrow, and
state that seven observers have recorded this act since it was Arst
described by Peckham and Peckham (1898). The Peckhams re-
marked that A. urnaria used the same pebble each time, so in this
respect^, saeva differs, but such a difference may well be individual
rather than speciAc.
October, 1953]
TILDEN AMMOPHILA
217
Although the Wheelers credit the Peckhams with the first ob-
servation of the use of pebbles as tools by these wasps, two earlier
records exist. Pergande (1892) observed the use of pebbles in
this way by A. gryphus and stated that the tamping made audible
sounds. Williston (1892) also recorded the use of pebbles by A.
ja/Toiet. These seem to be the first published notes on this tool-using
behavior by members of the genus Ammophila. The many later
records indicate that it is most likely a usual habit.
All references consulted gave the provision of the burrow as
lepidopterous larvae. Most of the references refer to the captured
larvae as prey. But since the larvae are not eaten by the adult but
used to supply food for the young, the term provision is preferable.
In addition to the use of Smerinthus larvae (Griddle, 1924),
Rau (1926) found that A. procera provisioned with a noctuid
(phalaenid) larva. Hartman (1905) found that A. procera used a
‘‘tomato worm” (Sphingidae) , and laid the egg on the 6th to 10th
segment of the abdomen, while Pergande (1892) noted the
utilization of the larva of Heterocampa suh-albicans Packard
(Notodontidae) .
Rau (1922) wrote that A. procera carried earth from the
burrow in short flights, which is unlike the habits of A. saeva.
Whether this is a real difference of behavior or merely a difference
in description by two different authors, is not clear.
The specific names of the insects are given just as found in the
literature without any attempt to bring them in line with modern
classification, since the systematics of these insects is in no way part
of this paper.
Summary
Observations on Ammophila saeva Smith indicate that the wasp
provisions the nest with the larva of Smerinthus cerisyi Kirby and
uses pebbles to tamp the earth in the burrow. The habits of A . saeva
are similar to or nearly identical with those of related species ; the
differences are slight enough to be individual and not specific. It
would seem that the digging and provisioning habits of the genus
Ammophila may be considered to form a generic rather than a
specific habit pattern. Wheeler and Wheeler’s statement that the
Peckhams were the first to observe the use by these wasps of
pebbles as tools is incorrect, since both Pergande and Williston
made such observations earlier.
218
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
Literature Cited
Allen, Harry W.
1926. North American species of two-winged flies belonging to the tribe
Miltogrammini. Proceedings of the United States National Mu-
seum, Vol. 68, Article 9, page 81.
Griddle, Norman
1924. Observations on the habits of Sphex procera in Manitoba. The
Canadian Field Naturalist, 38 (7) : 121—123.
Hartman, Carl
1905. Observations on the habits of some solitary wasps of Texas. Bulle-
tin of the University of Texas, 65, Science Series 7, pp. 1—73
(11-20 apply) .
Peckham, G. W., and Elizbeth Peckham
1898. On the instincts and habits of the solitary wasps. Wisconsin
Geological and Natural History Survey, Bulletin 2, Scientific
Series 1, page 23.
Pergande, Theodore
1892. Peculiar habit of Ammophila gryphus Sm. Proceedings of the
Entomological Society of Washington, 2 (2) : 256-258, 1 text fig.
Rau, Phil
1922. Ecological and behavior notes on Missouri insects. Transactions
of the Academy of Sciences of Saint Louis, 24 (7) : 1-75.
1926. The Ecology of a sheltered clay bank ; a study in insect sociology.
Transactions of the Academy of Sciences of Saint Louis, 25: 157-
277.
Wheeler, George C., and Esther Hall Wheeler
1924. The use of a tool by a sphecid wasp. Science, LIX, No. 1535, p. 486.
WiLLISTON, S. W.
1892. Note on the habits of Ammophila. Entomological News, 3 (4) :
85-86.
NEW RECORDS OF OXYPORUS FROM ARIZONA (Coleoptera: Staph-
ylinadae). — A specimen each of Oxyporus quinquemaculatus Leconte and
of 0. mexicanus Fauvel were taken by the writer in the pine-Douglas fir
forest at Rustler Park, Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona, on Sept. 15, 1952,
at about 8,300 feet altitude. Five additional specimens of 0. mexicanus
labeled “Huachuca Mts., Carr Cn., Ariz., VIII-6-1924, J. 0. Martin, Col-
lector” are in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco. All these represent new records for the Southwest, O. quinquem-
aculatus having been recorded previously from the eastern United States
and 0. mexicanus from Oaxaca in Mexico. For the latter species, these
represent the first United States records. Since the species of Oxyporus are
mushroom inhabiting forms, it may be assumed that 0. mexicanus was
found in the high mountains of Oaxaca where the fungi are likely to be
present. — Borys Malkin, University of Washington, Seattle.
October, 1953] figg-hoblyn — acmaeodera
219
A NEW SPECIES OF ACMAEODERA FROM
WESTERN NEVADA
(Coleoptera: Buprestidae)
John P. Figg-Hoblyn
Natural History Museum, Stanford University, California
Acmaeodera nanbrownae Figg-Hoblyn, new species
Small, elongate, subcylindrical, moderately convex, broadly rounded in
front, moderately narrowed posteriorly; head, pronotum, and undersurface
aeneous ; elytra shining black with irregular generally vittate, straw yellow
maculations, lineate in the sutural and lateral areas, broken in the discal
area, the median portion lineate, its apical area irregularly arcuate, and joined
to the apical markings; the vertex and pronotum with short white hairs,
suberect and arcuate forwards; the front of the head, sides of the pronotum,
and entire undersurface of the body except head, densely clothed with closely
appressed, fimbriate, white scales.
Head with median dorsal carina, nearly flat in front, feebly, longitudinally
depressed between eyes, finely, shallowly, sparsely punctured with short,
arched setae arising from the punctures; antennae extending to basal fourth
of pronotum; segment 1 elongate, as long as following three segments com-
bined; segment 2 globose; segments 3 and 4 slightly narrower than 2, and
subequal in length to each other; segments 5 to 11 compact, twice as wide
as long, the fifth triangular; clypeus broadly, shallowly, arcuately emarginate
in front.
Pronotum wider than elytra, twice as wide as long, widest behind middle,
and wider at base than apex, apex distinctly bisinuate, sides broadly rounded,
unevenly arcuate, side margins not evident from above; disk convex, shal-
lowly caniculate with a slight depression in middle at base ; surface finely,
shallowly, and sparsely punctured, moderately covered with long, fine curved
hairs, intermixed with white fimbriate scales at edges.
Elytra at base narrower than prothorax, sides very slightly expanded
behind base, constricted in front of middle and rounded to apex; margins
serratulate for apical half, disc convex, striae moderately well-marked, punc-
tures shallow and separated by more than their own width, interspaces flat
and sparsely, minutely punctured, each pit giving rise to a short seta.
Undersurface coarsely, densely punctured in front, finely, sparsely punc-
tured behind, and clothed by a dense white mantle of sub-stellate scales;
apical carina not present; prosternum retracted, apical margin transverse;
legs moderately pilose, undersides of femurs scaled.
Length 8 mm., breadth 3 mm. (in type). In paratypes length ranges to
6 mm., width 1.75 mm.
Holotype, (California Acad. Sci., Ent.) collected by the author
in Esmeralda County, Nevada, ten miles northwest of Tonopah,
June 24, 1951, on Nevada indigo bush, Dalea polyadenia Torr.
220
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
Paratypes: Five specimens collected by the author at the mouth of
Telephone Canyon, Pilot Mountains, Mineral County, Nevada in
July of 1952, four of which are in the Museum of the California
Academy of Sciences. All were taken from the flowers of the desert
trumpet, Eriogonum inflatum Torr. and Freiu.
Acmaeodera nanbrownae is placed in the Truncatae section of
the genus, and is closely related to and similar in general appear-
ance to the other scaled forms in this group, particularly A. van-
duzeei Van Dyke, A. fisheri Cazier, and A. fisheri var vermiculata
Knull.
In general form A. nanbrownae is more elongate and narrow,
luore attenuated in apical half, and more suddenly constricted in
front of the middle than the stubbier, more compact A. fisheri. The
new species is very similar in appearance to A. vanduzeei, but the
Fig. 1. Acmaeodera nanbrownae Figg-Hoblyn
October, 1953] figg-hoblyn — acmaeodera
221
elytra are more sinuate in the middle, and the evenly sinuate form
of the pronotal sides of the latter serve to separate these two species
quite distinctly on these characters alone. The ratio of the width of
the pronotum to the width of the base of the elytra is greater than
the same ratio in A. fisheri. This form further differs from A. fisheri
in having finely, shallowly, and sparsely placed punctures on the
pronotum, while the latter has moderately fine, dense, and mod-
erately shallow punctures. A. vanduzeei differs from both these in
having coarse, deep, and dense punctuation. Elytral maculations
and color serve to differentiate further these three closely allied
species. In A. nanhrownae the maculations are vittate, in A. fisheri
vermiculata less so and more broken, and in A . vanduzeei are com-
pletely broken up as in yf. lahyrinthica. The elytral color is straw-
yellow and shiny black, while in the other two there are blue or
green reflections, and the markings are either deep orange yellow
and cupreous brown or both.
The writer takes pleasure in naming this species for Miss
Nancie Brown or Carmel, Calif., and in acknowledging his indebted-
ness to the late Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke for his aid and for the use
of comparative material.
Book Review
FRESH-WATER INVERTEBRATES OF THE UNITED STATES. By
Robert W. Pennak. Ronald Press, New York, pp. ix-f-769, 470 figs.
Price $14.00.
This long awaited work was published on April 8, 1953. Here, for the
first time, a single author has brought together the basic taxonomic and
biological information for our fresh-water invertebrates. Most of the keys
are to genera. Illustrations are simplified and clear-cut. Bibliographies are
up to date and seem to have been selected with excellent judgement. The
book appears to be singularly free from typographical errors. The format is
attractive and the typography is such that it is a pleasure to read the book.
The brief introduction is very interesting. In the discussion of barriers
which have prevented most fresh-water invertebrates from invading the sea,
it is stated that little is known but that the barriers are “perhaps chiefly
osmoregulatory.” Since several invertebrates inhabit inland waters of
greater salinity than the ocean, the statement of Beadle {Biol. Rev., 18:172-
183, 1943) seems more plausible, i.e. that whatever the barriers may be they
are certainly not osmoregulatory. For insects, at least, depth is an important
barrier and competition is doubtless also a factor. The section on “Atypical
Fresh-water Habitats” is entirely original and very stimulating. Tree holes.
222
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
pitcher plants and the bases of leaves of bromeliads might be added in a
future edition.
The main part of the book is devoted, in succession, to each of the phyla,
classes, and orders of aquatic invertebrates. Only the aquatic stages are
included. This must have been a difficult decision and was no doubt forced
upon the author because of the limitations imposed by present day printing
costs and bulk. The insect chapters would be more usable if keys to adults
could have been included.
Tbe concluding pages are devoted to two appendices, one dealing with
“Field and Laboratory Apparatus” and the other with “Reagents and
Solutions.” These sections are brief but include all essential information.
A glossary would have been desirable but again would have added to an
already bulky volume.
Probably no single reviewer will be in a position to evaluate Dr. Pennak’s
book in its entirety. I can only say that the chapter on Hemiptera, which I
am able to review critically, is as complete as can be expected in a work of
this kind and is accurate in all but a few insignificant details. For example,
Merregata is not at all confined to the Midwest, Veliids are not all “ripple
bugs” — only the genus Rhagovelia deserves this name, and Rheumatohates
rileyi was described by Bergroth, not by Berg.
The appearance of this book is an important event in the development
of limnology in the United States. No doubt it will stimulate teaching and
research on fresh-water invertebrates for years to come and will be an es-
sential part of the equipment of every aquatic biologist. — Robert L. Usinger.
Book Review
INSECTS CLOSE UP. By Edward S. Ross. 81 pp., 125 figs. Univ. Calif.
Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles. 1953. Price $1.50 (Cloth $2.25),
This book represents a milestone in the field of semi-technical entomological
literature. The author has succeeded in combining factual knowledge with an
extremely readable style. Each of tbe 47 sketches is concerned with an insect
or a particular mode of insect life. Supplementing the written text are the
superb, completely unposed, black and white and colored photographs of
the subjects in their natural environment. The author, the Curator of Ento-
mology at the California Academy of Sciences and a well known specialist
in his own field, purposes to stimulate interest by demonstrating the tre-
mendous diversity of inseet life that can be uneovered by careful observation
and patience. In this regard he succeeds exceedingly well for each page
unfolds a fascinating phase of entomology.
The back of the book contains an illustrated section on the techniques
of insect collecting showing various pieces of equipment and describing their
use. The portion on the methods of preparing an insect collection is ac-
companied by a series of step by step diagrams clearly outlining the
neeessary procedures. Thus it essentially replaces the existing collecting
manuals. In addition, the section on the techniques of insect photography will
be a useful guide to those who wish to try this interesting and informative
Wpe of inseet study. — John D. Lattin.
October, 1953] drake & hoberlandt — angilia
223
A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS ANGILIA FROM THE
PHILIPPINES, WITH A CATALOGUE OF THE
DESCRIBED SPECIES
(Hemiptera: Veliidae)
C. J. Drake^ and H. Hoberlandt^
The genus Angilia was erected by Carlos Stal (1865, p. 46)
for the reception of Velia albidocincta Stal (1855, p. 46) from Kaf-
fraria. Cape Colony Africa. Since then, seven other species and one
variety have been described from Africa.
The present paper contains the description of a new species of
Angilia from the Philippine Islands, and is the first record of the
genus in the East Indies. The fine illustrations of the new species
were made by Mrs. Ludvik Hoberlandt of Praha. In order to facili-
tate work in the group, a catalogue with bibliographic references
and distributional records of the species is appended.
Angilia ( Adriennella) philippiensis Drake and Hoberlandt
(Figure 1)
Macropterous Male: Rather broad, two and one-half times as long as
wide. General color yellowish brown with some areas shaded darker; hem-
elytra chocolate brown with white markings. Dorsal surface with brownish or
golden pubescence and also some very fine, rather short, erect, inconspicuous,
brownish hairs. Legs pale testaceous with dark brown markings.
Size: Length, 4.25 mm.; width across humeral angles, 2.01-2.05 mm.
Head: Width across eyes, 1.10 mm. Head brown, paler beneath, very
short, strongly deflexed in front of eyes and as seen from dorsal aspect with
only about one-third of its length extending in front of anterior margins of
the eyes; length of head and width of vertex equal (40:40). Eyes moderately
large, semiglobular, excerted, dark brown or fuscous, shining. Rostrum pale
brown with terminal segment blackish, reaching to apical third of mesoster-
num. Antennae (fig. 2) long , slender, dark brown with basal segment lighter,
shortly pilose, with some longer hairs on first segment; segment I moderately
stout, considerably thicker than II, slightly bowed; II rather slender, a little
thicker than next two; III and IV linear; formula — I, 61; II, 64; III, 85;
IV, 72.
Thorax: Pronotum (figs. 1 & 3) very large, distinctly longer on median
line than width across humeral angles (204:162), transversely convex between
humeral angles, coarsely and irregularly pitted as may be seen in fig. 1,
distinctly divided between humeral angles by a sharp wavy bicolor demarca-
tion clearly separating anterior and posterior parts of pronotum ; anterior part
yellowish brown with both sides on anterior fifth somewhat darkened ; median
Carina feebly represented, only on anterior fifth, the sides from humeral angles
distinctly narrowed anteriorly and practically straight; front margin slightly
^ Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa.
2 Narodni Museum, Praha II, Czechoslovakia.
224
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
roundly emarginate, extending laterally scarcely beyond middle of the eyes ;
hind part dark brown, sharply narrowed posteriorly, somewhat triangularly in
outline with sides slightly sinuate and apical part prolonged with apex blunt
and rounded. Sternum dark fuscous brown, here and there toning into reddish
brown. Plural dark fuscous brown with some bluish lustre.
Legs moderately stout, with hind femora a little stouter than in other
pairs, testaceous with dark brown markings, clothed with short pubescence
and longer hairs, the hairy vesture pale in the pale areas and dark in darkened
areas; middle and hind femora as well as anterior tibiae moderately curved;
coxae and trochanters pale in all legs. Anterior legs as in fig. 4; femora pale
testaceous with apical third dark brown; tibiae testaceous with base; apex
Fig. 1. Angilia (Adriennella) philippiensis, dorsal aspect.
October, 1953] drake & hoberlandt — angilia
225
and a wide band near the middle dark brown, with apical comb composed of
very small pegs and occupying half of the entire tibial length; tarsi dark
brown, feebly paler at joints between segments; formula — femora, 120; tibiae,
122; tarsal segments, I, 6; II, 9; III, 30. Middle legs as in fig. 6; femora
testaceous with apical part and a wide band just in front of middle dark
brown; tibiae with a narrow basal part, a large band at middle and narrow
apical part dark brown; tarsi very long, dark brown, the second segment
basally and apically and the third basally somewhat testaceous; formula —
femora, 148; tibiae, 149; tarsal segments, I, 15; II, 49; III, 46. Hind legs as
in fig. 7; femora (also trochanters) armed beneath with numerous short dark
teeth, similar in color and markings as in middle legs; formula — femora, 148;
tibiae, 146 ; tarsal segments, I, 12 ; II, 15 ; III, 37.
Abdomen: Length as measured on outer margin of connexivum, 2.51 mm.,
tergites brown. Venter pale brown, strongly arched, space between segments
Figs. 2—11. Angilia ( Adriennella) philippiensis. Fig 2, antenna; fig.
3, disc of pronotum (lateral aspect) ; fig. 4, front leg; fig. 5, middle leg;
fig. 6, hind leg; fig. 7, eighth abdominal segment (dorsal aspect) ; fig. 9, anal
conus; figs. 10 & 11, parameres (paratype).
226
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
and spiracles darkened, second and third tergites carinate on median line,
fifth and sixth segments each with a shallow pit on median line, seventh
tergite slightly depressed posteriorly, spiricles with some whitish tomentum,
pubescence and longer hairs golden brown. Connexivum yellowish, posterior
angles of seventh tergite brown; beneath with a pale reddish stripe running
solidly from the second to the end of the seventh tergite. Eighth abdominal
segment (fig. 7) somewhat cylindrical, slightly narrowed apically, laterally
deeply notched, with long bristles on apical margin. Ninth abdominal segment
(fig. 8) strongly widened towards the apex, the posterior margin broadly
rounded. Parameres (figs. 10 and 11) similar in shape, apically and sub-
apically narrowed, sinuate, with apex distinctly bent and markedly prolonged
on inner side; lower part, middle and apical parts with bristles.
Hemelytra reaching to apex of abdomen, chocolate brown with veins
darker, an elongate spot in basal exterior cell, a small oval spot in middle
cell, a very large spot (constricted near the middle) in apical part of mem-
brane, and sometimes a small irregular spot on each side of the latter white.
Veins and membrane of cells sparsely clothed with short appressed golden
pubescence.
Holotype (macropterous male), San Jose, Mindoro, Philip-
pine Islands, March, 1945, collected by F. S. Skinner; in the
California Academy of Sciences. Paratype (macropterous male),
same locality as type, April, 1945, E. S. Ross. Units of measure
employed in the description may be converted into millimeters by
dividing by 80.
Differs from A. ( Adriennella) schoutendeni Poisson by the dis-
tinctly less arched disc of pronotum, lateral notches on the eighth
abdominal segment of the male and differently formed parameres.
Size and coloration of the two species are also quite different.
Catalogue of the Described Species of Angilia
Genus Angilia Stal, 1855
Type, Velia alhidocincta Stal, 1855
1865. Angelia Stal, Hem. Afr., 3:167.
1942. Angilia Poisson, Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr., 36 (2) : 154.
Subgenus Angilia Poisson, 1942
Type, Velia alhidocincta Stal, 1855
1. Angilia aetema Hoberlandt
1946. Angilia aeterna Hoberlandt, Acta Soc. Ent. Cechosl., 43 (1—2) : 55—58,
figs. 1-2.
1951. Angilia aeterna Hoberlandt, Bui. Inst. Fr. Afr. noire, 13 (4) : 1131.
Distribution : South Sahara, Dahomey.
2. Angilia alhidocincta (Stal)
1855. Velia alhidocincta Stal, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Forh., 1:46.
1865. Angilia alhidocincta Stal, Hem. Afr., 3:46.
October, 1953] drake & hoberlandt — angilia
227
1942. Angilia albidocincta Poisson, Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr., 36 (2) : 154-157,
figs. 6-9.
Distribution: Cape Colony (Kaffraria), Uganda, South Ethiopia,
Ivory Coast.
3. Angilia congoensis Poisson
1950. Angilia congoensis Poisson, Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr., 43 (1-2) : 82-83,
fig. 16.
Distribution: Belgian Congo (Boma).
4. Angilia dubia Poisson
1942. Angilia dubia Poisson, Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr., 36 (2) : 157-159, figs.
10 - 12 ..
Distribution: Belgian Congo (Elisabethville) .
5. Angilia kenyalis Poisson
1950. Angilia kenyalis Poisson, Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr., 43 (1-2) : 81-82, fig. 15.
Distribution: Kenya.
Subgenus Adriennella Poisson, 1942
Type, A. Andriennella Poisson, 1942
6. Angilia conradsi Poisson
1950. Angilia conradsi Poisson, Revfl Zool, Bot. Afr., 43 (1-2) : 83, fig. 17.
Distribution: Belgian Congo (Victoria Nyanza).
7. Angilia perplexa Poisson
1950. Angilia perplexa Poisson, Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr., 36 (2) : 159-161, figs.
13-15.
Distribution: Belgian Congo (Lembo).
8. Angilia philippiensis Drake and Hoberlandt
1953. Angilia philippiensis Drake and Hoberlandt, Pan-Pacific Ent., 29 (4) :
223-227, figs. 1-11.
Distribution: Philippine Islands (Mindoro).
9. Angilia schoutedeni Poisson
1942. Angilia schoutedeni Poisson, Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr., 36 (2) ; 161-164,
figs. 16-19.
Distribution: Belgian Congo (Lembo, Leopoldville).
9a. A. schoutedeni form camelus Poisson
1950. Angilia schoutedeni f. camelus Poisson, Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr., 43 (1-2) :
84, fig. 19.
Distribution: French Congo (Lambarene).
Errata: The following should be inserted at the foot of page 121 (vol. 29)
of the preceding issue, in Dr. Gressitt’s description of the genus N eodownesia.
Prothorax slightly broader than long, arched anteriorly, parallel-sided, dis-
tinctly margined laterally; densely and deeply sculptured. Scutellum longer
than broad, narrowed apically. Elytra long, slightly broader than prothorax
basally, widened in middle, narrowed and rounded apically; each elytron with
three raised costae, two rows of punctures in each of first three interstices and
three or four rows in last. Intercoxal process of prosternum large, somewhat
swollen; intercoxal process of mesosternum meeting metasternum at mid-
point of middle coxae. Femora short and stout; tarsi broad, as long as tibiae.
228
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
Book Review
METHODS AND PRINCIPLES OF SYSTEMATIC ZOOLOGY. By Ernst
Mayr, E. Gorton Linsley, and Robert L. Usinger. McGraw-Hill Book
Co., New York, Toronto, London, ix -1-328 pp. 1953.
This book fills an important need for a work on the principles of systematics
as it should be practiced in zoological sciences. (The authors apply the word
taxonomy in a broad sense, not making the common distinction between
taxonomy and systematics.) The book is well written and interesting, al-
though to the taxonomically sophisticated there may seem to be too much
emphasis on purely mechanical details. However, in view of the confusion
which has often resulted from poor taxonomic practices, these details are
doubtless warranted and should be particularly valuable to those entering the
taxonomic field for the first time.
The authors, an ornithologist and two entomologists, advocate the view
that “it is less the findings of taxonomy than its principles and methods which
need to be taught”. They feel that taxonomy should not be an end in itself
but is an important branch of biology whose objectives go far beyond mere
identification and classification; taxonomy should contribute to other zoologi-
cal fields, especially to those relating to that central problem of biology, the
mechanism of evolution.
Considering this healthy approach it has been a surprise to some that
the basic principles of speciation and phylogeny are treated only briefly or
with the assumption that the details are known to the reader or can be
learned elsewhere by him. This procedure seems justified, however, in view
of the several books devoted to these principles and the absence of any
previous modern account of the mechanics of taxonomy. The book, then, is
devoted very largely to methods, the three parts being: “Taxonomic categories
and concepts” (60 pages), “Taxonomic procedure” (137 pages), and “Zoo-
logical nomenclature” (84 pages).
The discussion of zoological nomenclature is particularly good. In
view of recent controversies in this field it should be pointed out that this
discussion presents the various viewpoints in a thoroughly tempered manner
and is a real contribution to the general understanding of some of the most
pressing nomenclatural problems.
A shortcoming of the book is its failure to place strong emphasis, for
the guidance of those entering the field, on the types of systematic problems
which are usually most profitable: studies of species or limited groups over
their entire range or over as broad a part of their range as practical, not
faunal studies of taxonomically large groups in limited areas. It should be
pointed out that the chapter on quantitative methods of analysis does not
nearly exhaust the possible uses of biometry in the solution of problems
related to systematics. The defects are minor, however, and we have here a
book which will be a useful part of the library of any systematist and a
valuable text for courses in the principles of systematics. It is hoped that, with
the aid of this work, more courses will be offered on systematic principles and
fewer on the taxonomy of particular groups such as the Hymenoptera, the
Coleoptera, or the birds and mammals. — Charles D. Michener.
October, 1953]
INDEX TO VOLUME XXIX
229
Acarina, 198
Acmaeodera bryanti, 104
nanbrownae, 219
Aedes nigromaculis, 63
Agonita picea, 124
sculpturata, 125
Aleochara ponderosa, 164
Allorhagium, 207
Ambrysus hungerfordi spicatus,
138
dyticus, 140
Angilia aeterna, 226
albidocincta, 226
congoensis, 227
dubia, 227
kenyalis, 227
conradsi, 227
perplexa, 227
philippiensis, 223
schoutedeni, 227
schoutedeni form camelus, 227
Anthonomus, 41
peninsularis, 41
pervilis, 41
Antrodiaetus pacificus, 205
Apatophysis, 207
Aphidae, 1, 17, 43, 127, 147
Aphidologists, 2
Collecting, 10
Collections, 12
Distribution, 7
Importance, 5
Life Histories, 8
Literature, 12, 147
Nomenclature, 147
Arachnida, 203
Aranea gemmoides, 206
Araneida, 205
Argasidae, 198
Asilidae, 25
Barr, Orthezia, 210
Belonuchus sp. nr. punctiventris,
164
Biological control, 112
Bombidae, 144
Bombus sonorus, 144
Brachicoma sarcophagina, 144
Brachycistis sp. nr. furtivus, 63
Brumus parvicollis, 210
Buprestidae, 34, 104, 176, 219
Calliphoridae, 145
Callispa angusta, 121
donckieri, 121
ruficollis, 121
Calospasta edmundsi, 48
Cantharidae, 170
Carabidae, 98, 102
Carcinops sp., 164
Cassidispa bipuncticollis, 126
Cecidomyia flosculonim, 129
Cediopsylla inaequalis inaequalis,
39
Centrodera, 207
Cephalcia marginata, 133
Cerambycidae, 14, 207
Ceratophyllus celsus, 40
Chelinidea tabulata, 164
Chilocorus bipustulatus, 62
Chrysobothris yucatanensis, 104
Chrysomelidae, 121
Cicadidae, 191
Clidophleps distanti, 195
distanti, var. pallida, 195
Clubiona norvegica, 205
trivialus, 205
Coleomyia, 25, intraspecific
variation, 29
alticola, 28, 29, 34
crumborum, 25, 29, 34
hinei, 28, 29, 34
rainieri, 28, 29, 34
rubida, 27, 28, 29
sculleni, 29, 32
setiger, 28, 29, 30
Coleoptera, 14, 34, 41, 47, 98, 121,
127, 163, 170, 176, 203, 207,
218, 219
Colias, 67
Collecting in National Parks, 109
Collinsia ksenia, 206
Colpodes buchanani, 134
sargentorum, 134
Conicera atra, 146
Conopidae, 146
Cryptochia furcata, 166
Cryptostomatidae, 67
Ctenocephalides canis, 38
fells, 38
Culicoides copiosus, 164
spinosus, 46
Curculionidae, 101, 105, 107
Cuterebra latifrons, 155
Cuterebridae, 155
Cynaeus angustus, 164
Dactylispa approximata, 125
chinensis, 125
crassicuspis, 125
excisa repanda, 126
platyacantha, 126
sinuispina, 126
Danaidae, 112
Danaus menippe, 112
*New names in bold face, synonyms and homonyms in italics.
230
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
Dasineura gentneri, 131
leguminicola, 129
Dasyhelea mutabilis, 164
Dasymutilla paranocturna, 63
phoenix, 63
Day, Ephemeroptera, 25
Denning, Limnephilidae, 165
Dermaptera, 163
Desmonietopa sp. ( ?tarsalis), 163
Diamanus montanus, 40
Diceropracta apache, 195
apache, var. ochrarleuca, 195
Dicladispa armigera similis, 126
Dinocleus bryanti, 101
Diplochaetus desertus, 98
Diptera, 25, 46, 49, 60, 64, 65, 144,
155, 163, 181, 182, 208, 210,
213
Dixidae, 181
Drake & Hoberlandt, Angilia, 223
Drapetes parallelus, 100
Dromaeolus peninsularis, 103
Drosophila sp., 163
Drosophilidae, 163
Dysticheus rotundicollis, 106
Echidnophaga gallinacea, 37, 42
Edmundsius, 19, agilis, 22
Empididae, 190
Ephemeroptera, 19
Epimelitta aureopilis, 16
Erigone metlakatla, 206
whyniperi, 206
Erycia picata, 58
sectilis, 59
Essig, Aphid Miscellany, 1
Essig, Israeli aphid, 127
Essig, Orchard grass aphid, 17
Essig, Van Dyke, 73
Eumacronychia scitula, 50
Euphyto ruficeps, 49
Fabriciella evanida, 53
invelata, 51
plumasana, 53
Fender, Podabrus, 170
Figg-Hoblyn, Acmaeodera, 219
Fisher, Rhinotragini, 14
Foxella ignota omissa, 40
Gerridae, 178
Gressitt, Lepturinae, 207
Gressitt, Hispine beetles, 121
Gilbert, Anthonomus, 41
G'illogly, Trichogramma minutum
in Monarch butterfly eggs,
111
Heleidae, 46, 164
Heleomyzidae, 60
Heifer, New Hippomelas, 34
Heifer, Trachykele, 176
Hemiptera, 67, 138, 143, 178, 199
223
Hilarella hilarella, 213
Hippomelas
insularis, 34, 36
insularis castanea, 36
Hispellinus moestus, 125
Histeridae, 164
Homoptera, 1, 17, 43, 127, 147,
191, 210
Hoplopsyllus
affinis, 38
anomalus, 39, 42
Hololepta yucateca, 164
Hottes, Aphidological gleanings,
147
Hottes, Myzocallis; 43
Hoyt, Musca domestica, 208
Hubert, Paradixa, 181
Hubert, Rhamphomyia, 190
Hyalopteroides humilis, 17
pallida, 18
Hymenoptera, 63, 111, 133, 144,
157, 211
Hystrichopsylia dippiei, 135
Imania chama, 168
Tschnura, 69
Israelaphis, 127, carmini, 128
Itonididae, 128
Khalaf, Culicoides spinosus, 46
Labiidae, 164
La Rivers, Guatemala Ambrysus,
138
Leech, Van Dyke Bibliography, 89
Lepidoptera, 67, 69, 111, 201
Leptispa godwini, 121
Leptometopa latipes, 60
Leptyphantes, 206
Leuronychus pacificus, 206
Ligyrus gibbosus, 63
Limnephilidae, 165
Linyphia digna, 206
Lonchaea striatifrons, 163
Lonchaeidae, 163
Loomis, Otobius, 198
Macrancylus franciscanus, 108
Malkin, Arachnida, 205
Malkin, Oxyporus, 218
Malkin & Hatch, Colpodes, 134
Martin, Coleomyia, 25
Megaselia sp. 146
Melasidae, 103
Meledonus lindensis, 57
Meloidae, 47
Mericia cobala, 55
hamilla, 54
Metellina curtisi, 206
Metrobates trux infuscatus, 179
October, 1953]
INDEX TO VOLUME XXIX
231
Middlekauff, pine sawfly, 133
Milichiidae, 60, 163
Misumene vatia, 205
Monopsyllus wagneri kylei, 40
Muscidae, 60, 208
Muscina stabulans, 60
Muscoidea, 49
Myodopsylla collinsi, 41
Myzocallis californicus, 43
mauereri, 43
tonkawa, 45
Naucoridae, 138
Nebria raveni, 102
Nemocestes fragariae, 105
Neodovvnesia, 121, rubra, 122
Neossos marylandica, 60
Nymphalis calif ornica, 201
Odonata, 69
Odontocera
meridanus, 14
planitibialis, 15
Odontopsyllus dentatus, 40
Okanagana arboraria, 195
arboraria, var. crocea, 195
davisi, 191
pallidula, 196
rubrovenosa, 195
triangulata, 195
triangulata, var. crocina, 195
vanduzeei, 195
vanduzeei, var. californica, 196
vanduzeei, var. consobrina, 196
Okanagodes gracilis, 195
gracilis, var. pallida, 195
Ophiogompbus, 69
Opisocrostis hirsutus, 40
Opisodasys robustus, 39
Orchopeas howardi, 39
sexdentatus, 42
sexdentatus neotomae, 39
sexdentatus schisintus, 39
Orthezia annae, 210
bxymirus, 207
Oxyporus mexicanus, 218
quinquemaculatus, 218
Pacific Coast Ent. Soc., 61
Field trip, 66
Proceedings, 61
Pamphiliidae, 133
Paradixa californica, 181
Paratriatoma hirsuta, 199
Pardosa metlakatla, 205
Passalidae, 203
Passalus dominicanus, 204
Paxillus schneideri, 203
Pepsis, 61
Phalangida, 205
Phalangium opilio, 206
Philotes rita, 69
Phoridae, 146
Psysocephala sp., 146
Pilyohyphantes rubrofasciatus,
206
Platypedia bernardoensis, 195
middlekauffi, 194
putnami, 194
sylvesteri, 192
usingeri, 192
Platypria fenestrata, 126
Podabrus, alexanderi, 175
edmundsae, 170
ochocensis, 174
pineatus, 172
piniphilus, 173
Popilius lenzi, 203
tenuis, 203
Pritchard, flower midges, 128
Pseudomorpha alleni, 99
peninsularis, 99
Pseudopachyta, 207
Pulex irritans, 38, 42
Radenia tavala, 169
Reduviidae, 199
Reinhard, western muscoids, 49
Rhagium, 207
Rhamphomyia argenteus, 190
Rossiana, 165, montana, 166
Ryckman, Cuterebra latifrons, 155
Ryckman, Diptera reared from
barn owl nests, 60
Ryckman, parasites of Bombus
sonorus, 144
Ryckman, Paratriatoma, 199
Ryckman, Typanosoma cruzi, 143
Ryckman & Ames, Adoxomyia, 60
Ryckman & Ames, cacti insects,
163
Sachalinobia, 207
rugipennis koltzei, 207
rugipennis rugipennis, 207
Sarcophaga litorosa, 146
morionella, 146
tuberosa sarracenioides, 146
Sarcophagidae, 146, 213
Selander, Utah Calospasta, 47
Simons, Calif. Cicadas, 191
Siphonaptera, 37, 42, 135
Sitticus palustris, 206
Solierella albipes, 162
australis, 162
blaisdelli, 160
boharti, 157
clypeata, 160
corizi, 160
inermis, 160
lasseni, 157
232
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXIX, No. 4
major, 158
peckhami, 160
sayi, 162
similis, 159
sonorae, 157
striatipes, 159
vandykei, 159
vierecki, 159
Sphaeroceridae, 163
Sphecidae, 157, 211
Spongovostox apicedentatus, 164
Staphylinidae, 164, 218
Stark, Hystrichopsylia anomaly,
135
Stenistomera alpina, 40
Stenocorus, 207
Stilomedon, 164
Stratiomyidae, 60
Syrpliidae, 163
Tachinidae, 49
Tachinisca cyaneiventris, 69
Tachiniscidae, 69
Tanypteryx, 69
Tenebrionidae, 164
Tevis, Nymphalis, 201
Thrassis arizonensis arizonensis,
39, 42
pansus, 40
setosis, 40, 42
Tbroscidae, 100
Tilden, Ammophila saeva, 211
Tohm, Arizona fleas, 42
Toxotus, 207
Trachykele blondeli
cupreomarginata, 176
Triatoma rubida, 143
Trichogramma minutum. 111
Trichogrammatidae, 111
Trichoptera, 165
Trypanosoma cruzi, 143
Usinger, Metrobates, 179
Van Doesburg, Passalidae, 203
Van Dyke, Edwin Cooper, 73
Bibliography, 89
Van Dyke, New Coleoptera, 98, 102
Van Dyke, New Cossonid, 107
Veliidae, 223
Volucella apicifera, 163
esuriens, 163
isabellina, 163
Wehrle, Arizona fleas, 37
Williams, Solierella, 157
Xanthopygus cacti, 164
Xysticns pretiosus, 205
Zenillia scolex, 56
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
VOLUME TWENTY-NINE
19 5 3
EDITORIAL BOARD
P. D. HURD and H. B. LEECH, Editors
E. G. LINSLEY, Associate Editor
R. L, USINGER, Associate Editor
E. S. ROSS, Assistant Editor
R. C. MILLER, Treasurer
A. E. MICHELBACHER, Advertising
1953
E. O. Essig, Chairman
G. F. Ferris
PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
1954
E. L. Kessel
H. B. Leech
1955
E. R. Leach
E. G. Linsley
San Francisco, California
19 5 3
1
CONTENTS FOR VOLUME XXIX
Barr, W. F.
Orthezia annae Cockerell found in Idaho.. 210
Day, W. C,
A new mayfly genus from California 19
Denning, D. G.
A new genus of Limnephilidae 165
Drake, C. J. and H. Hoberlandt
A new species of the genus Angilia from the Philippines,
with a catalogue of the described species 223
Errata, Volume 29 227
Essig, E. 0.
Aphid miscellany 1
Essig, E. 0.
The orchard grass aphid, Hyalopteroides humilis (Walker) 17
Essig, E. 0.
Edwin Cooper Van Dyke 73
Essig, E. 0.
A remarkable new aphid from Israel.. 127
Fender, Kenneth M.
New species of Podabrus from western North America 170
Figg-Hoblyn, John P.
A new species of Acmaeodera from western Nevada.. 219
Fisher, W. S.
New Cerambycid beetles belonging to the tribe Rhinotragini 14
Gilbert, Edward E.
Sexual dimorphism and synonymy in Anthonomus
(Anthonomorphus) 41
Gillogly, G. M. & L. R.
Trichogramma minutum in Monarch butterfly eggs Ill
Gressitt, J. Linsley
Supplement to “The hispine beetles of China” 121
Gressitt, J. Linsley
Notes on nomenclature and relationships of some Palearctic
and Nearctic Lepturinae ...207
Delfer, Jaques R.
Two new Hippomelas 34
Heifer, Jaques R.
A new subspecies of Trachykele blondeli... 176
11
Hottes, F. C.
Seasonal variations in Myzocallis californicus Baker 43
Hoyt, Charles P.
Deformed abdominal tergites in Musca domestica Linnaeus 208
Hubert, Alexander A.
The biology of Paradixa californica 181
Hubert, Alexander A.
Another species of Rhamphomyia predaceous on mosquitoes 190
Khalaf, Kamel T.
Culicoides spinosus in Oklahoma 46
La Rivers, Ira
A new species and subspecies of Ambrysus from Guatemala 138
Lattin, John D.
Book Review: Insects Close-up 222
Leech, H. B.
Book Notice: American Megalodacne 126
Book Notice: Systematic Studies in Plecoptera 137
Book Notice: Genera insectorum (Carabinae;
Endomychidae) 179
Book Notice: Longicorn beetles of China 180
Book Notice: Plant diseases in orchard, nursery and garden
crops 180
Book Notice: The Coleoptera of the Galapagos Islands 200
Book Notice: Some new and noteworthy Aphidae from
Western and Southern South America 200
Book Notice: The California Academy — ^Lingnan Dawn
Redwood Expedition 200
Loomis, Edmond C.
A note on Otobius lagophilus 198
Malkin, Borys
New records of Arachnida from Alaska 205
Malkin, Borys
New records of Oxyporus from Arizona 218
Malkin, Borys & Melville H. Hatch
Colpodes buchanani in Oregon 134
Martin, Charles H.
Intraspecific variation of taxonomic characters in Coleo-
myia and two new species 25
Michener, Charles D.
Book Review: Methods and principles of systematic zoology 228
Ill
Middlekauff, Woodrow W.
A new species of web-spinning sawfly feeding upon pines.. ..133
Pacific Coast Entomological Society Proceedings 61
Pritchard, A. Earl
The white clover flower midge as differentiated from the red
clover flower midge 128
Reinhard, H. J.
New muscoid diptera from the western United States 49
Ross, E. S.
Book Notice: The grasshoppers and locusts (Acridoidea)
of Australia 18
Book Notice: Australian termites, the biology, recognition,
and economic importance of the common species... 109
Ryckman, Raymond E.
Diptera reared from barn owl nests 60
Ryckman, Raymond E.
Triatoma rubida sonoriana infected with Trypanosoma cruzi
in Sonora, Mexico 143
Ryckman, Raymond E.
Notes on the ecology of Bombus sonorus in Orange County,
California, and new parasite records 144
Ryckman, Raymond E.
Cuterebra latifrons reared from Neotoma fuscipes macrotis 155
Ryckman, Raymond E.
Eirst report of Paratriatoma hirsuta Barber from Nevada
an additional collections from Arizona and California ...199
Ryckman, Raymond E. and Charles T. Ames
Adoxomyia claripennis collected from wood rat nests in
Arizona 60
Ryckman, Raymond E. and Charles T. Ames
Insects reared from cacti in Arizona.... 163
Selander, Richard B.
A new species of Calospasta from Utah 47
Simons, John N.
New California cacadas with taxonomic notes on other
species 191
Stark, Harold E.
An unusual occurrence of three spermathecae in a specimen
of Hystrichopsylia dippiei 135
IV
Tevis, Jr., Lloyd
An outbreak of Nymphalis californica near Lake Almanor,
California - - 201
Tilden, J. W.
The digging and provisioning behavior of Ammophila saeva
Smith 211
Tohm, Gordon La Verne
Some Siphonaptera from Pima County, Arizona 42
Usinger, Robert L.
Notes on the genus Metrobates in California with descrip-
tion of a new subspecies 178
Usinger, Robert L.
Book Review: Fresh- water invertebrates of the United
States 221
\ an Doesburg, P. H.
On some Neotropical Passalidae 203
Van Dyke, Edwin C.
New Coleoptera from western North America 98, 102
Van Dyke, Edwin C.
A new Cossonid beetle from California, probably introduced 107
Wehrle, Lawrence Paul
A host index of some Arizona fleas 37
Williams, Erancis X.
Additions and corrections to “The Wasps of the Genus
Solierella in California” 157
MAILING DATES EOR VOLUME XXIX
No. 1 March 23, 1953
No. 2 June 25, 1953
No. 3 August 25, 1953
No. 4. December 17, 1953
two great
insecticides . . .
CHLORDANE
CONTROLS THESE INSECTS
Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bugs, Brown Dog Ticks, Cabbage
Maggots, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Chinch Bugs, Cockroaches, Cotton Boll Weevils,
Crickets, Cutworms, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers, Household Spiders,
Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole Crickets, Mormon
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggots, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggots, Serpentine Leaf Miners, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod
Webworms, Southern Corn Roots\'orms, Strawberry Crown Borers, Strawberry
Weevils, Sweet Clover Weevils, Tarnished Plant Bugs, Termites, Ticks, White
Grubs, Wireworms . . . and many others
HEPTACHLOR
CONTROLS THESE INSECTS
Alfalfa Weevils, Ants, Argentine Ants, Cotton Boll Weevils, Cabbage Maggots,
Chinch Bugs, Corn Borers (European). Corn Rootworms, Cotton Thrips,
Cowpea Curculio, Crickets, Cucumber Beetles, Cutworms, European Chafer,
Eye Gnats, Fleas, Flea Beetles, Garden Webworms, Grasshoppers, Japanese
Beetles, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon Crickets, Mosquitoes, Narcissus
Bulb Flies, Onion Maggots, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Rapid Plant Bugs,
Screwworms, Seed Corn Maggots, Serpentine Leaf Miners, Spittle Bugs, Sugar
Beet Root Maggots, Sweet Clover Weevils, Tarnished Plant Bugs, Tobacco
Flea Beetles, Tomato Fruitworms, Tuber Flea Beetles, Turnip Maggots, Western
Harvester Ants, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms . . . and many others.
W'^RITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
VELSICOL CORPORATION
OfVij/on of Arvty Corporation
General OFTIces and laboratories Export Division
330 Eost Grand Avenue, Chicago 1 1, Illinois lOO East 42nd Street, New York 17, New York
REPRESBNTATtVBS IN PRINCIPAL C I J I B S
oiRiVfii
IWI
VELSICOL
'4S,C
1
When you want reliable,
up-to-date, technical information
concerning
PARATHION
and
MALATHON
consult American Cyanamid, the company that
developed both of these important contribu-
tions to the field of insecticides.
We welcome your inquiries.
AMER/CAN Gmnamid company
Manufacturer of ^OP^OS
Parathion Technical
and MALATHON Technical
Agricultural Chemicals Division
30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y*
11
that guards crops and livestock!
Du Pont fuels
the "JET"
O NE device that symbolizes today’s practical scien-
tific farms is the sprayer, spouting chemicals froha
one "jet” or from twenty. High pressure or low, 3-gallon
or 1000-gallon, it is a sign of modern times in agriculture.
Why is this true? Because today specialized farm
chemicals used in sprays are important to every kind
of farming. Chemical sprays are used to:
IN^rCTICIDES: epn 30o, Mar-
gate* methoxychlor, DEE-
NATE* DDT, LEXONE* benzene
hexachloride, KRENITE* dinitro
spray, Du Pont Cotton Dusts,
Du Pont Dairy Cattle Spray and
Dairy Barn Insecticide, Du Pont
Livestock Spray & Dip No. 30.
Kill flies and mosquitoes on livestock, in barns and
other farm buildings.
Control the insects and diseases that attack fruit and
vegetables, cotton and corn, hay and pasture.
Kill the weeds in fields and fencerows and the brush in
rangeland, pasture and woodland.
Many new spray chemicals as well as other products
for the farm have been developed through Du Pont re-
- search. They have been tested and proven through the
work of Du Pont scientists and technicians with the
cooperation of schools and experiment stations and prac-
tical farmers. You can look to Du Pont for chemicals to
guard your crops and make your farm more productive.
On oil chemica/> always follow directions
for application. Where warning or cau-
tion statements on use of the product ore
given, read them carefully.
1E6.U. S.PAT.Orf
FUNGICIDES: MANZATE,t par-
ZATE* (nabam and zineb), FER-
MATE* (ferbam), ZERLATE* (zi-
ram), Copper-A (fixed copper),
SULFORON* and SULFORON*-
X wettable sulfurs.
WEED AND BRUSH KILLERS: cmu,
AMMATE,* 2,4-D, TCA and 2,
4,5-T.
FEED SUPPLEMENTS: delster-
OL* Vitamin D 3 ("D”-activated
animal sterol). Methionine amino
acid.
SEED DISINFECTANTS: arasan*
for corn, grass, legumes, peanuts,
vegetables, sorghum, rice; CERE-
SAN* for cotton and small grains.
*nc<3. U. S. PAT. OFFICE
tTRADE MARK
BETTER THINGS FOR BETTER L I V I N G . . . T HR O U G H CHEMISTKY
Ill
I
PROVING GROUND
On our 300 acre experimental farm the
pesticide formulations developed in
Rohm & Haas laboratories are tested
under actual farming conditions. Result
of this constant research: — Better all-
around crop protection for farmers
everywhere.
OlTHANE Organic Fungicide is the
choice of thousands of farmers because
it protects many crops against diseases
without retarding plant growth.
RHOTHANE Insecticide’s unusual prop-
erties give farmers and orchardists
effective control of many insects —
from hornworms to tortrix.
DiTHANE, RHOTHANE, KATHON, TRITON
are trademarks, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off.
and in principal foreign countries.
KATHON Herbicide’s ability to kill weeds
and brush without harming plants
makes it a potent weapon in the farmer’s
fight for more and better crops.
DDT finds many uses as an insecticide
— on dairies and farms — as a fly spray
or for crop protection.
TRITON B-1956 is the emulsifier, spreader
and sticker selected by many growers
to improve the effectiveness of insecti-
cides, fungicides and weed killer.
For the future, Rohm & Haas research
laboratories are working to produce
constantly improved chemicals — for
even better all-around crop protection.
CHEMICALS FOR
ROHM £■ HAAS
COM PAMY
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
Repmentaliva in principal foreign coiinirin
MANUFACTURERS AND PROCESSORS
OF
• Sulphur
• Insecticides
• Fertilizers
• Seeds
Home Office and Plant
Sunland Ave.
P. O. Box 1669
Fresno, California
Phone Fresno 2-4113
V
New data on Shell msecticides—
Gives lastest methods of insect control
Shell Chemical agricultural literature gives complete
information about aldrin, dieldrin and D-D . . . their use,
proper application and results. Drop us a line request-
ing any literature that we have prepared to assist you.
THE FOLLOWING LITERATURE IS AVAILABLE:
ALDRIN:
SC No. Name
53-20 Aldrin for Control of Cotton Insects
53-16 Aldrin for Soil Insect Control
53-27* Aldrin . . . Nemesis of Spud Pests
* Better Burley with Irrigation and
Insect Control — Aldrin
52- 60 Aldrin Does Things in a Big Way
(corn)
53- 5 Aldrin for Control of CornRootworm
53-19* Stops Rootworm
52- 20 Aldrin for Control of Southern Corn
Rootworm on Peanuts
53- 1 Aldrin in Fertilizers for Peanuts
Control of Southern Rootworm on
Peanuts (USDA Bull. EC-23)
53-15 Aldrin for Control of Grasshoppers
DIELDRIN:
SC No. Name
53—13* Latest on Cotton Insect Control —
Dieldrin
53—14* Dieldrin Stops Boll Weevil
53-21 Dieldrin for Control of Cotton In-
sects in Texas and Oklahoma
53-22 Dieldrin for Control of Cotton
Insects
53-38 Chinch Bug Control with Dieldrin
52- 56 Early Season Control of Adult Al-
falfa W eevil with Dieldrin
53- 47 Lawn Insect Control with Dieldrin
52- 37 Dieldrin for Control of Pests
Affecting Public Health
53- 26* Dieldrin, New Weapon Against
Houseflies
53-11 Control of Plum Curculio & Catfac-
ing Insects with Dieldrin
New Control for Chinch Bugs
(U. of 111. Circular 707)
ALDRIN/DIELDRIN:
SC No. Name
52- 17 Cotton Bandits
53- 33* Galahad Bugs (Beneficial Cotton
insects)
53-41* Results of USDA experiments on
. . . boll weevil (insecticides)
53-35 Current Use Status of Aldrin and
Dieldrin
52-15 Information to Forniulators . . .
Emulsible Concentrates
52-29 Precautions Against Overheating
in the Blending of . . . Dusts
52-33 Diagnosis and Treatment of In-
toxication by Insecticides
52-34 Precautionary Measures for Safe
Handling of Aldrin and Dieldrin
52-35 Proper Handling of Aldrin and
Dieldrin During . . . Application
D-D:
SC No. Name
50-43 Methods of Fumigating Soil with
D-D
50-57 A Homemade One-Horse Rig for
Applying D-D
52- 1 Observations on Repeated Applica-
tions of D-D
53- 29 Watch Profits Grow with D-D
* The Nematode Problem — Some
Questions and Answers
53—4 Soil Fumigation with D-D for Cit-
rus Replanting
53-23* Fumigation Is the Key to Profit-
able Replants — ^^Citrus
53-32* Nematode on Cotton *D-D
53-12* Control of Sweet Potato Cracking
by Soil Fumigation
* It Killed Nematodes in Tobacco
Reprint of an article that has appeared in a
publication.
When ordering literature, kindly mention the SC Number.
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPCRATION
JULIUS HYMAN & COMPANY DIVISION
P.O. Box 21 71 . Denver 1 , Colorado
MULTI-FILM "L"
"L" STANDS FOR LIQUID
A SPREADER and DEPOSIT BUILDER
that really WETS and still DEPOSITS
MULTi-FILM "L" ADDS A PLUS VALUE
TO NEW ORGANIC PESTICIDES
Colloidal Products Corporation
ESTABLISHED 1920
2598 TAYLOR STREET • SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
Manufacturers of Spreaders - Deposit Builders for Agricultural Sprays
PACIFIC
DISCOVERY
An illustrated magazine
of natural sciences
published by the
CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCES
San Francisco 18 ,
California
BULLETIN OF
ZOOLOGICAL
NOMENCLATURE
Arrangements have been made for
completing volume 1, and for the pub-
lication of volumes 2 (applications in
regard to nomenclatural problems), 3
(documents considered by the Interna-
tional Commission on Zoological Nom-
enclature at Paris, 1948), 4 (Official
Record of the International Commission
at Paris), and 5 (Official Record of the
section on Nomenclature of the thir-
teenth International Congress of Zoology
at Paris, 1948).
All inquiries regarding publications
should be addressed to: International
Trust for Zoological Nomenclature, 41
Queen’s Gate, London, S. W. 7, England.
Vll
A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS
Vlll
BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS DIVISION
of the
VIRGINIA-GAROLINA GHEHIGAL GORP.
formerly
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND CHEMICAL CORP.
(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)
BLACK LEAF 40
The Standard for Generations
for
Control of Many Insects
It Is Easy on Friendly and
Beneficial Insects
Other BLACK LEAF Products Include
A Full Line of Agricultural Chemicals
and Concentrates
SAN JOSE OFFICE: 1214 Bayshore Highway (California)
il/t jMi (jJhahsi Ohdbuvu} fiwudhiotL
Tltcuf iBn fijuL&etdin^ fijioblemA, 0Dnl Overlook.
SAFER . . . Continuing laboratory and field tests prove
ORTHOPHOS 4 Spray has reduced toxocity in respect to skin
penetration of Parathion.
MORE CONCENTRATED . . . Although this is a safer
Parathion, it has twice the concentration of most formulations —
contains 4 lbs. of Parathion per gallon.
MORE EFFECTIVE . . . Improved wetting qualities give
better coverage of plants and insects. This is important cost-wise,
since less material may be required to get results.
VAPOTOHE XX Spray and VAPOTONE Dusts
. , . ortho's special TEPP formulations. Leave no poisonous resi-
dues, so are accepted as the ideal pre-harvest control for fruit
and field crops.
TM's Ortho, Orthophos, Yapotone, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off.
CALlFOMlk
SPRKf-OHmmi Corp.
RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA
Medina, New York • Linden, New Jersey
Goldsboro, North Carolina • Fennville,
Michigan • Orlando, Florida • Shreveport,
Louisiana • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma,
Maryland Heights, Missouri • Caldwell,
Idaho • Portland, Oregon • Sacramento,
California • San Jose, California • Fresno,
California • Whittier, California • Phoenix,
Arixona.
There are many reasons for the ever-increasing use of Niagara
Sprays and Dusts hy Western growers. Among these are the Niagara
laboratories in which every formulation is carefully compoimded
and field-tested for maximum effectiveness; the strategically lo-
cated blending plants which assure a fuU measure of fresh, active
ingredients; and the always cooperative Niagara field repreaenta-
tives in every local growing area. Because Niagara products are
manufactured from the finest materials . . . according to special-
ized, fully effective formulations . . . and under strict production
controls, the Niagara brand on insecticides and fungicides is the
finest protection a Western grower can buy.
Niagara offers Western growers additional help through a series of Field Service
Bulletins. If you would like a copy for your own information, without obligation, write
Niogara Chemical Division, Richmond, Calif., Dept. 141
Niagara SPRAYS & DUSTS
RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA • MIDDLEPORT, NEW YORK
NIAGARA CHEMICAL DIVISION; FOOD ALACHINERY AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION